0001193125-13-156918.txt : 20130416
0001193125-13-156918.hdr.sgml : 20130416
20130416164032
ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-13-156918
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 485BPOS
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3
FILED AS OF DATE: 20130416
DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20130416
EFFECTIVENESS DATE: 20130429
FILER:
COMPANY DATA:
COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000744043
IRS NUMBER: 135581829
FISCAL YEAR END: 1231
FILING VALUES:
FORM TYPE: 485BPOS
SEC ACT: 1933 Act
SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-52366
FILM NUMBER: 13764380
BUSINESS ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE
STREET 2: C/O METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
CITY: NEW YORK
STATE: NY
ZIP: 10166
BUSINESS PHONE: 2125785364
MAIL ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE
STREET 2: C/O METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
CITY: NEW YORK
STATE: NY
ZIP: 10166
FILER:
COMPANY DATA:
COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000744043
IRS NUMBER: 135581829
FISCAL YEAR END: 1231
FILING VALUES:
FORM TYPE: 485BPOS
SEC ACT: 1940 Act
SEC FILE NUMBER: 811-04001
FILM NUMBER: 13764381
BUSINESS ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE
STREET 2: C/O METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
CITY: NEW YORK
STATE: NY
ZIP: 10166
BUSINESS PHONE: 2125785364
MAIL ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE
STREET 2: C/O METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
CITY: NEW YORK
STATE: NY
ZIP: 10166
0000744043
S000001300
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
C000003506
Preference Plus Select
485BPOS
1
d442753d485bpos.txt
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E - PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
REGISTRATION NOS. 333-52366/811-04001
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
-----------------
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 25 [X]
AND/OR
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
AMENDMENT NO. 194 [X]
-----------------
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF DEPOSITOR)
200 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166
(ADDRESS OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
(212) 578-3067
(DEPOSITOR'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
-----------------
RICARDO A. ANZALDUA
EXECUTIVE VICE-PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
200 PARK AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
-----------------
IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE FILING WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX)
[_] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[X] on April 29, 2013 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[_] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[_] on [date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
================================================================================
APRIL 29, 2013
PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT(R) VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
ISSUED BY METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
This Prospectus describes individual Preference Plus Select Contracts for
deferred variable annuities ("Deferred Annuities").
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You decide how to allocate your money among the various available
investment choices. The investment choices available to You are listed in
the Contract for your Deferred Annuity. Your choices may include the Fixed
Account (not offered or described in this Prospectus) and Investment Divisions
available through Metropolitan Life Separate Account E which, in turn, invest
in the following corresponding portfolios of the Metropolitan Series Fund
("Metropolitan Fund"), portfolios of the Met Investors Series Trust ("Met
Investors Fund") and funds of the American Funds Insurance Series(R) ("American
Funds(R)"). For convenience, the portfolios and the funds are referred to as
"Portfolios" in this Prospectus.
AMERICAN FUNDS(R)
-----------------
AMERICAN FUNDS BOND FUND AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH FUND
AMERICAN FUNDS GLOBAL SMALL CAPITALIZATION AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME FUND
FUND
MET INVESTORS FUND
------------------
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN GLOBAL DYNAMIC ALLOCATION LORD ABBETT MID CAP VALUE
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) BALANCED ALLOCATION MET/FRANKLIN LOW DURATION TOTAL RETURN
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) GROWTH ALLOCATION METLIFE AGGRESSIVE STRATEGY
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) MODERATE ALLOCATION METLIFE BALANCED PLUS
AQR GLOBAL RISK BALANCED METLIFE GROWTH STRATEGY
BLACKROCK GLOBAL TACTICAL STRATEGIES METLIFE MULTI-INDEX TARGETED RISK
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP CORE MFS(R) RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
CLARION GLOBAL REAL ESTATE MORGAN STANLEY MID CAP GROWTH
CLEARBRIDGE AGGRESSIVE GROWTH OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO -- CLASS B
HARRIS OAKMARK INTERNATIONAL PIMCO INFLATION PROTECTED BOND
INVESCO BALANCED-RISK ALLOCATION PIMCO TOTAL RETURN
INVESCO SMALL CAP GROWTH PYRAMIS(R) GOVERNMENT INCOME
JANUS FORTY PYRAMIS(R) MANAGED RISK
JPMORGAN GLOBAL ACTIVE ALLOCATION SCHRODERS GLOBAL MULTI-ASSET
LOOMIS SAYLES GLOBAL MARKETS SSGA GROWTH AND INCOME ETF
LORD ABBETT BOND DEBENTURE SSGA GROWTH ETF
T. ROWE PRICE MID CAP GROWTH
METROPOLITAN FUND
-----------------
BAILLIE GIFFORD INTERNATIONAL STOCK METLIFE CONSERVATIVE TO MODERATE ALLOCATION
BARCLAYS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX METLIFE MID CAP STOCK INDEX
BLACKROCK BOND INCOME METLIFE MODERATE ALLOCATION
BLACKROCK CAPITAL APPRECIATION METLIFE MODERATE TO AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION
BLACKROCK DIVERSIFIED METLIFE STOCK INDEX
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP VALUE MFS(R) TOTAL RETURN
BLACKROCK MONEY MARKET MFS(R) VALUE
DAVIS VENTURE VALUE MSCI EAFE(R) INDEX
FRONTIER MID CAP GROWTH NEUBERGER BERMAN GENESIS
JENNISON GROWTH RUSSELL 2000(R) INDEX
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP CORE T. ROWE PRICE LARGE CAP GROWTH
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP GROWTH T. ROWE PRICE SMALL CAP GROWTH
MET/ARTISAN MID CAP VALUE WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT STRATEGIC BOND OPPORTUNITIES
METLIFE CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT U.S. GOVERNMENT
Certain Portfolios have been subject to a change. Please see "Appendix
D -- Additional Information Regarding the Portfolios".
HOW TO LEARN MORE:
Before investing, read this Prospectus. The Prospectus contains information
about the Deferred Annuities and Metropolitan Life Separate Account E which You
should know before investing. Keep this Prospectus for future reference. For
more information, request a copy of the Statement of Additional Information
("SAI"), dated April 29, 2013. The SAI is considered part of this Prospectus as
though it were included in the Prospectus. The Table of Contents of the SAI
appears on page 152 of this Prospectus. To view and download the SAI, please
visit our website www.metlife.com. To request a free copy of the SAI or to ask
questions, write or call:
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
Attn: Fulfillment Unit - PPS
P.O. Box 10342
Des Moines, IA 50306-0342
(800) 638-7732
DEFERRED
ANNUITIES
AVAILABLE:
. Non-Qualified
. Traditional IRA
. Roth IRA
. Simplified Employee Pensions (SEPs)
. SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuities
CLASSES AVAILABLE
FOR EACH
DEFERRED ANNUITY
. B
. Bonus
. C
. L
A WORD ABOUT INVESTMENT RISK:
An investment in any of these variable annuities involves investment risk. You
could lose money You invest. Money invested is NOT:
. a bank deposit or obligation;
. federally insured or guaranteed; or
. endorsed by any bank or other financial institution.
Each class of the Deferred Annuities has its own Separate Account charge and
Withdrawal Charge schedule. Each provides the opportunity to invest for
retirement. The expenses for the Bonus Class of the Deferred Annuity may be
higher than similar Contracts without a bonus. The purchase payment credits
("Bonus") may be more than offset by the higher expenses for the Bonus Class.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has a Web site (http://www.sec.gov)
which You may visit to view this Prospectus, SAI and other information. The
Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation otherwise is a criminal offense.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Important Terms You Should Know.................................................. 5
Table of Expenses................................................................ 8
Accumulation Unit Values For Each Investment Division............................ 19
MetLife.......................................................................... 20
Metropolitan Life Separate Account E............................................. 20
Variable Annuities............................................................... 20
Replacement of Annuity Contracts............................................. 21
The Deferred Annuity......................................................... 21
Classes of the Deferred Annuity.................................................. 23
Your Investment Choices.......................................................... 26
Deferred Annuities............................................................... 35
The Deferred Annuity and Your Retirement Plan................................ 36
Optional Automated Investment Strategies and Optional Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program.......................................................... 36
Purchase Payments............................................................ 39
Allocation of Purchase Payments.......................................... 41
Debit Authorizations..................................................... 42
The Value of Your Investment................................................. 42
Transfer Privilege........................................................... 43
Restrictions on Transfers................................................ 44
Access to Your Money......................................................... 46
Systematic Withdrawal Program............................................ 46
Charges...................................................................... 47
Separate Account Charge.................................................. 47
Investment-Related Charge................................................ 48
Annual Contract Fee...................................................... 48
Optional Enhanced Death Benefit.......................................... 49
Optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits.............................. 49
Optional Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits.................................. 50
Optional Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit......................... 52
Premium and Other Taxes...................................................... 52
Withdrawal Charges........................................................... 53
When No Withdrawal Charge Applies........................................ 54
Free Look.................................................................... 55
Death Benefit--Generally..................................................... 55
Basic Death Benefit...................................................... 58
Optional Death Benefits...................................................... 60
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit............................................. 60
Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit............ 61
The EDB I................................................................ 64
Earnings Preservation Benefit............................................ 71
Living Benefits.............................................................. 73
Overview of Living Benefits.............................................. 73
Guaranteed Income Benefits............................................ 73
3
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits....................................... 93
GMAB.................................................................... 120
Pay-Out Options (or Income Options)......................................... 125
Income Payment Types.................................................... 126
Allocation.............................................................. 127
Minimum Size of Your Income Payment..................................... 127
The Value of Your Income Payments....................................... 127
Reallocation Privilege.................................................. 128
Charges................................................................. 129
General Information............................................................. 130
Administration.............................................................. 130
Purchase Payments....................................................... 130
Confirming Transactions................................................. 130
Processing Transactions................................................. 130
By Telephone or Internet............................................. 131
After Your Death..................................................... 131
Misstatement......................................................... 132
Third Party Requests................................................. 132
Valuation--Suspension of Payments.................................... 132
Advertising Performance..................................................... 133
Changes to Your Deferred Annuity............................................ 134
Voting Rights............................................................... 135
Who Sells the Deferred Annuities............................................ 135
Financial Statements........................................................ 138
Your Spouse's Rights........................................................ 138
When We Can Cancel Your Deferred Annuity.................................... 138
Income Taxes.................................................................... 139
Legal Proceedings............................................................... 151
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information................... 152
Appendix A--Premium Tax Table................................................... 153
Appendix B--Accumulation Unit Values For Each Investment Division............... 154
Appendix C--Portfolio Legal Names and Marketing Names........................... 182
Appendix D--Additional Information Regarding the Portfolios..................... 183
The Deferred Annuities are not intended to be offered anywhere that they may
not be lawfully offered and sold. MetLife has not authorized any information or
representations about the Deferred Annuities other than the information in this
Prospectus, supplements to the prospectus or any supplemental sales material we
authorize.
4
IMPORTANT TERMS YOU SHOULD KNOW
ACCOUNT BALANCE
When You purchase a Deferred Annuity, an account is set up for You. Your
Account Balance is the total amount of money credited to You under your
Deferred Annuity including money in the Investment Divisions of the Separate
Account, the Fixed Account and the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program.
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE
With a Deferred Annuity, money paid-in or transferred into an Investment
Division of the Separate Account is credited to You in the form of accumulation
units. Accumulation units are established for each Investment Division. We
determine the value of these accumulation units as of the close of the Exchange
(see definition below) each day the Exchange is open for regular trading. The
Exchange usually closes at 4 p.m. Eastern Time but may close earlier or later.
The values increase or decrease based on the investment performance of the
corresponding underlying Portfolios.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
Your Administrative Office is the MetLife office that will generally handle the
administration of all your requests concerning your Deferred Annuity. Your
Contract will indicate the address of your Administrative Office. We will
notify You if there is a change in the address of your Administrative Office.
The telephone number to initiate a request is 800-638-7732.
ANNUITANT
The natural person whose life is the measure for determining the duration and
the dollar amount of income payments.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE
With a variable pay-out option, the money paid-in or reallocated into an
Investment Division of the Separate Account is held in the form of annuity
units. Annuity units are established for each Investment Division. We determine
the value of these annuity units as of the close of the Exchange each day the
Exchange is open for regular trading. The Exchange usually closes at 4 p.m.
Eastern Time but may close earlier or later. The values increase or decrease
based on the investment performance of the corresponding underlying Portfolios.
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR)
Under a variable pay-out option, the AIR is the assumed percentage rate of
return used to determine the amount of the first variable income payment. The
AIR is also the benchmark that is used to calculate the investment performance
of a given Investment Division to determine all subsequent payments to You.
5
BENEFICIARY
The person or persons who receives a benefit, including continuing payments or
a lump sum payment, if the Contract Owner dies.
CONTRACT
A Contract is the legal agreement between You and MetLife. This document
contains relevant provisions of your Deferred Annuity. MetLife issues Contracts
for each of the annuities described in this Prospectus.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
An anniversary of the date we issue the Deferred Annuity.
CONTRACT OWNER
The person or entity which has all rights including the right to direct who
receives income payments.
CONTRACT YEAR
The Contract Year for a Deferred Annuity is the one year period starting on the
date we issue the Contract and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.
EXCHANGE
In this Prospectus, the New York Stock Exchange is referred to as the
"Exchange."
GOOD ORDER
A request or transaction generally is considered in "Good Order" if it complies
with our administrative procedures and the required information is complete and
correct. A request or transaction may be rejected or delayed if not in Good
Order. If You have any questions, You should contact us or your sales
representative before submitting the form or request.
INVESTMENT DIVISION
Investment divisions are subdivisions of the Separate Account. When You
allocate a purchase payment, transfer money or make reallocations of your
income payment to an Investment Division, the Investment Division purchases
shares of a Portfolio (with the same name) within the Metropolitan Fund, the
Met Investors Fund or the American Funds(R).
METLIFE
MetLife is Metropolitan Life Insurance Company which is the company that issues
the Deferred Annuities. Throughout this Prospectus, MetLife is also referred to
as "we," "us" or "our."
SEPARATE ACCOUNT
A separate account is an investment account. All assets contributed to
Investment Divisions under the Deferred Annuities are pooled in the Separate
Account and maintained for the benefit of investors in Deferred Annuities.
VARIABLE ANNUITY
An annuity in which returns/income payments are based upon the performance of
investments such as stocks and bonds held by one or more underlying Portfolios.
You assume the investment risk for any amounts allocated to the Investment
Divisions in a variable annuity.
6
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE
The Withdrawal Charge is the amount we deduct from your Account Balance, if You
withdraw money prematurely from a Deferred Annuity. This charge is often
referred to as a deferred sales load or back-end sales load.
YOU
In this Prospectus "You" is the Contract Owner of the Deferred Annuity and can
be a natural person, a trust established for the exclusive benefit of a natural
person, a charitable remainder trust or other trust arrangement (if approved by
MetLife). "You" can also be a Beneficiary of a deceased person's Individual
Retirement Account Contract or non-qualified Deferred Annuity who purchases the
Deferred Annuity in his or her capacity as Beneficiary. A Contract generally
may have two owners (both of whom must be individuals). The Contract is not
available to corporations or other business organizations, except to the extent
an employer is the purchaser of a SEP or SIMPLE IRA Contract.
7
TABLE OF EXPENSES--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT DEFERRED ANNUITIES
The following tables describe the expenses You will pay when You buy,
hold or withdraw amounts from your Deferred Annuity. The first table
describes charges You will pay at the time You purchase the Deferred
Annuity, make withdrawals from your Deferred Annuity or make transfers
between the Investment Divisions. The tables do not show premium taxes
(ranging from 0.5% to 3.5%, which are applicable only in certain
jurisdictions -- see "Appendix A") and other taxes which may apply. There
are no fees for the Fixed Account and the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
program.
Table 1--Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
Sales Charge Imposed on Purchase Payments........................ None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of each purchase payment) (1). Up to 9%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee (2)................................................. Current Charge: None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Guaranteed Charge: $25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The second set of tables describes the fees and expenses that You will
bear periodically during the time You hold the Deferred Annuity, but does
not include fees and expenses for the Portfolios.
Table 2(a)--Fees Deducted on Each Contract Anniversary
Annual Contract Fee (3). $30
----------------------------
Table 2(b)--Separate Account Charge
The charges below are assessed as a percentage of your Account Balance.
You will pay a Separate Account charge, which includes the Standard Death
Benefit. An Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit and an Optional Greater
of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit are available for an
additional charge. You may also elect the Optional Earnings Preservation
Benefit for an additional charge with or without the Optional Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit or the Optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%
Annual Increase Death Benefit (4).
Annual Separate Account Charge and Optional Death Benefit Charges (as a percentage of your average Account Balance) for
American Funds Bond, American Funds Growth-Income, American Funds Growth and American Funds Global Small
Capitalization Divisions (5)
B CLASS BONUS CLASS (6) C CLASS L CLASS
------- --------------- ------- -------
Separate Account Charge with Basic Death Benefit................................. 1.50% 1.95% 1.90% 1.75%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.......................................... .20% .20% .20% .20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Amount Death
Benefit...................................................................... .35% .35% .35% .35%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit......................................... .25% .25% .25% .25%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Separate Account Annual Charge including the Optional Annual Step-Up Death
Benefit and the Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit (7)..................... 1.95% 2.40% 2.35% 2.20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Separate Account Annual Charge including the Optional Greater of Annual
Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit and the Optional Earnings
Preservation Benefit (7)....................................................... 2.10% 2.55% 2.50% 2.35%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
Annual Separate Account Charge and Optional Death Benefit Charges (as a percentage of your average Account Balance) for
all Investment Divisions except the American Funds Bond, American Funds Growth-Income, American Funds Growth and
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Divisions (5)
B CLASS BONUS CLASS (6) C CLASS L CLASS
Death Benefit ------- --------------- ------- -------
Separate Account Charge with Basic Death Benefit................................. 1.25% 1.70% 1.65% 1.50%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.......................................... .20% .20% .20% .20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Amount Death
Benefit...................................................................... .35% .35% .35% .35%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit......................................... .25% .25% .25% .25%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Separate Account Annual Charge including the Optional Annual Step-Up Death
Benefit and the Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit (7)..................... 1.70% 2.15% 2.10% 1.95%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Separate Account Annual Charge including the Optional Greater of Annual
Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit and the Optional Earnings
Preservation Benefit (7)....................................................... 1.85% 2.30% 2.25% 2.10%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2(c)--Additional Optional Death Benefits
There is an additional Enhanced Death Benefit that You may elect for an
additional charge. The charge for this death benefit, in Table 2(c) below,
is assessed as a percentage of the Death Benefit Base and deducted
annually from your Account Balance. (8)
Enhanced Death Benefit I -- maximum charge 1.50%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enhanced Death Benefit I (issue age 69 or younger) -- current charge 0.75%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enhanced Death Benefit I (issue age 70-75) -- current charge 0.95%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2(d)--Optional Guaranteed Income Benefits (9)
(as a percentage of the Income Base) (10)
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II -- maximum charge 1.50%
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II -- current charge 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus I -- maximum charge 1.50%
------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus I -- current charge 0.80%
------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit II -- current charge 0.50%
--------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit I -- current charge 0.50%
-------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2(e)--Optional Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits
LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT) (11)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit II (Single Life Version)--maximum charge 1.60%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit II (Single Life Version)--current charge 1.25%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit II (Joint Life Version)--maximum charge 1.80%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit II (Joint Life Version)--current charge 1.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit I (Single Life Version)--maximum charge 0.95%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit I (Single Life Version)--current charge 0.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit I (Joint Life Version)--maximum charge 1.40%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit I (Joint Life Version)--current charge 0.70%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT) (11)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enhanced Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit--maximum charge 1.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enhanced Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit--current charge 0.55%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit I--maximum charge 0.95%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit I--current charge 0.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
Table 2(f)--Optional Guaranteed Asset Accumulation Benefit
(as a percentage of the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount) (12)
-----------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit 0.75%
-----------------------------------------------
The third and fourth tables show the minimum and maximum total operating
expenses charged by the Portfolios, as well as the operating expenses for each
Portfolio, that You may bear periodically while You hold the Deferred Annuity.
All of the Portfolios listed below are Class B except for the Portfolios of the
American Funds(R), which are Class 2 and the American Funds(R) Balanced
Allocation, American Funds(R) Growth Allocation and American Funds(R) Moderate
Allocation Portfolios of the Met Investors Fund, which are Class C. Certain
Portfolios may impose a redemption fee in the future. More details concerning
the Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund and the American Funds(R) fees
and expenses are contained in their respective prospectuses. Current
prospectuses for the Portfolios can be obtained by calling 800-638-7732.
Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses
Minimum* Maximum**
-------------------------------- ---------
(Does not take into consideration
any American Funds(R) Portfolio,
for which an additional separate
account charge applies.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Operating Expenses (expenses that are
deducted from Portfolio assets include management fees,
distribution fees (12b-1 fees) and other expenses). 0.53% 9.71%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The minimum Total Annual Portfolio Expenses shown in this table are
the expenses of the MetLife Stock Index Portfolio for the year ended
December 31, 2012, before any fee waiver or expense reimbursement
arrangement. The Net Total Annual Portfolio Expenses of the MetLife
Stock Index Portfolio are 0.52%.
**The maximum Total Annual Portfolio Expenses shown in this table are
the expenses of the MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Portfolio for
the year ended December 31, 2012, before any fee waiver or expense
reimbursement arrangement. The Net Total Annual Portfolio Expenses of
the MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Portfolio are 0.86%.
Notes
/1/ If an amount is determined to include the withdrawal of prior purchase
payments, a Withdrawal Charge may apply. The charges on purchase payments
for each class is calculated according to the following schedule:
NUMBER OF COMPLETE YEARS FROM RECEIPT OF PURCHASE PAYMENT B CLASS BONUS CLASS C CLASS L CLASS
--------------------------------------------------------- ------- ----------- ------- -------
0..................................... 7% 9% None 7%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..................................... 6% 8% 6%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2..................................... 6% 8% 5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3..................................... 5% 7% 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4..................................... 4% 6% 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5..................................... 3% 4% 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6..................................... 2% 3% 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 and thereafter...................... 0% 0% 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There are times when the Withdrawal Charge does not apply. For example, You
may always withdraw earnings without a Withdrawal Charge. After the first
Contract Year, You may also withdraw up to 10% of your total purchase
payments without a Withdrawal Charge.
/2/ We reserve the right to limit transfers as described later in this
Prospectus. We reserve the right to impose a transfer fee. The amount of
this fee will be no greater than $25 per transfer.
10
/3/ This fee is waived if the Account Balance is $50,000 or more. Regardless of
the amount of your Account Balance, the entire fee will be deducted if You
take a total withdrawal of your Account Balance. During the pay-out phase,
we reserve the right to deduct this fee.
/4/ You may not elect the Optional Step-Up Death Benefit or the Optional
Greater of Annual Step-up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit and/or the
Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit with the Enhanced Death Benefit I.
/5/ You pay the Separate Account charge with the Basic Death Benefit for your
class of the Deferred Annuity during the pay-out phase of your Contract.
Charges for optional benefits are those for Deferred Annuities purchased
after April 30, 2005. Different charges may have been in effect for prior
time periods. We reserve the right to impose an additional Separate Account
charge on Investment Divisions that we add to the Contract in the future.
The additional amount will not exceed the annual rate of 0.25% of the
average Account Balance in any such Investment Divisions as shown in the
table labeled "Current Separate Account Charge for the American Funds(R)
Investment Divisions". Different Separate Account charges for the American
Funds Growth-Income, American Funds Growth and American Funds Global Small
Capitalization Divisions were in effect prior to May 1, 2004.
We are waiving 0.08% of the Separate Account charge for the Investment
Division investing in the BlackRock Large-Cap Core Portfolio of the Met
Investors Fund. We are waiving an amount equal to the Portfolio expenses
that are in excess 0.87% for the Investment Division investing in the
Oppenheimer Global Equity Portfolio of the Met Investors Fund.
/6/ The Separate Account charge for the Bonus Class will be reduced by 0.45% to
1.25% for the Basic Death Benefit (1.50% for amounts held in the American
Funds(R) Investment Divisions) after You have held the Contract for seven
years. Similarly, the Separate Account charge will be reduced by 0.45% to
1.45% for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit and 1.60% for the Greater of
Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit (1.70% and 1.85%,
respectively, for amounts held in the American Funds(R) Investment
Divisions) after You have held the Contract for seven years.
/7/ This charge is determined by adding the Separate Account charge, the
Optional Step-Up Death Benefit charge or the Optional Greater of Annual
Step-up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit charge, as applicable, and the
Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit charge.
/8/ The Enhanced Death Benefit I may not be elected with the Optional Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit, the Optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual
Increase Amount Death Benefit or the Optional Earnings Preservation
Benefit. The charge for the Enhanced Death Benefit I is a percentage of
your Death Benefit Base, as defined later in this Prospectus. You do not
pay this charge once You are in the pay-out phase of your Contract or after
your optional benefit terminates. The Enhanced Death Benefit I charge may
increase upon an Optional Step-Up, but they will not exceed the maximum
charges listed in this table. If, at the time your Contract was issued, the
current charge for the optional benefit was equal to the maximum charge,
then the charge for the optional benefit will not increase upon an Optional
Step-Up. (See "Optional Death Benefits" for more information.)
/9/ You may only elect one Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit at a time. You may
not have a Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit, a Guaranteed Minimum Income
Benefit or the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit in effect at the
same time.
/10/The charge for the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit is a percentage of
your guaranteed minimum income base, as defined later in this Prospectus.
You do not pay this charge once You are in the pay-out phase of your
Contract or after your optional benefit terminates. Charges may increase
upon an Optional Step-Up/Optional Reset, but they will not exceed the
maximum charges listed in this table. If, at the time your Contract was
issued, the current charge for the benefit was equal to the maximum charge,
then the charge for the benefit will not increase upon an Optional
Step-Up/Optional Reset. (See "Guaranteed Income Benefits" for more
information.)
/11/The charge for the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit I and the Enhanced
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit is a percentage of your Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount, as defined later in this Prospectus. The charge for the Lifetime
Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit I and Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee Benefit II
is a percentage of your Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, as defined
later in this Prospectus. You do not pay this charge once You are in the
pay-out phase of your Deferred Annuity, or after your optional benefit
terminates. Charges may increase upon an Optional Step-Up or Optional
Reset, but they will not exceed the maximum charges listed in this table.
If, at the time your Contract was issued, the current charge for the
optional benefit was equal to the maximum charge, then the charge for the
optional benefit will not increase upon an Optional Step-Up or Optional
Reset. Certain guaranteed withdrawal benefit optional benefits are no
longer available for sale. (See "Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits" for more
information.)
/12/The charge for the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit is a percentage
of your Guaranteed Accumulation Amount, as defined later in this
Prospectus. You do not pay for this charge once You are in the pay-out
phase of your Contract or after your optional benefits terminates. (See
"Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit" for more information.)
11
Table 4-- Portfolio Fees and Expenses as of December 31, 2012 (unless otherwise
noted)
(as a percentage of average daily net assets)
AMERICAN FUNDS(R)--CLASS 2
DISTRIBUTION ACQUIRED TOTAL CONTRACTUAL FEE NET TOTAL
AND/OR FUND FEES ANNUAL WAIVER AND/OR ANNUAL
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER AND OPERATING EXPENSE OPERATING
FEE (12B-1) FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Funds Bond Fund........................ 0.37% 0.25% 0.02% -- 0.64% -- 0.64%
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund. 0.71% 0.25% 0.04% -- 1.00% -- 1.00%
American Funds Growth Fund...................... 0.33% 0.25% 0.02% -- 0.60% -- 0.60%
American Funds Growth-Income Fund............... 0.27% 0.25% 0.02% -- 0.54% -- 0.54%
-------------------------
MET INVESTORS FUND
DISTRIBUTION ACQUIRED TOTAL
AND/OR FUND FEES ANNUAL
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER AND OPERATING
FEE (12B-1) FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES EXPENSES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Portfolio -- Class B. 0.62% 0.25% 0.04% 0.01% 0.92%
American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Portfolio -- Class C....... 0.06% 0.55% 0.01% 0.38% 1.00%
American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Portfolio -- Class C......... 0.07% 0.55% 0.01% 0.38% 1.01%
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolio -- Class C....... 0.06% 0.55% 0.01% 0.37% 0.99%
AQR Global Risk Balanced Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.61% 0.25% 0.12% 0.06% 1.04%
BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Portfolio -- Class B........ 0.66% 0.25% 0.02% 0.21% 1.14%
BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.59% 0.25% 0.05% -- 0.89%
Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio -- Class B.................. 0.60% 0.25% 0.06% -- 0.91%
ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class B............... 0.61% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.89%
Harris Oakmark International Portfolio -- Class B................ 0.77% 0.25% 0.06% -- 1.08%
Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Portfolio -- Class B............ 0.66% 0.25% 0.12% 0.06% 1.09%
Invesco Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.85% 0.25% 0.02% -- 1.12%
Janus Forty Portfolio -- Class B................................. 0.63% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.91%
JPMorgan Global Active Allocation Portfolio -- Class B........... 0.79% 0.25% 0.28% -- 1.32%
Loomis Sayles Global Markets Portfolio -- Class B................ 0.70% 0.25% 0.09% -- 1.04%
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio -- Class B.................. 0.51% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.79%
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Portfolio -- Class B................... 0.65% 0.25% 0.04% 0.06% 1.00%
Met/Franklin Low Duration Total Return Portfolio -- Class B...... 0.50% 0.25% 0.07% -- 0.82%
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio -- Class B................. 0.09% 0.25% 0.01% 0.72% 1.07%
MetLife Balanced Plus Portfolio -- Class B....................... 0.25% 0.25% 0.01% 0.43% 0.94%
MetLife Growth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B..................... 0.06% 0.25% -- 0.69% 1.00%
MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Portfolio -- Class B........... 0.18% 0.25% 9.02% 0.26% 9.71%
MFS(R) Research International Portfolio -- Class B............... 0.68% 0.25% 0.07% -- 1.00%
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B............... 0.65% 0.25% 0.07% -- 0.97%
Oppenheimer Global Equity Portfolio -- Class B................... 0.67% 0.25% 0.09% -- 1.01%
MET INVESTORS FUND
CONTRACTUAL FEE NET TOTAL
WAIVER AND/OR ANNUAL
EXPENSE OPERATING
REIMBURSEMENT EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Portfolio -- Class B. 0.01% 0.91%
American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Portfolio -- Class C....... -- 1.00%
American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Portfolio -- Class C......... -- 1.01%
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolio -- Class C....... -- 0.99%
AQR Global Risk Balanced Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.01% 1.03%
BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Portfolio -- Class B........ 0.02% 1.12%
BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.01% 0.88%
Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio -- Class B.................. -- 0.91%
ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class B............... -- 0.89%
Harris Oakmark International Portfolio -- Class B................ 0.02% 1.06%
Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Portfolio -- Class B............ -- 1.09%
Invesco Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B.................... 0.01% 1.11%
Janus Forty Portfolio -- Class B................................. 0.01% 0.90%
JPMorgan Global Active Allocation Portfolio -- Class B........... 0.07% 1.25%
Loomis Sayles Global Markets Portfolio -- Class B................ -- 1.04%
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio -- Class B.................. -- 0.79%
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Portfolio -- Class B................... 0.00% 1.00%
Met/Franklin Low Duration Total Return Portfolio -- Class B...... 0.02% 0.80%
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio -- Class B................. -- 1.07%
MetLife Balanced Plus Portfolio -- Class B....................... 0.01% 0.93%
MetLife Growth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B..................... -- 1.00%
MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Portfolio -- Class B........... 8.85% 0.86%
MFS(R) Research International Portfolio -- Class B............... 0.05% 0.95%
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B............... 0.01% 0.96%
Oppenheimer Global Equity Portfolio -- Class B................... 0.02% 0.99%
-------------------------
12
MET INVESTORS FUND
DISTRIBUTION ACQUIRED TOTAL CONTRACTUAL FEE
AND/OR FUND FEES ANNUAL WAIVER AND/OR
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER AND OPERATING EXPENSE
FEE (12B-1) FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio -- Class B. 0.47% 0.25% 0.11% -- 0.83% --
PIMCO Total Return Portfolio -- Class B............. 0.48% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.76% --
Pyramis(R) Government Income Portfolio -- Class B... 0.42% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.70% --
Pyramis(R) Managed Risk Portfolio -- Class B........ 0.45% 0.25% 0.27% 0.48% 1.45% 0.17%
Schroders Global Multi-Asset Portfolio -- Class B... 0.67% 0.25% 0.32% 0.14% 1.38% 0.14%
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Portfolio -- Class B..... 0.31% 0.25% 0.01% 0.24% 0.81% --
SSgA Growth ETF Portfolio -- Class B................ 0.32% 0.25% 0.03% 0.25% 0.85% --
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B... 0.75% 0.25% 0.03% -- 1.03% --
----------------
MET INVESTORS FUND
NET TOTAL
ANNUAL
OPERATING
EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio -- Class B. 0.83%
PIMCO Total Return Portfolio -- Class B............. 0.76%
Pyramis(R) Government Income Portfolio -- Class B... 0.70%
Pyramis(R) Managed Risk Portfolio -- Class B........ 1.28%
Schroders Global Multi-Asset Portfolio -- Class B... 1.24%
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Portfolio -- Class B..... 0.81%
SSgA Growth ETF Portfolio -- Class B................ 0.85%
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B... 1.03%
---------
METROPOLITAN FUND--CLASS B
DISTRIBUTION ACQUIRED TOTAL CONTRACTUAL FEE
AND/OR FUND FEES ANNUAL WAIVER AND/OR
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER AND OPERATING EXPENSE
FEE (12B-1) FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Portfolio......... 0.81% 0.25% 0.10% -- 1.16% 0.10%
Barclays Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio............... 0.25% 0.25% 0.04% -- 0.54% 0.01%
BlackRock Bond Income Portfolio....................... 0.32% 0.25% 0.04% -- 0.61% 0.00%
BlackRock Capital Appreciation Portfolio.............. 0.70% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.98% 0.01%
BlackRock Diversified Portfolio....................... 0.46% 0.25% 0.07% -- 0.78% --
BlackRock Large Cap Value Portfolio................... 0.63% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.91% 0.03%
BlackRock Money Market Portfolio...................... 0.33% 0.25% 0.02% -- 0.60% 0.01%
Davis Venture Value Portfolio......................... 0.70% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.98% 0.05%
Frontier Mid Cap Growth Portfolio..................... 0.73% 0.25% 0.05% -- 1.03% 0.02%
Jennison Growth Portfolio............................. 0.61% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.89% 0.07%
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Portfolio................ 0.90% 0.25% 0.07% 0.10% 1.32% 0.08%
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Portfolio.............. 0.90% 0.25% 0.06% -- 1.21% 0.09%
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Portfolio................... 0.81% 0.25% 0.04% -- 1.10% --
MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio............. 0.09% 0.25% 0.02% 0.54% 0.90% 0.01%
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Portfolio. 0.07% 0.25% 0.01% 0.58% 0.91% 0.00%
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Portfolio................. 0.25% 0.25% 0.07% 0.02% 0.59% 0.00%
MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio................. 0.06% 0.25% -- 0.63% 0.94% 0.00%
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio... 0.06% 0.25% 0.01% 0.67% 0.99% 0.00%
MetLife Stock Index Portfolio......................... 0.25% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.53% 0.01%
MFS(R) Total Return Portfolio......................... 0.55% 0.25% 0.05% -- 0.85% --
MFS(R) Value Portfolio................................ 0.70% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.98% 0.13%
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Portfolio.......................... 0.30% 0.25% 0.11% 0.01% 0.67% 0.00%
----------------
METROPOLITAN FUND--CLASS B
NET TOTAL
ANNUAL
OPERATING
EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Portfolio......... 1.06%
Barclays Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio............... 0.53%
BlackRock Bond Income Portfolio....................... 0.61%
BlackRock Capital Appreciation Portfolio.............. 0.97%
BlackRock Diversified Portfolio....................... 0.78%
BlackRock Large Cap Value Portfolio................... 0.88%
BlackRock Money Market Portfolio...................... 0.59%
Davis Venture Value Portfolio......................... 0.93%
Frontier Mid Cap Growth Portfolio..................... 1.01%
Jennison Growth Portfolio............................. 0.82%
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Portfolio................ 1.24%
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Portfolio.............. 1.12%
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Portfolio................... 1.10%
MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio............. 0.89%
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Portfolio. 0.91%
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Portfolio................. 0.59%
MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio................. 0.94%
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio... 0.99%
MetLife Stock Index Portfolio......................... 0.52%
MFS(R) Total Return Portfolio......................... 0.85%
MFS(R) Value Portfolio................................ 0.85%
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Portfolio.......................... 0.67%
---------
13
METROPOLITAN FUND--CLASS B
DISTRIBUTION ACQUIRED TOTAL CONTRACTUAL FEE NET TOTAL
AND/OR FUND FEES ANNUAL WAIVER AND/OR ANNUAL
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER AND OPERATING EXPENSE OPERATING
FEE (12B-1) FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT EXPENSES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neuberger Berman Genesis Portfolio....... 0.82% 0.25% 0.04% -- 1.11% 0.01% 1.10%
Russell 2000(R) Index Portfolio.......... 0.25% 0.25% 0.08% 0.09% 0.67% 0.00% 0.67%
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Portfolio. 0.60% 0.25% 0.09% -- 0.89% 0.01% 0.88%
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Portfolio. 0.49% 0.25% 0.06% -- 0.80% -- 0.80%
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond
Opportunities Portfolio................ 0.60% 0.25% 0.05% -- 0.90% 0.04% 0.86%
Western Asset Management U.S. Government
Portfolio.............................. 0.47% 0.25% 0.03% -- 0.75% 0.02% 0.73%
-------------------------
The information shown in the table above was provided by the Portfolios and
we have not independently verified that information. Net Total Annual
Operating Expenses shown in the table reflect any current fee waiver or
expense reimbursement arrangement that will remain in effect for a period of
at least one year from the date of the Portfolio's 2013 prospectus. "0.00%"
in the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement column indicates that there is
such an arrangement in effect for the Portfolio, but that the expenses of the
Portfolio are below the level that would trigger the waiver or reimbursement.
Fee waiver and expense reimbursement arrangements with a duration of less
than one year, or arrangements that may be terminated without the consent of
the Portfolio's board of directors or trustees, are not shown.
Certain Portfolios that have "Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses" are "funds of
funds." A fund of funds invests substantially all of its assets in other
underlying funds. Because the Portfolio invests in other funds, it will bear
its pro rata portion of the operating expenses of those underlying funds,
including the management fee.
EXAMPLES
These Examples are intended to help You compare the cost of investing in
the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity
Contracts. These costs include Contract owner transaction expenses,
annual Contract fees, if any, separate account charges, and underlying
Portfolio fees and expenses.
Examples 1 through 4 assume You purchased the Contract with optional
benefits that result in the highest possible combination of charges.
Example 1 relates to the purchase of the Deferred Annuity with the B
Class; Example 2 relates to the purchase of the Deferred Annuity with
the Bonus Class; Example 3 relates to the purchase of the Deferred
Annuity with the C Class; and Example 4 relates to the purchase of the
Deferred Annuity with the L Class.
Examples 5 through 8 assume You purchased the Contract with no optional
benefits that result in the least expensive combination of charges.
Example 5 relates to the purchase of the Deferred Annuity with the B
Class; Example 6 relates to the purchase of the Deferred Annuity with
the Bonus Class; Example 7 relates to the purchase of the Deferred
Annuity with the C Class; and Example 8 relates to the purchase of the
Deferred Annuity with the L Class.
14
Example 1. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE B CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account or Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You paid the Annual Contract Fee;
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return;
. You select the Enhanced Death Benefit I and You are age 70 and assume
that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a result the charge
increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge permitted;
. You select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II ("GMIB Plus
II") and assume that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a
result the charge increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge
permitted; and
. You select the Earnings Preservation Benefit
You fully surrender your Contract, with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------
Maximum............. $2,138 $4,597 $6,728 $11,017
Minimum............. $1,222 $2,154 $3,131 $ 5,977
You do not surrender your Contract or You elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income payment type under which You receive
income payments over your lifetime) (no Withdrawal Charges would be
deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------
Maximum............. $1,438 $4,057 $6,368 $11,017
Minimum............. $ 522 $1,614 $2,771 $ 5,977
Example 2. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE BONUS CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You paid the Annual Contract Fee;
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return;
. You select the Enhanced Death Benefit I and You are age 70 and assume
that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a result the charge
increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge permitted;
. You select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II ("GMIB Plus
II") and assume that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a
result the charge increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge
permitted; and
. You select the Earnings Preservation Benefit
You fully surrender your Contract, with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $2,453 $5,029 $7,256 $11,478
Minimum........................................... $1,511 $2,536 $3,624 $ 6,546
15
You do not surrender your Contract or You elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income payment type under which You receive
income payments over your lifetime) (no Withdrawal Charges would be
deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,526 $4,288 $6,700 $11,478
Minimum........................................... $ 584 $1,795 $3,068 $ 6,546
Example 3. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE C CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You pay the Annual Contract Fee;
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return;
. You select the Enhanced Death Benefit I and You are age 70 and assume
that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a result the charge
increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge permitted;
. You select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II ("GMIB Plus
II") and assume that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a
result the charge increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge
permitted; and
. You select the Earnings Preservation Benefit
You surrender your Contract, You do not surrender your Contract or You
elect to annuitize (elect a pay-out option with an income type under
which You receive income payments over your life time) (no Withdrawal
Charges apply to the C Class).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,478 $4,153 $6,492 $11,133
Minimum........................................... $ 562 $1,731 $2,960 $ 6,321
Example 4. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE L CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account or the Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You paid the Annual Contract Fee;
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return;
. You select the Enhanced Death Benefit I and You are age 70 and assume
that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a result the charge
increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge permitted;
. You select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Plus II ("GMIB Plus
II") and assume that You elect the Optional Step-Up feature and as a
result the charge increases to 1.50%, which is the maximum charge
permitted; and
. You select the Earnings Preservation Benefit
You fully surrender your Contract with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $2,163 $4,567 $6,446 $11,091
Minimum........................................... $1,247 $2,137 $2,889 $ 6,193
16
You do not surrender your Contract or You elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income type under which You receive income
payments over your life time) (no Withdrawal Charges would be deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,463 $4,117 $6,446 $11,091
Minimum........................................... $ 547 $1,687 $2,889 $ 6,193
Example 5. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower:
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE B CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account or Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You pay the Annual Contract Fee; and
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return
You fully surrender your Contract, with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,823 $3,707 $5,330 $8,591
Minimum........................................... $ 907 $1,178 $1,451 $2,329
You do not surrender your Contract or You elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income payment type under which You receive
income payments over your lifetime) (no Withdrawal Charges would be
deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,123 $3,167 $4,970 $8,591
Minimum........................................... $ 207 $ 638 $1,091 $2,329
Example 6. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE BONUS CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You pay the Annual Contract Fee; and
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return
You fully surrender your Contract, with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $2,129 $4,117 $5,829 $9,026
Minimum........................................... $1,186 $1,536 $1,910 $2,866
17
You do not surrender your Contract or elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income payment type under which You receive
income payments over your lifetime) (no Withdrawal Charges would be
deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,202 $3,375 $5,273 $9,026
Minimum........................................... $ 259 $ 794 $1,354 $2,866
Example 7. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE C CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You pay the Annual Contract Fee; and
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return
You surrender your Contract, You do not surrender your Contract or elect
to annuitize (elect a pay-out option with an income payment type under
which You receive income payments over your lifetime) (no Withdrawal
Charges apply to the C Class).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,163 $3,267 $5,106 $8,748
Minimum........................................... $ 247 $ 759 $1,293 $2,740
Example 8. This example shows the dollar amount of expenses that You
would bear directly or indirectly on a $10,000 investment for the time
periods indicated. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Assumptions:
. YOU SELECT THE L CLASS;
. reimbursement and/or waiver of expenses was not in effect;
. there was no allocation to the Fixed Account or the Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program;
. You bear the minimum or maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios (see "Table 3--Portfolio Operating Expenses");
. You pay the Annual Contract Fee; and
. the underlying Portfolio earns a 5% annual return
You fully surrender your Contract with applicable Withdrawal Charges
deducted.
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,848 $3,679 $5,055 $8,690
Minimum........................................... $ 932 $1,164 $1,218 $2,587
You do not surrender your Contract or You elect to annuitize (elect a
pay-out option with an income type under which You receive income
payments over your life time) (no Withdrawal Charges would be deducted).
1 3 5 10
YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum........................................... $1,148 $3,229 $5,055 $8,690
Minimum........................................... $ 232 $ 714 $1,218 $2,587
18
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES FOR EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION
See Appendix B.
19
METLIFE
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company ("MLIC" or the "Company") is a
leading provider of insurance, annuities, and employee benefits programs
with operations throughout the United States. The Company offers life
insurance and annuities to individuals, as well as group insurance and
retirement & savings products and many other services to corporations and other
institutions. The Company was formed under the laws of New York in 1868. The
Company's home office is located at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10166-0188. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc. MetLife,
Inc. is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit
programs, serving 90 million customers. Through its subsidiaries and
affiliates, MetLife, Inc. holds leading market positions in the United States,
Japan, Latin America, Asia, Europe and the Middle East.
METROPOLITAN LIFE
SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
We established Metropolitan Life Separate Account E on September 27,
1983. The purpose of the Separate Account is to hold the variable assets
that underlie the Preference Plus Select Variable Annuity Contracts and
some other variable annuity Contracts we issue. We have registered the Separate
Account with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act").
The Separate Account's assets are solely for the benefit of those who invest in
the Separate Account and no one else, including our creditors. The assets of
the Separate Account are held in our name on behalf of the Separate Account and
legally belong to us. All the income, gains and losses (realized or unrealized)
resulting from these assets are credited to or charged against the Contracts
issued from this Separate Account without regard to our other business.
We are obligated to pay all money we owe under the Contracts -- such as death
benefits and income payments -- even if that amount exceeds the assets in the
Separate Account. Any such amount that exceeds the assets in the Separate
Account is paid from our general account. Any amount under any optional death
benefit, optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit, optional Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefit or optional Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit that
exceeds the assets in the Separate Account are also paid from our general
account. Benefit amounts paid from the general account are subject to the
financial strength and claims paying ability of the Company and our long term
ability to make such payments, and are not guaranteed by any other party. We
issue other annuity Contracts and life insurance policies where we pay all
money we owe under those Contracts and policies from our general account.
MetLife is regulated as an insurance company under state law, which includes,
generally, limits on the amount and type of investments in its general account.
However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to meet our claims paying
obligations; there are risks to purchasing any insurance product.
The investment manager to certain of the Portfolios offered with the Contracts
or with other Variable Annuity contracts issued through the Separate Account
may be regulated as Commodity Pool Operators. While if does not concede that
the Separate Account is a commodity pool, the Company has claimed an exclusion
from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodities
Exchange Act ("CEA"), and is not subject to registration or regulation as a
pool operator under the CEA.
VARIABLE ANNUITIES
This Prospectus describes a type of variable annuity, a Deferred Annuity.
These annuities are "variable" because the value of your account or income
payment varies based on the investment performance of the Investment
Divisions You choose. In short, the value of your Deferred Annuity and your
income payments under a variable pay-out option of your Deferred Annuity may go
up or down. Since the investment performance is not guaranteed, your money is
at risk.
20
The degree of risk will depend on the Investment Divisions You select. The
Accumulation Unit Value or Annuity Unit Value for each Investment Division
rises or falls based on the investment performance (or "experience") of the
Portfolio with the same name. MetLife and its affiliates also offer other
annuities not described in this Prospectus.
The Deferred Annuities have a fixed interest rate option called the "Fixed
Account." The Fixed Account is not available to all Contract Owners. The Fixed
Account offers an interest rate that is guaranteed by us. The minimum interest
rate depends on the date your Contract is issued but will not be less than 1%.
The variable pay-out options under the Deferred Annuities have a fixed payment
option called the "Fixed Income Option." Under the Fixed Income Option, we
guarantee the amount of your fixed income payments. These fixed options are not
described in this Prospectus although we occasionally refer to them.
REPLACEMENT OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS
EXCHANGE PROGRAMS: From time to time we may offer programs under which certain
fixed or variable annuity Contracts previously issued by us may be exchanged
for the Deferred Annuity offered by this Prospectus. Currently, with respect to
exchanges from certain of our variable annuity Contracts to this Deferred
Annuity, an existing Contract is eligible for exchange if a withdrawal from, or
surrender of, the Contract would not trigger a Withdrawal Charge. The Account
Balance of this Deferred Annuity attributable to the exchanged assets will not
be subject to any Withdrawal Charge or be eligible for the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program. Any additional purchase payments contributed to the new
Deferred Annuity will be subject to all fees and charges, including the
Withdrawal Charge described in this Prospectus. You should carefully consider
whether an exchange is appropriate for You by comparing the death benefits,
living benefits, and other guarantees provided by the Contract You currently
own to the benefits and guarantees that would be provided by the new Contract
offered in this Prospectus. Then You should compare the fees and charges (E.G.,
the death benefit charges, the living benefit charges, and the separate account
charge) of your current Contract to the fees and charges of the new Contract,
which may be higher than your current Contract. These programs will be made
available on terms and conditions determined by us, and any such programs will
comply with applicable law. We believe the exchanges will be tax free for
Federal income tax purposes; however, You should consult your tax adviser
before making any such exchange.
OTHER EXCHANGES: Generally, You can exchange one variable annuity Contract for
another in a tax-free exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Before making an exchange You should compare both annuities carefully. If You
exchange another annuity for the one described in this Prospectus, unless the
exchange occurs under one of our exchange programs described above, You might
have to pay a surrender charge on your old annuity, and there will be a new
surrender charge period for this Deferred Annuity. Other charges may be higher
(or lower) and the benefits may be different. Also, because we will not issue
the Deferred Annuity until we have received the initial purchase payment from
your existing insurance company, the issuance of the Contract may be delayed.
Generally, it is not advisable to purchase a Deferred Annuity as a replacement
for an existing variable annuity Contract. Before You exchange another annuity
for our Deferred Annuity, ask your registered representative whether the
exchange would be advantageous, given the Contract features, benefits and
charges.
THE DEFERRED ANNUITY
You accumulate money in your account during the pay-in phase by making one
or more purchase payments. MetLife will hold your money and credit
investment returns as long as the money remains in your account.
All IRAs receive tax deferral under the Internal Revenue Code. There are no
additional tax benefits from funding an IRA with a Deferred Annuity. Therefore,
there should be reasons other than tax deferral for acquiring the Deferred
Annuity, such as the availability of a guaranteed income for life, the death
benefits or the other optional benefits available under this Deferred Annuity.
Under the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"), spousal continuation and certain
distribution options are available only to a person who is defined as a
"spouse" under the Federal Defense of Marriage Act or other applicable Federal
law. All
21
Contract provisions will be interpreted and administered in accordance with the
requirements of the Code. Therefore, under current Federal law, a purchaser who
has or is contemplating a civil union or same-sex marriage should note that the
favorable tax treatment afforded under Federal law would not be available to
such same-sex partner or same-sex spouse. Same-sex partners or spouses who own
or are considering the purchase of annuity products that provide benefits based
upon status as a spouse should consult a tax adviser. Accordingly, a purchaser
who has or is contemplating a civil union or same-sex marriage should note that
such same-sex partner or same-sex spouse would not be able to receive continued
payments after the death of the Contract Owner under the Joint Life version of
the Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee (see "Living Benefits -- Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefits").
NON-NATURAL PERSONS AS OWNERS OR BENEFICIARIES. If a non-natural person, such
as a trust, is the Owner of a non-qualified Deferred Annuity, the distribution
on death rules under the Internal Revenue Code may require payment to begin
earlier than expected and may impact the usefulness of the living and/or death
benefits. Naming a non-natural person, such as a trust or estate, as a
Beneficiary under the Deferred Annuity will generally, eliminate the
Beneficiary's ability to "stretch" or a spousal Beneficiary's ability to
continue the Deferred Annuity and the living and/or death benefits.
A Deferred Annuity consists of two phases: the accumulation or "pay-in" phase
and the income or "pay-out" phase. The pay-out phase begins when You elect to
have us pay You "income" payments using the money in your account. The number
and the amount of the income payments You receive will depend on such things as
the type of pay-out option You choose, your investment choices, and the amount
used to provide your income payments. Because Deferred Annuities offer the
insurance benefit of income payment options, including our guarantee of income
for your lifetime, they are "annuities."
The Deferred Annuity is offered in several variations, which we call "classes."
Each class offers You the ability to choose certain features. Each has its own
Separate Account charge and applicable Withdrawal Charge (except C Class which
has no Withdrawal Charges). The Deferred Annuity also offers You the
opportunity to choose optional benefits, each for a charge in addition to the
Separate Account charge with the Basic Death Benefit for that class. If You
purchase any of the optional death benefits, You receive the optional benefit
in place of the Basic Death Benefit. In deciding what class of the Deferred
Annuity to purchase, You should consider the amount of Separate Account and
Withdrawal Charges You are willing to bear relative to your needs. In deciding
whether to purchase any of the optional benefits, You should consider the
desirability of the benefit relative to its additional cost and to your needs.
Unless You tell us otherwise, we will assume that You are purchasing the B
Class Deferred Annuity with the Basic Death Benefit and no optional benefits.
These optional benefits are:
.. an Annual Step-Up Death Benefit;
.. a Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit;
.. an Enhanced Death Benefit (the "EDB I");
.. an Earnings Preservation Benefit;
.. Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits (the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit
Plus II (the "GMIB Plus II"), the Guaranteed Minimum Income Plus I (the
"GMIB Plus I"), the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit II (the "GMIB II")
and the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit I (the "GMIB I") are
collectively, the "GMIBs");
.. Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits (the Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee II (the
"LWG II"), the Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee I (the "LWG I"), the Enhanced
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (the "Enhanced GWB") and the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefit I (the "GWB I") are collectively, the "GWBs"); and
.. a Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (the "GMAB").
You may not have a GMIB, a GWB or the GMAB in effect at the same time. You may
not have the EDB I in effect with any living benefit except the GMIB Plus II.
None of these optional benefits are currently available for sale.
22
Each of these optional benefits is described in more detail later in this
Prospectus. The availability of optional benefits and features of optional
benefits may vary by state.
We may restrict the investment choices available to You if You select certain
optional benefits. These restrictions are intended to reduce the risk of
investment losses which could require the Company to use its general account
assets to pay amounts due under the selected optional benefit.
Certain withdrawals, depending on the amount and timing, may negatively impact
the benefits and guarantees provided by your Contract. You should carefully
consider whether a withdrawal under a particular circumstance will have any
negative impact to your benefits or guarantees. The impact of withdrawals
generally on your benefits and guarantees is discussed in the corresponding
sections of the Prospectus describing such benefits and guarantees.
CLASSES OF THE DEFERRED ANNUITY
B CLASS
The B Class has a 1.25% annual Separate Account charge (1.50% in the case of
each American Funds(R) Investment Division) and a declining seven year
Withdrawal Charge on each purchase payment. If You choose the Annual Step-Up
Death Benefit or the greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death
Benefit, the Separate Account charge would range from 1.45% to 1.60% or, in the
case of each American Funds(R) Investment Division, 1.70% to 1.85%. If You
choose the optional Earnings Preservation Benefit and either of these optional
death benefits, the Separate Account charge would range from 1.70% to 1.85% or,
in the case of each American Funds(R) Investment Division, 1.95% to 2.10%.
THE BONUS CLASS (MAY ALSO BE KNOWN AS THE "B PLUS CLASS" IN OUR SALES
LITERATURE AND ADVERTISING)
You may purchase a Contract in the Bonus Class before your 81st birthday. If
there are joint Contract Owners, the age of the oldest joint Contract Owner
will be used to determine eligibility. Under the Bonus Class Deferred Annuity,
we currently credit 3% to each of your purchase payments made during the first
Contract Year. The Bonus will be applied on a pro-rata basis to the Fixed
Account, if available, and the Investment Divisions of the Separate Account
based upon your allocation for your purchase payments. The Bonus Class has a
1.70% annual Separate Account charge (1.95% in the case of each American
Funds(R) Investment Division) and a declining seven year Withdrawal Charge on
each purchase payment. If You choose the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the
Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit, the Separate
Account charge would range from 1.90% to 2.05% or, in the case of each American
Funds(R) Investment Division, 2.15% to 2.30%. If You choose the optional
Earnings Preservation Benefit and either of these optional death benefits, the
Separate Account charge would range from 2.15% to 2.30% or, in the case of each
American Funds(R) Investment Division, 2.40% to 2.55%. After You have held the
Contract for seven years, the Separate Account charge declines 0.45% to 1.25%
with the Basic Death Benefit (1.50% in the case of each American Funds(R)
Investment Division). After You have held the Contract for seven years, the
Separate Account charge declines to 1.45% and 1.60%, respectively, for the
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit and for the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual
Increase Death Benefit, or, in the case of each American Funds(R) Investment
Division, 1.70% to 1.85%.
Investment returns for the Bonus Class Deferred Annuity may be lower than those
for the B Class Deferred Annuity if Separate Account investment performance is
not sufficiently high to offset increased Separate Account charges for the
Bonus Class Deferred Annuity. (If the Fixed Account is available, Fixed Account
rates for the Bonus Class may be lower than those declared for the other
classes.)
The Bonus Class Deferred Annuity may not be appropriate with certain qualified
plans where there may be minimal initial purchase payments submitted in the
first year.
23
Therefore, the choice between the Bonus Class and the B Class Deferred Annuity
is a judgment as to whether a higher Separate Account charge with a 3% credit
is more advantageous than a lower Separate Account charge without the 3% credit.
There is no guarantee that the Bonus Class Deferred Annuity will have higher
returns than the B Class Deferred Annuity, the other classes of the Deferred
Annuity, similar Contracts without a bonus or any other investment. The Bonus
will be credited only to purchase payments made during the first Contract Year,
while the additional Separate Account charge of 0.45% for the Bonus will be
assessed on all amounts in the Separate Account for the first seven years.
The following table demonstrates hypothetical investment returns for a Deferred
Annuity with the 3% credit compared to a Contract without the Bonus. Both
Deferred Annuities are assumed to have no optional benefits. The figures are
based on:
a) a $50,000 initial purchase payment with no other purchase payments;
b) deduction of the Separate Account charge at a rate of 1.70% (1.25% in years
8-10) (Bonus Class Deferred Annuity) and 1.25% (B Class Deferred Annuity);
and
c) an assumed investment return for the investment choices before Separate
Account charges of 8.05% for each of 10 years.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bonus Class B Class
(1.70% Separate Account (1.25% Separate Account
Contract Year charge for first 7 years) charge all years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 $54,770 $53,400
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 $58,248 $57,031
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 $61,947 $60,909
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 $65,881 $65,051
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 $70,064 $69,475
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 $74,513 $74,199
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 $79,245 $79,244
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 $84,633 $84,633
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 $90,388 $90,388
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 $96,535 $96,534
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generally, the higher the rate of return, the more advantageous the Bonus Class
is. The table above assumes no additional purchase payments are made after the
first Contract Anniversary. If additional purchase payments were made to the
Deferred Annuity, the rate of return would have to be higher in order to
"break-even" by the end of the seventh year or the break-even point would
otherwise occur sooner. The break-even point is when the Account Balance of a
Bonus Class Contract will equal the Account Balance of a B Class Contract,
assuming equal initial purchase payments and a level rate of return, and
thereafter, the Account Balance would be higher in a B Class Contract.
The decision to elect the Bonus Class is irrevocable. We may make a profit from
the additional Separate Account charge. The Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program is not available with the Bonus Class.
The guaranteed annuity rates for the Bonus Class are the same as those for the
other classes of the Deferred Annuity. Current rates for the Bonus Class may be
lower than those for the other classes of the Deferred Annuity.
Any 3% credit does not become yours until after the "free look" period; we
retrieve it if You exercise the "free look". Your exercise of the "free look"
is the only circumstance under which the 3% credit will be retrieved (commonly
called "recapture"). We then will refund either your purchase payments or
Account Balance, depending upon your state law. In the case of a refund of
Account Balance, the refunded amount will include any investment performance on
amounts attributable to the 3% credit. If there have been any losses from the
investment performance on the amounts attributable to the 3% credit, we will
bear that loss.
24
If we agree to permit your Beneficiary to hold the Traditional IRA Deferred
Annuity in your name after your death for his/her benefit, a new Contract will
be issued in order to facilitate the distribution of payments. The new Contract
will be issued in the same Contract class, except, if You had a Bonus Class
Deferred Annuity, the Contract will be issued as a B Class Deferred Annuity.
C CLASS
The C Class has a 1.65% annual Separate Account charge (1.90% in the case of
each American Funds(R) Investment Division) and no Withdrawal Charge. If You
choose the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%
Annual Increase Death Benefit, the Separate Account charge would range from
1.85% to 2.00% or, in the case of each American Funds(R) Investment Division,
2.10% to 2.25%. If You choose the optional Earnings Preservation Benefit and
either of these optional death benefits, the Separate Account charge would
range from 2.10% to 2.25% or, in the case of each American Funds(R) Investment
Division, 2.35% to 2.50%. The Fixed Account, the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program, Equity Generator(R) and the Allocator/SM/ are not available in the C
Class Deferred Annuity purchased after April 30, 2003. A money market
Investment Division is available in the C Class Deferred Annuity purchased
after April 30, 2003.
L CLASS
The L Class has a 1.50% annual Separate Account charge (1.75% in the case of
each American Funds(R) Investment Division) and a declining three year
Withdrawal Charge on each purchase payment. If You choose the Annual Step-Up
Death Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death
Benefit, the Separate Account charge would range from 1.70% to 1.85% or, in the
case of each American Funds(R) Investment Division, 1.95% to 2.10%. If You
choose the optional Earnings Preservation Benefit and either of these optional
death benefits, the Separate Account charge would range from 1.95% to 2.10% or,
in the case of each American Funds(R) Investment Division, 2.20% to 2.35%. If
the Fixed Account is available, Fixed Account rates for the L Class may be
lower than those declared for the other classes.
25
YOUR INVESTMENT CHOICES
The Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund and the American Funds(R) and
each of their Portfolios are more fully described in their respective
prospectuses and SAIs. The SAIs are available upon your request. You should
read these prospectuses carefully before making purchase payments to the
Investment Divisions. The classes of shares available to the Deferred
Annuities, Class B of the Metropolitan Fund, Class B of the Met Investors Fund
(except for the American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation, American Funds(R) Growth
Allocation and American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolios which are Class
C), and Class 2 of the American Funds(R), each impose a 12b-1 Plan fee.
The investment choices are listed in alphabetical order below (based upon the
Portfolio's legal names). (See "Appendix C -- Portfolio Legal and Marketing
Names".) The Investment Divisions generally offer the opportunity for greater
returns over the long term than our Fixed Account. You should understand that
each Portfolio incurs its own risk which will be dependent upon the investment
decisions made by the respective Portfolio's investment manager. Furthermore,
the name of a Portfolio may not be indicative of all the investments held by
the Portfolio. The degree of investment risk You assume will depend on the
Investment Divisions You choose. While the Investment Divisions and their
comparably named Portfolios may have names, investment objectives and
management which are identical or similar to publicly available mutual funds,
these Investment Divisions and Portfolios are not those mutual funds. The
Portfolios most likely will not have the same performance experience as any
publicly available mutual fund. Since your Account Balance or income payments
are subject to the risks associated with investing in stocks and bonds, your
Account Balance or variable income payments based on amounts allocated to the
Investment Divisions may go down as well as up.
Each Portfolio has different investment objectives and risks. The Portfolio
prospectuses contain more detailed information on each Portfolio's investment
strategy, investment managers and its fees. You may obtain a Portfolio
prospectus by calling 800-638-7732 or through your registered representative.
We do not guarantee the investment results of the Portfolios.
The current Portfolios are listed below, along with their investment manager
and any sub-investment manager.
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE INVESTMENT MANAGER/SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER
--------- -------------------- -----------------------------------------
AMERICAN FUNDS(R)
-----------------
AMERICAN FUNDS BOND FUND SEEKS AS HIGH A LEVEL OF CURRENT INCOME AS IS CAPITAL RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY
CONSISTENT WITH THE PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL.
AMERICAN FUNDS GLOBAL SMALL SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. CAPITAL RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY
CAPITALIZATION FUND
AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH FUND SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. CAPITAL RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY
AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL AND INCOME. CAPITAL RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY
FUND
MET INVESTORS FUND
------------------
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN GLOBAL SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION AND CURRENT INCOME. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
DYNAMIC ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN L.P.
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) BALANCED SEEKS A BALANCE BETWEEN A HIGH LEVEL OF METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO CURRENT INCOME AND GROWTH OF CAPITAL, WITH A
GREATER EMPHASIS ON GROWTH OF CAPITAL.
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) GROWTH SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) MODERATE SEEKS A HIGH TOTAL RETURN IN THE FORM OF INCOME METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO AND GROWTH OF CAPITAL, WITH A GREATER
EMPHASIS ON INCOME.
AQR GLOBAL RISK BALANCED SEEKS TOTAL RETURN. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: AQR CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT, LLC
BLACKROCK GLOBAL TACTICAL SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION AND CURRENT INCOME. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT, INC.
26
INVESTMENT MANAGER/
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER
--------- -------------------- ----------------------
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP CORE SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
CLARION GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SEEKS TOTAL RETURN THROUGH INVESTMENT IN REAL METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO ESTATE SECURITIES, EMPHASIZING BOTH CAPITAL SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: CBRE CLARION
APPRECIATION AND CURRENT INCOME. SECURITIES LLC
CLEARBRIDGE AGGRESSIVE GROWTH SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: CLEARBRIDGE
INVESTMENTS, LLC
HARRIS OAKMARK INTERNATIONAL SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: HARRIS ASSOCIATES
L.P.
INVESCO BALANCED-RISK SEEKS TOTAL RETURN. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: INVESCO ADVISERS,
INC.
INVESCO SMALL CAP GROWTH SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: INVESCO ADVISERS,
INC.
JANUS FORTY PORTFOLIO SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: JANUS CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT LLC
JPMORGAN GLOBAL ACTIVE SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION AND CURRENT INCOME. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: J.P. MORGAN
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
LOOMIS SAYLES GLOBAL MARKETS SEEKS HIGH TOTAL INVESTMENT RETURN THROUGH A METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO COMBINATION OF CAPITAL APPRECIATION AND SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: LOOMIS, SAYLES &
INCOME. COMPANY, L.P.
LORD ABBETT BOND DEBENTURE SEEKS HIGH CURRENT INCOME AND THE OPPORTUNITY METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO FOR CAPITAL APPRECIATION TO PRODUCE A HIGH TOTAL SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: LORD, ABBETT & CO.
RETURN. LLC
LORD ABBETT MID CAP VALUE SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION THROUGH METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS, PRIMARILY IN EQUITY SECURITIES, SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: LORD, ABBETT & CO.
WHICH ARE BELIEVED TO BE UNDERVALUED IN THE LLC
MARKETPLACE.
MET/FRANKLIN LOW DURATION SEEKS A HIGH LEVEL OF CURRENT INCOME, WHILE METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO SEEKING PRESERVATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' CAPITAL. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: FRANKLIN ADVISERS,
INC.
METLIFE AGGRESSIVE STRATEGY SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO
METLIFE BALANCED PLUS SEEKS A BALANCE BETWEEN A HIGH LEVEL OF METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO CURRENT INCOME AND GROWTH OF CAPITAL, WITH A SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: PACIFIC INVESTMENT
GREATER EMPHASIS ON GROWTH OF CAPITAL. MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
METLIFE GROWTH STRATEGY SEEKS TO PROVIDE GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO
METLIFE MULTI-INDEX TARGETED SEEKS A BALANCE BETWEEN GROWTH OF CAPITAL METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
RISK PORTFOLIO AND CURRENT INCOME, WITH A GREATER EMPHASIS SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
ON GROWTH OF CAPITAL. MANAGEMENT, LLC
MFS(R) RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: MASSACHUSETTS
FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
MORGAN STANLEY MID CAP GROWTH SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: MORGAN STANLEY
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL EQUITY SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO -- CLASS B SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: OPPENHEIMER
FUNDS, INC.
PIMCO INFLATION PROTECTED SEEKS MAXIMUM REAL RETURN, CONSISTENT WITH METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
BOND PORTFOLIO PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL AND PRUDENT SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: PACIFIC INVESTMENT
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
27
INVESTMENT MANAGER/
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER
--------- -------------------- ----------------------
PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO SEEKS MAXIMUM TOTAL RETURN, CONSISTENT WITH METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
THE PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL AND PRUDENT SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: PACIFIC INVESTMENT
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
PYRAMIS(R) GOVERNMENT INCOME SEEKS A HIGH LEVEL OF CURRENT INCOME, METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO CONSISTENT WITH PRESERVATION OF PRINCIPAL. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: PYRAMIS GLOBAL
ADVISORS, LLC
PYRAMIS(R) MANAGED RISK SEEKS TOTAL RETURN. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: PYRAMIS GLOBAL
ADVISORS, LLC
SCHRODERS GLOBAL MULTI-ASSET SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION AND CURRENT INCOME. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: SCHRODER
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH AMERICA INC.
SSGA GROWTH AND INCOME ETF SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL AND INCOME. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: SSGA FUNDS
MANAGEMENT, INC.
SSGA GROWTH ETF PORTFOLIO SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: SSGA FUNDS
MANAGEMENT, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE MID CAP GROWTH SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: T. ROWE PRICE
ASSOCIATES, INC.
METROPOLITAN FUND
-----------------
BAILLIE GIFFORD INTERNATIONAL SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
STOCK PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BAILLIE GIFFORD
OVERSEAS LIMITED
BARCLAYS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX SEEKS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF THE METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO BARCLAYS U.S. AGGREGATE BOND INDEX. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, LLC
BLACKROCK BOND INCOME SEEKS A COMPETITIVE TOTAL RETURN PRIMARILY METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO FROM INVESTING IN FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
BLACKROCK CAPITAL SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
BLACKROCK DIVERSIFIED SEEKS HIGH TOTAL RETURN WHILE ATTEMPTING TO METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO LIMIT INVESTMENT RISK AND PRESERVE CAPITAL. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP VALUE SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
BLACKROCK MONEY MARKET SEEKS A HIGH LEVEL OF CURRENT INCOME METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO CONSISTENT WITH PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: BLACKROCK
ADVISORS, LLC
DAVIS VENTURE VALUE PORTFOLIO SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: DAVIS SELECTED
ADVISERS, L.P.
FRONTIER MID CAP GROWTH SEEKS MAXIMUM CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: FRONTIER CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
JENNISON GROWTH PORTFOLIO SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: JENNISON ASSOCIATES
LLC
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP CORE SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH FROM METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS IN COMMON STOCKS OR OTHER EQUITY SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: LOOMIS, SAYLES &
SECURITIES. COMPANY, L.P.
28
INVESTMENT MANAGER/
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER
--------- -------------------- ----------------------
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
GROWTH PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: LOOMIS, SAYLES &
COMPANY, L.P.
MET/ARTISAN MID CAP VALUE SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: ARTISAN PARTNERS
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
METLIFE CONSERVATIVE SEEKS A HIGH LEVEL OF CURRENT INCOME, WITH METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO GROWTH OF CAPITAL AS A SECONDARY OBJECTIVE.
METLIFE CONSERVATIVE TO SEEKS HIGH TOTAL RETURN IN THE FORM OF INCOME METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO AND GROWTH OF CAPITAL, WITH A GREATER
EMPHASIS ON INCOME.
METLIFE MID CAP STOCK INDEX SEEKS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF THE METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO STANDARD & POOR'S MIDCAP 400(R) COMPOSITE SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
STOCK PRICE INDEX. MANAGEMENT, LLC
METLIFE MODERATE ALLOCATION SEEKS A BALANCE BETWEEN A HIGH LEVEL OF METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO CURRENT INCOME AND GROWTH OF CAPITAL, WITH A
GREATER EMPHASIS ON GROWTH OF CAPITAL.
METLIFE MODERATE TO SEEKS GROWTH OF CAPITAL. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION
PORTFOLIO
METLIFE STOCK INDEX PORTFOLIO SEEKS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF THE METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
STANDARD & POOR'S 500(R) COMPOSITE STOCK SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
PRICE INDEX. MANAGEMENT, LLC
MFS(R) TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO SEEKS A FAVORABLE TOTAL RETURN THROUGH METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
INVESTMENT IN A DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: MASSACHUSETTS
FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
MFS(R) VALUE PORTFOLIO SEEKS CAPITAL APPRECIATION. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: MASSACHUSETTS
FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
MSCI EAFE(R) INDEX PORTFOLIO SEEKS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF THE MSCI METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
EAFE(R) INDEX. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, LLC
NEUBERGER BERMAN GENESIS SEEKS HIGH TOTAL RETURN, CONSISTING PRINCIPALLY METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO OF CAPITAL APPRECIATION. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: NEUBERGER BERMAN
MANAGEMENT LLC
RUSSELL 2000(R) INDEX SEEKS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF THE RUSSELL METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
PORTFOLIO 2000(R) INDEX. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: METLIFE INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, LLC
T. ROWE PRICE LARGE CAP SEEKS LONG-TERM GROWTH OF CAPITAL AND, METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
GROWTH PORTFOLIO SECONDARILY, DIVIDEND INCOME. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: T. ROWE PRICE
ASSOCIATES, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE SMALL CAP SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH. METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
GROWTH PORTFOLIO SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: T. ROWE PRICE
ASSOCIATES, INC.
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT SEEKS TO MAXIMIZE TOTAL RETURN CONSISTENT METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
STRATEGIC BOND OPPORTUNITIES WITH PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL. SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: WESTERN ASSET
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT COMPANY
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT U.S. SEEKS TO MAXIMIZE TOTAL RETURN CONSISTENT METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC
GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO WITH PRESERVATION OF CAPITAL AND MAINTENANCE SUB-INVESTMENT MANAGER: WESTERN ASSET
OF LIQUIDITY. MANAGEMENT COMPANY
Some of the investment choices may not be available under the terms of your
Deferred Annuity. Your Contract or other correspondence we provide You will
indicate the Investment Divisions that are available to You. The BlackRock
Money Market Division is only available in the C Class Deferred Annuity
purchased after April 30, 2003, and Deferred Annuities issued in New York State
and Washington State with the GMIB I, the GMIB II, the GMIB Plus I, the GMIB
Plus II, the GWB I, the Enhanced GWB, the LWG I, the LWG II or the EDB I. Your
investment choices may be limited because:
.. We have restricted the available Investment Divisions.
.. Some of the Investment Divisions are not approved in your state.
29
.. Your employer, association or other group Contract Owner limits the
available Investment Divisions.
INVESTMENT CHOICES WHICH ARE FUND OF FUNDS
The following portfolios available within the Metropolitan Series Fund and Met
Investors Series Trust, are "fund of funds":
MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Portfolio
MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio
American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Portfolio
American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Portfolio
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolio
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio
MetLife Growth Strategy
SSgA Growth ETF Portfolio
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Portfolio
MetLife Balanced Plus Portfolio
BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Portfolio
MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Portfolio
Pyramis(R) Managed Risk Portfolio
"Fund of funds" Portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in other
portfolios or, with respect to the SSgA Growth ETF Portfolio and the SSgA
Growth and Income ETF Portfolio, other exchange-traded funds ("Underlying
ETFs"). Therefore, each of these Portfolios will bear its pro rata share of the
fees and expenses incurred by the underlying portfolios or Underlying ETFs in
which it invests in addition to its own management fees and expenses. This will
reduce the investment return of each of the fund of funds Portfolios. The
expense levels will vary over time, depending on the mix of underlying
portfolios or Underlying ETFs in which the fund of funds Portfolio invests. You
may be able to realize lower aggregate expenses by investing directly in the
underlying portfolios and Underlying ETFs instead of investing in the fund of
funds Portfolios, if such underlying portfolios or Underlying ETFs are
available under the Contract. However, no Underlying ETFs and only some of the
underlying portfolios are available under the Contract.
INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RESTRICTIONS FOR CERTAIN OPTIONAL BENEFITS
If You elect the LWG II, the GMIB Plus II or the EDB I, You must comply with
certain investment allocation restrictions. Specifically, You must allocate
according to either Option (A) or Option (B) (the "Option (B) Investment
Allocation Restrictions") below. The Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program is
available in either Option (A) or Option (B). Only certain of the automated
investment strategies are available under Option (A) and Option (B). (See
"Optional Automated Investment Strategies and Optional Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program" in this section and the chart titled "Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging ("EDCA") Program and Automated Investment Strategies").
(A)You must allocate:
. 100% of your purchase payments or Account Value among the
AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Investment Division, American
Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Investment Division, American Funds(R)
Moderate Allocation Investment Division, AQR Global Risk Balanced
Investment Division, BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Investment
Division, Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Investment Division, JPMorgan
Global Active Allocation Investment Division, MetLife Balanced Plus
Investment Division, MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division,
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Investment Division, MetLife
Moderate Allocation Investment Division, MetLife Multi-Index Targeted
Risk Investment Division, Pyramis(R) Managed Risk
30
Investment Division, Schroders Global Multi-Asset Investment Division,
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Investment Division, and/or the Fixed Account
and the BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (where available) (you
may also allocate purchase payments to the EDCA program, provided that
your destination portfolios are one or more of the above listed
Investment Divisions; you may not allocate purchase payments to an
automated investment strategy).
OR
(B)You must allocate:
. AT LEAST 30% of purchase payments or Account Balance to Platform 1
investment choices and/or to the Fixed Account and the BlackRock Money
Market Investment Division (where available);
. UP TO 70% of purchase payments or Account Balance to Platform 2
investment choices;
. UP TO 15% of purchase payments or Account Balance to Platform 3
investment choices; and
. UP TO 15% of purchase payments or Account Balance to Platform 4
investment choices.
SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Subsequent purchase payments must be allocated in accordance with the above
limitations. When allocating according to Option (B) above, it is important to
remember that the entire Account Balance will be immediately reallocated
according to any new allocation instructions that accompany a subsequent
purchase payment if the new allocation instructions differ from those
previously received on the Contract. Allocating according to Option (B) does
not permit You to specify different allocations for individual purchase
payments. Due to the rebalancing and reallocation requirements of Option B, the
entire Account Balance will be immediately allocated according to the most
recently provided allocation instructions.
EXAMPLE:
Your Account Balance is $100,000 and You have allocated 70% to the American
Funds Growth Investment Division and 30% to the PIMCO Total Return Investment
Division using Option (B). You make a subsequent purchase payment of $5,000 and
provide instructions to allocate that payment 100% to the BlackRock Bond Income
Investment Division. As a result, your entire Account Balance of $105,000 will
then be reallocated to the BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division.
The investment choices in each platform are as follows:
PLATFORM 1
----------
AMERICAN FUNDS BOND
BARCLAYS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX
BLACKROCK BOND INCOME
MET/FRANKLIN LOW DURATION TOTAL RETURN
PIMCO INFLATION PROTECTION BOND
PIMCO TOTAL RETURN
PYRAMIS(R) GOVERNMENT INCOME
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT U.S. GOVERNMENT
PLATFORM 2
----------
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN GLOBAL DYNAMIC ALLOCATION LOOMIS SAYLES GLOBAL MARKETS
AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH LORD ABBETT BOND DEBENTURE
AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME METLIFE AGGRESSIVE STRATEGY
AQR GLOBAL RISK BALANCED METLIFE BALANCED PLUS
BAILLIE GIFFORD INTERNATIONAL STOCK METLIFE MULTI-INDEX TARGETED RISK
31
PLATFORM 2
----------
BLACKROCK CAPITAL APPRECIATION METLIFE STOCK INDEX
BLACKROCK DIVERSIFIED MFS(R) RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
BLACKROCK GLOBAL TACTICAL STRATEGIES MFS(R) TOTAL RETURN
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP CORE MFS(R) VALUE
BLACKROCK LARGE CAP VALUE MSCI EAFE(R) INDEX
CLEARBRIDGE AGGRESSIVE GROWTH OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL EQUITY
DAVIS VENTURE VALUE PYRAMIS(R) MANAGED RISK
HARRIS OAKMARK INTERNATIONAL SCHRODERS GLOBAL MULTI-ASSET
INVESCO BALANCED-RISK ALLOCATION T. ROWE PRICE LARGE CAP GROWTH
JANUS FORTY WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT STRATEGIC BOND
JENNISON GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES
JPMORGAN GLOBAL ACTIVE ALLOCATION
PLATFORM 3
----------
FRONTIER MID CAP GROWTH
LORD ABBETT MID CAP VALUE
MET/ARTISAN MID CAP VALUE
METLIFE MID CAP STOCK INDEX
MORGAN STANLEY MID CAP GROWTH
T. ROWE PRICE MID CAP GROWTH
PLATFORM 4
----------
AMERICAN FUNDS GLOBAL SMALL CAPITALIZATION
CLARION GLOBAL REAL ESTATE
INVESCO SMALL CAP GROWTH
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP CORE
LOOMIS SAYLES SMALL CAP GROWTH
NEUBERGER BERMAN GENESIS
RUSSELL 2000(R) INDEX
T. ROWE PRICE SMALL CAP GROWTH
For Contracts for which applications and necessary information are received at
your Administrative Office prior to May 4, 2009, the following Investment
Divisions are also available under Option (A): American Funds Growth Allocation
Investment Division, MetLife Growth Strategy Investment Division, MetLife
Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Investment Division and the SSgA Growth ETF
Investment Division. In addition, the following investment allocation
restrictions apply under Option (B): You must allocate at least 15% of purchase
payments or Account Balance to Platform 1 investment choices and/or the Fixed
Account and the BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (where available)
and You may allocate up to 85% of purchase payments or Account Balance to
Platform 2 investment choices (the percentages for Platforms 3 and 4 are the
same as those listed above).
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS -- GMIB I, GMIB PLUS I, GMIB PLUS
II, GWB I, ENHANCED GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB AND EDB I
CURRENT RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. If applicable in your
state and except as noted below, until further notice we will not accept
subsequent purchase payments from You after the close of the New York Stock
Exchange on August 17, 2012 if your Contract was issued with one or more of the
following optional benefits: GMIB I, GMIB Plus I, GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced
GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I.
You still will be permitted to transfer your Account Balance among the
Portfolios available with your Contract and optional benefit. If subsequent
purchase payments will be permitted in the future, we will notify You in
writing, in advance of the date the restriction will end.
32
We will permit You to make a subsequent purchase payment when either of the
following conditions apply to your Contract: (a) your Account Balance is below
the minimum described in the "When We Can Cancel Your Deferred Annuity" section
of the prospectus; or (b) the optional benefit charge is greater than your
Account Balance.
In addition, for Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP and SIMPLE Contracts (including
annuity contracts held under custodial IRAs), we will permit subsequent
purchase payments up to your applicable annual IRS limits, provided the
subsequent purchase payment is not in the form of a transfer or rollover from
another tax-qualified plan or tax-qualified investment.
If your Contract was issued in one of the following states, this restriction
does NOT apply and You may continue to make subsequent purchase payments at
this time: Connecticut, Florida, Massachusetts, Maryland, Minnesota, New
Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, or Washington.
OPTIONAL ENHANCED DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM AND AUTOMATED INVESTMENT
STRATEGIES. The Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program is available in either
Option (A) or Option (B). If You choose to allocate according to Option (B)
above, and You choose to allocate a purchase payment to the Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program, You must allocate the entire purchase payment to that
program. Any transfer from an Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance
must be allocated in accordance with the limitations described above. In
addition, if You made previous purchase payments before allocating a purchase
payment to the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program, all transfers from the
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance must be allocated to the same
Investment Divisions as your most recent allocations for purchase payments. The
Rebalancer is available in Option (A). Only the Conservative and Conservative
to Moderate Models of Index Selector are available in Option (A). Index
Selector is not available if You choose Option (B).
YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS AND TRANSFER REQUESTS MUST BE ALLOCATED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS. WE WILL REJECT ANY PURCHASE PAYMENTS OR TRANSFER
REQUESTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS.
We determine whether an investment choice is classified as Platform 1, Platform
2, Platform 3 or Platform 4. We may determine or change the classification of
an investment choice in the event that an investment choice is added, deleted,
substituted, merged or otherwise reorganized. You will not be required to
reallocate purchase payments or Account Balance that You allocated to an
investment choice before we changed its classification, unless You make a new
purchase payment or request a transfer among investment choices (other than
pursuant to rebalancing and an Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program in
existence at the time the classification of the investment choice changed). If
You make a new purchase payment or request a transfer among investment choices,
You will be required to take the new classification into account in the
allocation of your entire Account Balance. We will provide You with prior
written notice of any changes in classification of investment choices.
REBALANCING. If You choose to allocate according to Option (B) above, we will
rebalance your Account Balance on a quarterly basis based on your most recent
allocation of purchase payments that complies with the allocation limitations
described above. We will also rebalance your Account Balance when we receive a
subsequent purchase payment that is accompanied by new allocation instructions
(in addition to the quarterly rebalancing). We will first rebalance your
Account Balance on the date that is three months from the optional benefit
issue date; provided however, if a quarterly rebalancing date occurs on the
29th, 30th or 31st of a month, we will instead rebalance on the first day of
the following month. We will subsequently rebalance your Account Balance on
each quarter thereafter on the same day. In addition, if a quarterly
rebalancing date is not a business day, the reallocation will occur on the next
business day. Withdrawals from the Contract will not result in rebalancing on
the date of withdrawal. The rebalancing requirement described above does not
apply if You choose to allocate according to Option (A) above.
CHANGING ALLOCATION INSTRUCTIONS. You may change your purchase payment
allocation instructions under Option (B) at anytime by providing notice to us
at your Administrative Office, or any other method acceptable to us, provided
that such instructions comply with the allocation limits described above. If
You provide new allocation instructions for purchase payments and if these
instructions conform to the allocation limits described under Option (B) above,
then we will
33
rebalance in accordance with the revised allocation instructions. Any future
purchase payment, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance transfer and
quarterly rebalancing allocations will be automatically updated in accordance
with these new instructions.
TRANSFERS. Please note that any transfer request must result in an Account
Balance that meets the allocation limits described above. Any transfer request
will not cause your allocation instructions to change unless You provide us
with separate instructions at the time of transfer.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The Investment Divisions buy and sell shares of
corresponding mutual fund portfolios. These Portfolios, which are part of
either the Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund or the American Funds(R),
invest in stocks, bonds and other investments. All dividends declared by the
Portfolios are earned by the Separate Account and are reinvested. Therefore, no
dividends are distributed to You under the Deferred Annuities. You pay no
transaction expenses (I.E., front-end or back-end sales load charges) as a
result of the Separate Account's purchase or sale of these mutual fund shares.
The Portfolios of the Metropolitan Fund and the Met Investors Fund are
available by purchasing annuities and life insurance policies from MetLife or
certain of its affiliated insurance companies and are never sold directly to
the public. The American Funds(R) Portfolios are made available by the American
Funds(R) only through various insurance company annuities and life insurance
policies.
The Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund and the American Funds(R) are
each "series" type funds registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
as an "open-end management investment company" under the 1940 Act. A "series"
fund means that each Portfolio is one of several available through the fund.
The Portfolios of the Metropolitan Fund and the Met Investors Fund pay MetLife
Advisers, LLC ("MetLife Advisers"), a MetLife affiliate, a monthly fee for its
services as their investment manager. The Portfolios of the American Funds(R)
pay Capital Research and Management Company a monthly fee for its services as
their investment manager. These fees, as well as the operating expenses paid by
each Portfolio, are described in the applicable prospectus and SAI for the
Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund and the American Funds(R).
In addition, the Metropolitan Fund and the Met Investors Fund prospectuses each
discuss other separate accounts of MetLife and its affiliated insurance
companies and certain qualified retirement plans that invest in the
Metropolitan Fund or the Met Investors Fund. The risks of these arrangements
are discussed in each Fund's prospectus.
CERTAIN PAYMENTS WE RECEIVE WITH REGARD TO THE PORTFOLIOS. An investment
manager (other than our affiliate MetLife Advisers, LLC) or sub-investment
manager of a Portfolio, or its affiliates, may make payments to us and/or
certain of our affiliates. These payments may be used for a variety of
purposes, including payment of expenses for certain administrative, marketing,
and support services with respect to the Deferred Annuities and, in the
Company's role as an intermediary, with respect to the Portfolios. The Company
and its affiliates may profit from these payments. These payments may be
derived, in whole or in part, from the advisory fee deducted from Portfolio
assets. Contract Owners, through their indirect investment in the Portfolios,
bear the costs of these advisory fees (see the Portfolios' prospectuses for
more information). The amount of the payments we receive is based on a
percentage of assets of the Portfolios attributable to the Deferred Annuities
and certain other variable insurance products that we and our affiliates issue.
These percentages differ and some investment managers or sub-investment
managers (or other affiliates) may pay us more than others. These percentages
currently range up to 0.50%.
Additionally, an investment manager (other than our affiliate MetLife Advisers,
LLC) or sub-investment manager of a Portfolio or its affiliates may provide us
with wholesaling services that assist in the distribution of the Contracts and
may pay us and/or certain of our affiliates amounts to participate in sales
meetings. These amounts may be significant and may provide the investment
managers or sub-investment manager (or its affiliate) with increased access to
persons involved in the distribution of the Contracts.
34
We and/or certain of our affiliated insurance companies have a joint ownership
interest in our affiliated investment manager MetLife Advisers, LLC which is
formed as a "limited liability company". Our ownership interests in MetLife
Advisers, LLC entitle us to profit distributions if the adviser makes a profit
with respect to the advisory fees it receives from the Portfolios. We will
benefit accordingly from assets allocated to the Portfolios to the extent they
result in profits to the adviser. (See the "Table of Expenses" for information
on the investment management fees paid by the Portfolios and the Statement of
Additional Information for the Portfolios for information on the investment
management Fees paid by the investment managers to the sub-investment managers.)
Certain Portfolios have adopted a Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the
1940 Act. A Portfolio's 12b-1 Plan, if any, is described in more detail in the
prospectuses for the Portfolios. See the "Table of Expenses" and "Who Sells the
Deferred Annuities". Any payments we receive pursuant to those 12b-1 Plans are
paid to us or our distributor. Payments under a Portfolio's 12b-1 Plan decrease
the Portfolios' investment returns.
PORTFOLIO SELECTION. We select the Portfolios offered through this Contract
based on a number of criteria, including asset class coverage, the strength of
the investment manager's or sub-investment manager's reputation and tenure,
brand recognition, performance, and the capability and qualification of each
investment firm. Another factor we consider during the selection process is
whether the Portfolios' investment manager or sub-investment manager is one of
our affiliates or whether the Portfolio, its investment manager, its
sub-investment manager(s), or an affiliate will make payments to us or our
affiliates. In this regard, the profit distributions we receive from our
affiliated investment advisers are a component of the total revenue that we
consider in configuring the features and investment choices available in the
variable insurance products that we and our affiliated insurance companies
issue. Since we and our affiliated insurance companies may benefit more from
the allocation of assets to portfolios advised by our affiliates than those
that are not, we may be more inclined to offer portfolios advised by our
affiliates in the variable insurance products we issue. We review the
Portfolios periodically and may remove a Portfolio or limit its availability to
new purchase payments and/or transfers of Account Balance if we determine that
the Portfolio no longer meets one or more of the selection criteria, and/or if
the Portfolio has not attracted significant allocations from Contract Owners.
In some cases, we have included Portfolios based on recommendations made by
selling firms. These selling firms may receive payments from the Portfolios
they recommend and may benefit accordingly from the allocation of Account
Balance to such Portfolios.
WE DO NOT PROVIDE ANY INVESTMENT ADVICE AND DO NOT RECOMMEND OR ENDORSE ANY
PARTICULAR PORTFOLIO. YOU BEAR THE RISK OF ANY DECLINE IN THE ACCOUNT BALANCE
OF YOUR DEFERRED ANNUITY RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO YOU
HAVE CHOSEN.
We make certain payments to American Funds Distributors, Inc., principal
underwriter for the American Funds Insurance Series(R). (See "Who Sells the
Deferred Annuities".)
DEFERRED ANNUITIES
This Prospectus describes the following Deferred Annuities under which You
can accumulate money:
. Non-Qualified
. Traditional IRAs (Individual Retirement Annuities)
. Roth IRAs (Roth Individual Retirement Annuities)
. SEPs (Simplified Employee Pensions)*
. SIMPLE IRAs (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees Individual
Retirement Annuities)*
* Only available in certain states and for new participants where the
employer has previously purchased this Deferred Annuity. We will continue
to accept additional purchase payments from participants who presently have
this Contract.
35
THE DEFERRED ANNUITY AND YOUR RETIREMENT PLAN
If You participate through a retirement plan or other group arrangement, the
Deferred Annuity may provide that all or some of your rights or choices as
described in this Prospectus are subject to the plan's terms. For example,
limitations on your rights may apply to investment choices, purchase payments,
withdrawals, transfers, the death benefit and pay-out options. We may rely on
your employer's or plan administrator's statements to us as to the terms of the
plan or your entitlement to any amounts. We are not a party to your employer's
retirement plan. We will not be responsible for determining what your plan
says. You should consult your Deferred Annuity Contract and plan document to
see how You may be affected.
OPTIONAL AUTOMATED INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND OPTIONAL ENHANCED DOLLAR COST
AVERAGING PROGRAM
There are four optional automated investment strategies and an optional
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program available to You. We created these
investment strategies and program to help You manage your money. You decide if
one is appropriate for You, based upon your risk tolerance and savings goals.
Also, the strategies and program were designed to help You take advantage of
the tax-deferred status of a Non-Qualified annuity. The Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program is not available to the Bonus and the C Class Deferred
Annuities or to purchase payments which consist of money exchanged from other
MetLife or its affiliates' annuities. The Index Selector(R) is not available if
You purchase the GMIB Plus I, the LWG I, the GMAB or choose Option (B) of the
Investment Allocation Restrictions for the EDB I, GMIB Plus II or the LWG II.
The Moderate to Aggressive and Aggressive Models are not available with the EDB
I, the GMIB Plus II or the LWG II. The Equity Generator(R) and the
Allocator/SM/ are not available in the C Class Deferred Annuity purchased after
April 30, 2003, the Deferred Annuity issued in New York State and Washington
State with the GMIB I, GMIB II, the GWB I, the Enhanced GWB or the LWG I or if
You purchase the GMIB Plus I, the GMAB, the GMIB Plus II, LWG II, or the EDB I.
The Rebalancer(R) is not available with the GMAB or if You have chosen Option
(B) of the Investment Allocation Restrictions for the EDB I, the GMIB Plus II
or the LWG II. The automated investment strategies and the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program are available to You without any additional charges. As with
any investment program, none of them can guarantee a gain -- You can lose
money. We may modify or terminate any of the strategies at any time. You may
have only one strategy in effect at a time. You may have the Enhanced
Dollar Cost Averaging Program and either the Index Selector(R) or the
Rebalancer(R) in effect at the same time, but You may not have the Enhanced
Dollar Cost Averaging Program in effect at the same time as the Equity
Generator(R) or the Allocator./SM/
If you make a subsequent purchase payment while The Equity Generator(R), The
Allocator/SM/ or the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program is in effect, we
will not allocate the subsequent purchase payment to The Equity Generator(R),
The Allocator/SM/ or the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program unless you tell
us to do so. Instead, unless you previously provided different allocation
instructions for future purchase payments or provide new allocation
instructions with the payment, we will allocate the subsequent purchase payment
directly to the same destination Investment Divisions you selected under The
Equity Generator(R), The Allocator/SM/ or the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
program. Any purchase payments received after The Equity Generator(R), The
Allocator/SM/ or Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program has ended will be
allocated as described in "Purchase Payments--Allocation of Purchase Payments".
ENHANCED DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM: Each month, for a specified period, for
example three, six or twelve months, a portion of a specified dollar amount of
a purchase payment that You have agreed to allocate to the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program will be transferred from the program to any of the Investment
Divisions You choose, unless your destination Investment Division is restricted
because You have elected certain optional benefits or the Index Selector(R).
While amounts are in the program, we may credit them with a higher rate than
that declared for the Fixed Account in general. (Amounts in the Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program are in our Fixed Account. For convenience, we may refer
to it as "the program" or the "Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance"
to avoid confusion with the Fixed Account in general.) The transferred amount
will be equal to the amount allocated to the program divided by the number
36
of months in the program. The interest attributable to your Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program is transferred separately in the month after the last
scheduled payment. Transfers from the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program to
the Separate Account begin on any day we receive your payment and the Exchange
is open, other than the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month. If purchase payments
are received on those days, transfers begin on the first day of the next month.
Subsequent transfers will be made on the same day in succeeding months. If the
scheduled transfer date occurs on a date the Exchange is not open, the transfer
will be deducted from the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program on the
selected day but will be applied to the Investment Divisions on the next day
the Exchange is open. Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program interest will not
be credited on the transferred amount between the selected day and the next day
the Exchange is open. Transfers are made on a first-in-first-out basis.
If a subsequent purchase payment is allocated to the program, that subsequent
payment will receive the enhanced program interest rate in effect on that date.
The allocation of a subsequent purchase payment to the program increases the
dollar amount transferred each month. We determine the increase in your monthly
dollar amount by dividing your new allocation by the number of months in the
program You chose. Your existing monthly transfer amount is then increased by
this additional amount to determine the total new dollar amount to be
transferred each month. Then, the time period for the transfer of a specific
purchase payment and interest attributable to that purchase payment will be
accelerated. Your Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program will terminate on the
date of the last transfer.
If You cancel your participation in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program,
or upon notice of your death, your participation in the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program will be terminated and any remaining dollar amounts will be
transferred to the default funding options in accordance with the percentages
you have chosen for the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program unless You have
instructed Us otherwise. For Contracts issued prior to November 1, 2005, any
remaining dollar amounts will be transferred to the Fixed Account. We may
impose minimum purchase payments and other restrictions to utilize this program.
The Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program is not available in Oregon.
Upon notice of death, your participation in the Equity Generator or the
Allocator is terminated.
EXAMPLE:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount
Transferred from
EDCA Fixed
Account to
EDCA 6-Month Selected
Program Investment
Date Amount Interest Rate Division(s)
---- --------- ------------- ----------------
A Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("EDCA") 6-Month Program
Initial Purchase Payment 5/1 $12,000* 3.00% $2,000*
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B 6/1 $2,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C 7/1 $2,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D EDCA 6-Month Program
Subsequent Purchase Payment 8/1 $18,000** 3.00% $5,000**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E 9/1 $5,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F 10/1 $5,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G 11/1 $5,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H 12/1 $4,173.97
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* $2,000/month to be transferred from first purchase payment of $12,000
divided by 6 months.
** Additional $3,000/month to be transferred from subsequent purchase
payment of $18,000 divided by 6 months. Amounts transferred are from
the oldest purchase payment and its interest, and so forth, until the
EDCA balance is exhausted.
37
The example is hypothetical and is not based upon actual previous or current
rates.
OPTIONAL AUTOMATED INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
THE EQUITY GENERATOR(R): An amount equal to the interest earned in the Fixed
Account is transferred on the day of the month that is the same as the Contract
Anniversary date (e.g., the 10th, 11th, etc.), to any one Investment Division,
based on your selection. If the Contract Anniversary day is the 29th, 30th or
31st of the month, transfers are made on the first day of the next month. If
the scheduled transfer date occurs on a date the Exchange is closed, the
transfer will be made on the next date the Exchange is open. If your Fixed
Account balance at the time of a scheduled transfer is zero, this strategy is
automatically discontinued.
THE REBALANCER(R): You select a specific asset allocation for your entire
Account Balance from among the Investment Divisions and the Fixed Account, if
available. Every three months, on the day of the month that is the same as the
Contract Anniversary date (e.g., the 10th, 11th, etc.), we transfer amounts
among these options to bring the percentage of your Account Balance in each
option back to your original allocation. If the Contract Anniversary day is the
29th, 30th or 31st of the month, transfers are made on the first day of the
next month. If the scheduled transfer date occurs on a date the Exchange is
closed, the transfer will be made on the next date the Exchange is open. You
may utilize the Rebalancer with the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program,
provided that 100% of your Account Balance (other than amounts in the Enhanced
Dollar Cost Averaging Program) is allocated to this strategy.
THE INDEX SELECTOR(R): You may select one of five asset allocation models (the
Conservative Model, the Conservative to Moderate Model, the Moderate Model, the
Moderate to Aggressive Model and the Aggressive Model) which are designed to
correlate to various risk tolerance levels. Based on the model You choose, your
entire Account Balance is divided among the Barclays Aggregate Bond Index,
MetLife Stock Index, MSCI EAFE(R) Index, Russell 2000(R) Index and MetLife Mid
Cap Stock Index Investment Divisions and the Fixed Account (or the BlackRock
Money Market Investment Division in lieu of the Fixed Account for the C Class
Deferred Annuities, a Deferred Annuity issued in New York State and Washington
State with GMIB I, GMIB II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB or the LWG I). Every three
months, on the day of the month that is the same as the Contract Anniversary
date (e.g., the 10th, 11th, etc.), the percentage in each of these Investment
Divisions and the Fixed Account (or the BlackRock Money Market Investment
Division) is brought back to the selected model percentage by transferring
amounts among the Investment Divisions and the Fixed Account. If the Contract
Anniversary day is the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, transfers are made on
the first day of the next month. If the scheduled transfer date occurs on a
date the Exchange is closed, the transfer will be made on the next date the
Exchange is open.
You may participate in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program if You choose
the Index Selector, as long as your destination Investment Divisions are those
in the Index Selector model You have selected.
If You utilize the Index Selector strategy, 100% of your initial and future
purchase payments (other than amounts in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program) must be allocated to the asset allocation model You choose. Any
allocation to an Investment Division not utilized in the asset allocation model
You choose (other than amounts in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program)
will immediately terminate the Index Selector strategy.
We will continue to implement the Index Selector strategy using the percentage
allocations of the model that were in effect when You elected the Index
Selector strategy. You should consider whether it is appropriate for You to
continue this strategy over time if your risk tolerance, time horizon or
financial situation changes. This strategy may experience more volatility than
our other strategies. We provide the elements to formulate the models. We may
rely on a third party for its expertise in creating appropriate allocations.
The asset allocation models used in the Index Selector strategy may change from
time to time. If You are interested in an updated model, please contact your
sales representative.
38
You may choose another Index Selector strategy or terminate your Index Selector
strategy at any time. If You choose another Index Selector strategy, You must
select from the asset allocation models available at that time. After
termination, if You then wish to again select the Index Selector strategy, You
must select from the asset allocation models available at that time.
THE ALLOCATOR/SM/: Each month a dollar amount You choose is transferred from
the Fixed Account to any of the Investment Divisions You choose. You select the
day of the month (other than the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month) and the
number of months over which the transfers will occur. If the scheduled transfer
date occurs on a date the Exchange is closed, the transfer will be made on the
next date the Exchange is open. A minimum periodic transfer of $50 is required.
Once your Fixed Account balance is exhausted, this strategy is automatically
discontinued.
The Allocator, Equity Generator and the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program
are dollar cost averaging strategies. Dollar cost averaging involves investing
at regular intervals of time. Since this involves continuously investing
regardless of fluctuating prices, You should consider whether You can continue
the strategy through periods of fluctuating prices.
We will terminate all transactions under any automated investment strategy upon
notification of your death.
The chart below summarizes the availability of the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program and the automated investment strategies:
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("EDCA") and Automated
Investment Strategies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B Class Bonus Class C Class L Class
----------- ----------- ------- -----------
a. Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("EDCA") Yes No No Yes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May not be used with purchase payments which consist of money from other MetLife or its affiliates' variable annuities.
Restrictions apply to destination Investment Divisions with any living benefit (except for the GMIB I, GMIB II, GWB and
Enhanced GWB), the EDB I and the Index Selector.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Choice of one Automated Investment Strategy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Equity Generator Yes Yes No Yes
(but not (but not
with EDCA) with EDCA)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not available in Contracts issued in New York State and Washington State with any living benefit or EDB I.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Rebalancer Yes Yes Yes Yes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not available with GMAB or the Option (B) Investment Allocation Restrictions.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Index Selector Yes Yes Yes Yes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not available with GMIB Plus I, the LWG I, the GMAB or the Option (B) Investment Allocation Restrictions; Moderate to
Aggressive and Aggressive Models not available with the EDB I, the GMIB Plus II or the LWG II
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Allocator Yes Yes No Yes
(but not (but not
with EDCA) with EDCA)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not available in Contracts issued in New York State and Washington State with any living benefit or EDB I.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
We reserve the right to reject any Purchase Payment.
A purchase payment is the money You give us to invest in the Deferred Annuity.
The initial purchase payment is due on the date the Deferred Annuity is issued.
You may also be permitted to make subsequent purchase payments. Initial and
subsequent purchase payments are subject to certain requirements. These
requirements are explained below. We may restrict your ability to make
subsequent purchase payments. The manner in which subsequent purchase payments
may be restricted is discussed below.
39
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASE PAYMENTS. The following requirements apply to
initial and subsequent purchase payments.
.. The B Class minimum initial purchase payment is $5,000 for the
Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity and $2,000 for the Traditional IRA, Roth
IRA, SEP and SIMPLE IRA Deferred Annuities.
.. The minimum initial purchase payment through debit authorization for the B
Class Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity is $500.
.. The minimum initial purchase payment through debit authorization for the B
Class Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP and SIMPLE IRA Deferred Annuities is
$100.
.. The Bonus Class Deferred Annuity minimum initial purchase payment $10,000.
.. The C Class and L Class minimum initial purchase payment is $25,000.
.. We reserve the right to accept amounts transferred from other annuity
Contracts that meet the initial minimum purchase payment requirement at the
time of the transfer request, but, at the time of receipt in Good Order, do
not meet such requirement because of loss in market value.
.. If you are purchasing the Deferred Annuity as the Beneficiary of a deceased
person's IRA, purchase payments must consist of monies which are direct
transfers (as defined under the tax law) from other IRA contracts in the
name of the same decedent.
.. You may continue to make purchase payments while You receive Systematic
Withdrawal Program payments (described later in this Prospectus) unless
your purchase payments are made through debit authorization.
.. The minimum subsequent purchase payment for all Deferred Annuities is $500,
except for debit authorizations, where the minimum subsequent purchase
payment is $100, or any amount we are required to accept under applicable
tax law.
.. We will also accept at least once every 24 months any otherwise allowable
contribution to your Traditional IRA or Roth IRA provided it is at least
$50.
.. SEP and SIMPLE IRA Deferred Annuities are issued on an individual basis,
however, purchase payments are generally forwarded to us on a collective
("group") basis by the employer, either directly or automatically. If
purchase payments are made on this type of "group" basis by the employer
for SEP and SIMPLE IRA Deferred Annuities, the "group" needs only to
satisfy the minimum subsequent purchase payment amounts based upon the
number of persons in the "group".
.. We will issue the B, C or L Class Deferred Annuity to You before your 86th
birthday. We will issue the Bonus Class Deferred Annuity to You before your
81st birthday. We will accept your purchase payments up to your 91st
birthday (89 in Massachusetts for the B and Bonus Class.)
40
The chart below summarizes the minimum initial and subsequent purchase payments
for each Contract class:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bonus Class
B Class ----------- C Class L Class
---------------- -------- --------
Initial Purchase Payment $5,000 $10,000 $25,000 $25,000
($2,000:
Traditional IRA
and Roth IRA,
SEP and
SIMPLE IRA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subsequent Purchase Payment $500 $500 $500 $500
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(or any amount we are required to
accept under applicable tax law)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debit Authorizations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial $500 $10,000 $25,000 $25,000
($100:
Traditional IRA
and Roth
IRA, SEP and
SIMPLE IRA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subsequent $100 $100 $100 $100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(or any amount we are required to
accept under applicable tax law)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. We may restrict your ability to
make subsequent purchase payments. We will notify you in advance if we impose
restrictions on subsequent purchase payments. You and your financial
representative should carefully consider whether our ability to restrict
subsequent purchase payments is consistent with your investment objectives.
.. Purchase payments may be limited by Federal tax laws or regulatory
requirements.
.. Purchase payments may be limited by our right to limit the total of your
purchase payments to $1,000,000.
.. We reserve the right to restrict purchase payments to the Fixed Account, if
available, and the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program if (1) the
interest rate we credit in the Fixed Account is equal to the guaranteed
minimum rate as stated in your Deferred Annuity; or (2) your Fixed Account
Balance and Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance is equal to or
exceeds our maximum for Fixed Account allocations (e.g., $1,000,000).
.. We reserve the right to reject any purchase payment and to limit future
purchase payments. This means that we may restrict your ability to make
subsequent purchase payments for any reason, subject to applicable
requirements in your state. We may make certain exceptions to restrictions
on subsequent purchase payments in accordance with our established
administrative procedures.
.. Certain optional benefits have current restrictions on subsequent purchase
payments that are described in more detail. For more information, see
"Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I, GMIB
Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB. LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
You decide how your money is allocated among the Fixed Account, if available,
the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program, if available, The Equity
Generator(R) and The Allocator/SM/, if available, and the Investment Divisions.
If you make a subsequent purchase while The Equity Generator(R), The
Allocator/SM/ or the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program is in effect, we
will not allocate the subsequent purchase payment to The Equity Generator(R),
The Allocator/SM/ or the Enhanced
41
Dollar Cost Averaging program unless you tell us to do so. Instead unless You
give Us other instructions, We will allocate the additional purchase payment
directly to the same destination Investment Divisions You selected under the
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program, The Equity Generator(R) or The
Allocator/SM/, (see "Deferred Annuities -- Optional Automated Investment
Strategies and Optional Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program.") You may not
choose more than 18 funding choices at the time your initial purchase payment
is allocated among the funding choices. You can change your allocations for
future purchase payments. We will make allocation changes when we receive your
request for a change. Unless we have a record of your request to allocate
future purchase payments to more than 18 funding choices, You may not choose
more than 18 funding choices at the time your subsequent purchase payment is
allocated among the funding choices. You may also specify an effective date for
the change as long as it is within 30 days after we receive the request. See "
Your Investment Choices -- Investment Allocation Restrictions for Certain
Optional Benefits", "The EDB I", "Guaranteed Income Benefits" and "Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefits" for allocation restrictions if You elect certain optional
benefits.
DEBIT AUTHORIZATIONS
You may elect to have purchase payments made automatically. With this payment
method, your bank deducts money from your bank account and makes the purchase
payment for You.
THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT
Accumulation Units are credited to You when You make purchase payments or
transfers into an Investment Division. When You withdraw or transfer money
from an Investment Division (as well as when we apply the Annual Contract Fee
and, if selected, the charges for the EDB I or any of the optional Living
Benefits), accumulation units are liquidated. We determine the number of
accumulation units by dividing the amount of your purchase payment, transfer or
withdrawal by the Accumulation Unit Value on the date of the transaction.
This is how we calculate the Accumulation Unit Value for each Investment
Division:
.. First, we determine the change in investment performance (including any
investment-related charge) for the underlying Portfolio from the previous
trading day to the current trading day;
.. Next, we subtract the daily equivalent of the Separate Account charge (for
the class of the Deferred Annuity You have chosen, including any optional
benefits where the charge is assessed on the Separate Account) for each day
since the last Accumulation Unit Value was calculated; and
.. Finally, we multiply the previous Accumulation Unit Value by this result.
42
Examples
Calculating the Number of Accumulation Units
Assume You make a purchase payment of $500 into one Investment Division and
that Investment Division's Accumulation Unit Value is currently $10.00. You
would be credited with 50 accumulation units.
$500 = 50 accumulation units
----
$10
Calculating the Accumulation Unit Value
Assume yesterday's Accumulation Unit Value was $10.00 and the number we
calculate for today's investment experience (minus charges) for an
underlying Portfolio is 1.05. Today's Accumulation Unit Value is $10.50. The
value of your $500 investment is then $525 (50 x $10.50 = $525).
$10.00 x 1.05 = $10.50 is the new Accumulation Unit Value
However, assume that today's investment experience (minus charges) is .95
instead of 1.05. Today's Accumulation Unit Value is $9.50. The value of your
$500 investment is then $475 (50 x $.950 = $475).
$10.00 x .95 = $9.50 is the new Accumulation Unit Value
TRANSFER PRIVILEGE
You may make tax-free transfers among Investment Divisions or between the
Investment Divisions and the Fixed Account, if available. Each transfer must be
at least $500 or, if less, your entire balance in an Investment Division
(unless the transfer is in connection with an automated investment strategy or
the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program). You may not make a transfer to
more than 18 funding options at any one time if this request is made through
our telephone voice response system or by Internet. A request to transfer to
more than 18 funding options may be made by calling your Administrative Office.
For us to process a transfer, You must tell us:
.. The percentage or dollar amount of the transfer;
.. The Investment Divisions (or Fixed Account) from which You want the money
to be transferred;
.. The Investment Divisions (or Fixed Account) to which You want the money to
be transferred; and
.. Whether You intend to start, stop, modify or continue unchanged an
automated investment strategy by making the transfer.
We reserve the right to restrict transfers to the Fixed Account (which is not
available in the C Class Deferred Annuity purchased after April 20, 2003 and
the Deferred Annuity with any optional Living Benefit issued in New York State
and Washington State) if (1) the interest rate we credit in the Fixed Account
is equal to the guaranteed minimum rate as stated in your Deferred Annuity; or
(2) your Fixed Account Balance is equal to or exceeds our maximum for Fixed
Account allocations (I.E., $1,000,000).
Please see "Your Investment Choices -- Investment Allocation Restrictions For
Certain Optional Benefits" for transfer restrictions in effect if You have the
EDB I, the GMIB Plus II or the LWG II.
Your transfer request must be in Good Order and completed prior to the close of
the Exchange on a business day, if You want the transaction to take place on
that day. All other transfer requests in Good Order will be processed on our
next business day.
We may require You to use our original forms.
43
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS
RESTRICTIONS ON FREQUENT TRANSFERS/REALLOCATIONS. Frequent requests from
Contract owners to make transfers/reallocations may dilute the value of a
Portfolio's shares if the frequent transfers/reallocations involve an attempt
to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies created by a lag between a change
in the value of the securities held by the Portfolio and the reflection of that
change in the Portfolio's share price ("arbitrage trading"). Frequent
transfers/reallocations involving arbitrage trading may adversely affect the
long-term performance of the Portfolios, which may in turn adversely affect
Contract owners and other persons who may have an interest in the Contracts
(e.g., Annuitants and Beneficiaries).
We have policies and procedures that attempt to detect and deter frequent
transfers/reallocations in situations where we determine there is a potential
for arbitrage trading. Currently, we believe that such situations may be
present in the international, small-cap, and high-yield portfolios (I.E.,
American Funds Global Small Capitalization, Baillie Gifford International
Stock, Clarion Global Real Estate, Harris Oakmark International, Invesco Small
Cap Growth, Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Portfolio, Loomis Sayles Global
Markets, Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Lord Abbett Bond Debenture,
MFS(R) Research International, MSCI EAFE(R) Index, Neuberger Berman Genesis,
Oppenheimer Global Equity, Russell 2000(R) Index, T. Rowe Price Small Cap
Growth and Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities the "Monitored
Portfolios") and we monitor transfer/reallocation activity in those Monitored
Portfolios. In addition, as described below, we intend to treat all American
Funds Insurance Series(R) Portfolios ("American Funds portfolios") as Monitored
Portfolios. We employ various means to monitor transfer/reallocation activity,
such as examining the frequency and size of transfers/reallocations into and
out of the Monitored Portfolios within given periods of time. For example, we
currently monitor transfer activity to determine if, for each category of
international, small-cap, and high-yield portfolios, in a 12-month period there
were, (1) six or more transfers/reallocations involving the given category;
(2) cumulative gross transfers/reallocations involving the given category that
exceed the current Account Balance; and (3) two or more "round-trips" involving
any Monitored Portfolio in the given category. A round-trip generally is
defined as a transfer/reallocation in followed by a transfer/reallocation out
within the next seven calendar days or a transfer/reallocation out followed by
a transfer/reallocation in within the next seven calendar days, in either case
subject to certain other criteria. WE DO NOT BELIEVE THAT OTHER PORTFOLIOS
PRESENT A SIGNIFICANT OPPORTUNITY TO ENGAGE IN ARBITRAGE TRADING AND THEREFORE
DO NOT MONITOR TRANSFER/REALLOCATION ACTIVITY IN THOSE PORTFOLIOS. We may
change the Monitored Portfolios at any time without notice in our sole
discretion.
As a condition to making their portfolios available in our products, American
Funds(R) requires us to treat all American Funds portfolios as Monitored
Portfolios under our current frequent transfer/reallocation policies and
procedures. Further, American Funds(R) requires us to impose additional
specified monitoring criteria for all American Funds portfolios available under
the Contract, regardless of the potential for arbitrage trading. We are
required to monitor transfer/reallocation activity in American Funds portfolios
to determine if there were two or more transfers/reallocations in followed by
transfers/reallocations out, in each case of a certain dollar amount or
greater, in any 30-day period. A first violation of the American Funds(R)
monitoring policy will result in a written notice of violation; each additional
violation will result in the imposition of a six-month restriction, during
which period we will require all reallocation/transfer requests to or from an
American Funds portfolio to be submitted with an original signature. Further,
as Monitored Portfolios, all American Funds portfolios also will be subject to
our current frequent transfer/reallocation policies, procedures and
restrictions (described below) and reallocation/transfer restrictions may be
imposed upon a violation of either monitoring policy.
Our policies and procedures may result in transfer/reallocation restrictions
being applied to deter frequent transfers/reallocations. Currently, when we
detect transfer/reallocation activity in the Monitored Portfolios that exceeds
our current transfer/ reallocation limits, we require future requests to or
from any Monitored Portfolios under that Contract to be submitted with an
original signature. A first occurrence will result in the imposition of this
restriction for a six-month period; a second occurrence will result in the
permanent imposition of the restriction. Transfers made under a dollar cost
44
averaging program, a rebalancing program or, if applicable, any asset
allocation program described in this prospectus are not treated as transfers
when we monitor the frequency of transfers/reallocations.
The detection and deterrence of harmful transfer/reallocation activity involves
judgments that are inherently subjective, such as the decision to monitor only
those Portfolios we believe are susceptible to arbitrage trading or the
determination of the transfer/reallocation limits. Our ability to detect and/or
restrict such transfer/reallocation activity may be limited by operational and
technological systems, as well as our ability to predict strategies employed by
Contract Owners to avoid such detection. Our ability to restrict such
transfer/reallocation activity also may be limited by provisions of the
Contract. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will prevent all
transfer/reallocation activity that may adversely affect Contract Owners and
other persons with interests in the Contracts. We do not accommodate frequent
transfers/reallocations in any Portfolio and there are no arrangements in place
to permit any Contract Owner to engage in frequent transfers/reallocations; we
apply our policies and procedures without exception, waiver, or special
arrangement.
The Portfolios may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect
to frequent transfers/reallocations transactions in their respective shares,
and we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures. For example,
Portfolios may assess a redemption fee (which we reserve the right to collect)
on shares held for a relatively short period. The prospectuses for the
Portfolios describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less
restrictive than the policies and procedures we have adopted. Although we may
not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the
frequent transfer/reallocation policies and procedures of the Portfolios, we
have entered into a written agreement as required by SEC regulation with each
Portfolio or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the
Portfolio promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity
of individual Contract Owners, and to execute instructions from the Portfolio
to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers/reallocations by
specific Contract Owners who violate the frequent transfer/reallocation
policies established by the Portfolio.
In addition, Contract Owners and other persons with interests in the Contracts
should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the
Portfolios generally are "omnibus" orders from intermediaries, such as
retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance Contracts. The
omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from
individual Contract Owners of variable insurance Contracts and/or individual
retirement plan participants. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the
Portfolios in their ability to apply their frequent transfer/reallocation
policies and procedures. In addition, the other insurance companies and/or
retirement plans may have different policies and procedures or may not have any
such policies and procedures because of contractual limitations. For these
reasons, we cannot guarantee that the Portfolios (and thus Contract Owners)
will not be harmed by transfer/reallocation activity relating to other
insurance companies and/or retirement plans that may invest in the Portfolios.
If a Portfolio believes that an omnibus order reflects one or more
reallocation/transfer requests from Contract Owners engaged in frequent
transfers/reallocations, the Portfolio may reject the entire omnibus order.
In accordance with applicable law, we reserve the right to modify or terminate
the transfer/reallocation privilege at any time. We also reserve the right to
defer or restrict the transfer/reallocation privilege at any time that we are
unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the Portfolios, including any
refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of their shares as a result
of their own policies and procedures on frequent transfers/reallocations (even
if an entire omnibus order is rejected due to the frequent
transfers/reallocations of a single Contract Owner). You should read the
Portfolio prospectuses for more details.
RESTRICTIONS ON LARGE TRANSFERS/REALLOCATIONS. Large transfers/reallocations
may increase brokerage and administrative costs of the underlying Portfolios
and may disrupt portfolio management strategy, requiring a Portfolio to
maintain a high cash position and possibly resulting in lost investment
opportunities and forced liquidations. We do not monitor for large
transfers/reallocations to or from Portfolios except where the portfolio
manager of a particular underlying Portfolio has brought large
transfer/reallocations activity to our attention for investigation on a
case-by-case
45
basis. For example, some portfolio managers have asked us to monitor for "block
transfers" where transfer/reallocation requests have been submitted on behalf
of multiple Contract Owners by a third party such as an investment adviser.
When we detect such large trades, we may impose restrictions similar to those
described above where future transfer/reallocation requests from that third
party must be submitted with an original signature. A first occurrence will
result in the imposition of this restriction for a six-month period; a second
occurrence will result in the permanent imposition of the restriction.
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY
You may withdraw either all or part of your Account Balance from the
Deferred Annuity. Other than those made through the Systematic Withdrawal
Program, withdrawals must be at least $500 or the Account Balance, if less. If
any withdrawal would decrease your Account Balance below $2,000, we will
consider this a request for a full withdrawal. To process your request, we need
the following information:
.. The percentage or dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
.. The Investment Divisions (or Fixed Account and Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program) from which You want the money to be withdrawn.
Your withdrawal may be subject to Withdrawal Charges.
Generally, if You request, we will make payments directly to other investments
on a tax-free basis. You may only do so if all applicable tax and state
regulatory requirements are met and we receive all information necessary for us
to make the payment. We may require You to use our original forms.
We may withhold payment of withdrawal if any portion of those proceeds would be
derived from a Contract Owner's check that has not yet cleared (I.E., that
could still be dishonored by your banking institution). We may use telephone,
fax, Internet or other means of communication to verify that payment from the
Contract has been or will be collected. We will not delay payment longer than
necessary for us to verify that payment has been or will be collected. Contract
Owners may avoid the possibility of delay in the disbursement of proceeds
coming from a check that has not yet cleared by providing us with a certified
check.
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
Under this program and subject to approval in your state, You may choose to
automatically withdraw a certain amount each Contract Year. This amount is then
paid throughout the Contract Year according to the time frame You select, e.g.,
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. For all Contract classes, except
for the C Class, payments may be made monthly or quarterly during the first
Contract Year. Unless we agree otherwise, this program will not begin within
the first 60 days after the date we have issued You the Contract. Once the
Systematic Withdrawal Program is initiated, the payments will automatically
renew each Contract Year. Income taxes, tax penalties and Withdrawal Charges
may apply to your withdrawals. Program payment amounts are subject to our
required minimums and administrative restrictions. Your Account Balance will be
reduced by the amount of your Systematic Withdrawal Program payments and
applicable Withdrawal Charges. Payments under this program are not the same as
income payments You would receive from a Deferred Annuity pay-out option.
If You do not provide us with your desired allocation, or there are
insufficient amounts in the Investment Divisions, Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program or the Fixed Account that You selected, the payments will be
taken out pro-rata from the Fixed Account, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program and any Investment Divisions in which You then have money.
46
Selecting a Payment Date: Your payment date is the date we make the withdrawal.
You may choose any calendar day for the payment date, other than the 29th, 30th
or 31st of the month. When You select or change a payment date, we must receive
your request at least 10 days prior to the selected payment date. (If You would
like to receive your Systematic Withdrawal Program payment on or about the
first of the month, You should make your request by the 20th day of the month.)
If we do not receive your request in time, we will make the payment the
following month after the date You selected. If You do not select a payment
date, we will automatically begin systematic withdrawals within 30 days after
we receive your request (other than the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month).
You may request to stop your Systematic Withdrawal Program at any time. We must
receive any request in Good Order at least 30 days in advance. Although we need
your written authorization to begin this program, You may cancel this program
at any time by telephone or by writing to us (or over the Internet, if we
agree) at our Administrative Office. We will also terminate your participation
in the program upon notification of your death.
Systematic Withdrawal Program payments may be subject to a Withdrawal Charge
unless an exception to this charge applies. We will determine separately the
Withdrawal Charge and any relevant factors (such as applicable exceptions) for
each Systematic Withdrawal Program payment as of the date it is withdrawn from
your Deferred Annuity.
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
In order to comply with certain tax law provisions, You may be required to take
money out of the Contract. We have a required minimum distribution service that
can help You fulfill minimum distribution requirements. We will terminate your
participation in the program upon notification of your death.
CHARGES
There are two types of charges You pay while You have money in an
Investment Division:
.. Separate Account charge, and
.. Investment-related charge.
We describe these charges below. The amount of the charge may not necessarily
correspond to costs associated with providing the services or benefits
indicated by the designation of the charge or associated with the Deferred
Annuity. For example, the Withdrawal Charge may not fully cover all of the
sales and distribution expenses actually incurred by us, and proceeds from
other charges, including the Separate Account charge, may be used in part to
cover such expenses. We can profit from certain Deferred Annuity charges. The
Separate Account charges You pay will not reduce the number of accumulation
units credited to You. Instead, we deduct the charges as part of the
calculation of the Accumulation Unit Value. We guarantee that the Separate
Account insurance-related charge will not increase while You have the
Deferred Annuity.
SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
Each class of the Deferred Annuity has a different annual Separate Account
charge that is expressed as a percentage of the average Account Balance. A
portion of this annual Separate Account charge is paid to us daily based upon
the value of the amount You have in the Separate Account on the day the charge
is assessed. This charge includes insurance-related charges that pay us for the
risk that You may live longer than we estimated. Then, we could be obligated to
pay You more in payments from a pay-out option than we anticipated. Also, we
bear the risk that the guaranteed death benefit we would pay should You die
during your pay-in phase is larger than your Account Balance. This charge also
includes the risk that our expenses in administering the Deferred Annuities may
be greater than we estimated. The Separate Account charge also pays us for our
distribution costs to both our licensed salespersons and other broker-dealers.
47
The chart below summarizes the Separate Account charge for each class of the
Deferred Annuity along with each death benefit that has an additional
asset-based Separate Account charge prior to entering the pay-out phase of the
Contract.
SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES/1/
B CLASS BONUS CLASS/2/ C CLASS L CLASS
- ------- ------------- ------- -------
Separate Account Charge with Basic Death Benefit/3/. 1.25% 1.70% 1.65% 1.50%
Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit............... 1.45% 1.90% 1.85% 1.70%
Optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%............ 1.60% 2.05% 2.00% 1.85%
Annual Increase Death Benefit
Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit/4/........... .25% .25% .25% .25%
/1/ We currently charge an additional Separate Account charge of 0.25% of
average daily net assets in the American Funds Bond, American Funds
Growth-Income, American Funds Growth and American Funds Global Small
Capitalization Investment Divisions. We reserve the right to impose an
additional Separate Account charge on Investment Divisions that we add
to the Contract in the future. The additional amount will not exceed
the annual rate of 0.25% of average daily net assets in any such
Investment Divisions.
/2/ The Separate Account charge for the Bonus Class will be reduced by
0.45% after You have held the Contract for seven years.
/3/ The Separate Account charge includes the Basic Death Benefit.
/4/ The Optional Earnings Preservation Benefit may be elected with or
without the Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the optional
Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit.
INVESTMENT-RELATED CHARGE
This charge has two components. The first pays the investment managers for
managing money in the Portfolios. The second consists of Portfolio operating
expenses and 12b-1 Plan fees. The percentage You pay for the investment-related
charge depends on which Investment Divisions You select. Each class of shares
available to the Deferred Annuities has a 12b-1 Plan fee, which pays for
distribution expenses. The class of shares available in the Metropolitan Fund
and the Met Investors Fund is Class B, which has a 0.25% 12b-1 Plan fee (except
for the American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation, American Funds(R) Growth
Allocation and American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolios of the Met
Investors Fund which are Class C and have a 0.55% 12b-1 Plan fee). Class 2
shares of the available American Funds(R) have a 0.25% 12b-1 Plan fee. Amounts
for each Investment Division for the previous year are listed in the "Table of
Expenses".
ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE
There is a $30 Annual Contract Fee. This fee is waived if your Account
Balance is at least $50,000. It is deducted on a pro-rata basis from the
Investment Divisions on the Contract Anniversary. No portion of the fee is
deducted from the Fixed Account. Regardless of the amount of your Account
Balance, the entire fee will be deducted at the time of a total withdrawal of
your Account Balance. This charge pays us for our miscellaneous administrative
costs. These costs which we incur include financial, actuarial, accounting and
legal expenses. We reserve the right to deduct this fee during the pay-out
phase.
TRANSFER FEE
We reserve the right to limit the number of transfers per Contract Year to a
maximum of twelve (excluding transfers resulting from automated investment
strategies). Currently we do not limit the number of transfers You may make in
a Contract Year. We are not currently charging a transfer fee, but we reserve
the right to charge such a fee in the future. If such a fee were to be imposed,
it would be $25.00 for each transfer over twelve in a Contract Year. The
transfer fee will be deducted from the Investment Division or the Fixed Account
from which the transfer is made. However, if the entire interest in the
Separate Account or Fixed Account is being transferred, the transfer fee will
be deducted from the amount that is transferred.
48
OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
The EDB I is available for an additional charge of 0.75% for issue ages 69 or
younger and 0.95% for issue ages 70-75 of the Death Benefit Base (as defined
later in this Prospectus), deducted for the prior Contract Year on the Contract
Anniversary prior to taking into account any Optional Step-Up by withdrawing
amounts on a pro rata basis from your Fixed Account balance, Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program balance and Separate Account balance. We take amounts
from the Separate Account by canceling accumulation units from your Separate
Account balance. If You elect an Optional Step-Up of the EDB I, we may increase
the charge beginning after the Contract Anniversary on which the Optional
Step-Up occurs to a rate that does not exceed the lower of (a) the maximum
Optional Step-Up charge (1.50%) or (b) the current rate we charge for the same
optional benefit available for new Contract purchases at the time of the
Optional Step-Up. For Contracts for which an application and any necessary
information were received in Good Order at your Administrative Office from
February 24, 2009 through May 1, 2009, the charge for the EDB I is 0.65% of the
Death Benefit Base for issue ages 0-69 and 0.90% of the Death Benefit Base for
issue ages 70-75. For Contracts issued on or before February 23, 2009, the
charge is 0.65% of the Death Benefit Base for issue ages 0-69 and 0.85% of the
Death Benefit Base for issue ages 70-75. For Contracts for which an application
and any necessary information were received in Good Order on or before May 1,
2009, if You elected both the GMIB Plus II and the EDB I, the percentage charge
for the EDB I is reduced by 0.05%.
If You make a total withdrawal of your Account Balance, elect to receive income
payments under your Contract, change the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner
(or Annuitant if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person) or assign your
Contract, a pro rata portion of the EDB I charge will be assessed based on the
number of months from the last Contract Anniversary to the date of the
withdrawal, the beginning of income payments, the change of Contract
Owner/Annuitant or the assignment. If an EDB I is terminated because the
Contract is terminated, the death benefit amount is determined or your Account
Balance is not sufficient to pay the optional benefit charge, no EDB I charge
will be assessed based on the number of months from the last Contract
Anniversary to the date the termination takes effect.
OPTIONAL GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFITS
The GMIB Plus II, the GMIB Plus I, the GMIB II and the GMIB I are each
available for an additional charge equal to a percentage of the guaranteed
minimum income base (as defined later in this Prospectus), deducted for the
prior Contract Year on the Contract Anniversary prior to taking into account
any Optional Step-Up (GMIB Plus II) or Optional Reset (GMIB Plus I) by
withdrawing amounts on a pro rata basis from your Fixed Account Balance,
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance and Separate Account value. We
take amounts from the Separate Account by canceling accumulation units from
your Separate Account value.
If You make a total withdrawal of your Account Balance, elect to receive income
payments under your Contract, change the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner
(or Annuitant if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person) or assign your
Contract, a pro rata portion of the GMIB optional benefit charge will be
assessed based on the number of months from the last Contract Anniversary to
the date of the withdrawal, the beginning of income payments, the change of
Contract Owner/Annuitant or the assignment.
If a GMIB optional benefit is terminated for the following reasons, no GMIB
optional benefit charge will be assessed based on the number of months from the
last Contract Anniversary to the date the termination takes effect:
. the death of the Contract Owner or Joint Contract Owner (or the
Annuitant, if a non-natural person owns the Contract);
. because it is the 30th day following the Contract Anniversary prior to
the Contract Owner's 86th birthday (for GMIB I, GMIB II or GMIB Plus I)
or 91st birthday (for GMIB Plus II); or
. the Guaranteed Principal Option is exercised (only applicable to GMIB
Plus I and GMIB Plus II).
49
For versions of the GMIB optional benefit with an optional Step-Up (GMIB Plus
II), or Optional Reset (GMIB Plus I), if You elect an Optional Step-Up/Optional
Reset, we may increase the charge applicable beginning after the Contract
Anniversary on which the Optional Step-Up/Optional Reset occurs to a rate that
does not exceed the lower of (a) the maximum Optional Step-Up/Optional Reset
charge (1.50%) or (b) the current rate we would charge for the same optional
benefit available for new Contract purchases at the time of the Optional
Step-Up/Optional Reset.
(See below for certain versions of the GMIB Plus II, GMIB Plus I and GMIB Plus
(For New York State only) optional benefits for which We are currently
increasing the rider charge upon an Optional Step-Up/Optional Reset on a
Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later.)
If You selected the GMIB Plus II with a Contract issued on or before February
23, 2009, the optional benefit charge is 0.80% of the guaranteed minimum income
base. If You selected the GMIB Plus II with a Contract issued on or after
February 24, 2009, the optional benefit charge is 1.00% of the guaranteed
minimum income base. For Contracts issued with the version of the GMIB Plus II
optional benefit with an annual increase rate of 6%, if your Income Base is
increased due to an Optional Step-Up on a Contract Anniversary occurring on
July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will increase the optional benefit charge
to 1.20% of the guaranteed minimum income base.
(For New York State only: For Contracts issued on or before February 23, 2009,
the GMIB Plus optional benefit charge is 0.75% of the guaranteed minimum income
base, and for Contracts issued on or after February 24, 2009, the GMIB Plus
optional benefit charge is 0.95% of the guaranteed minimum income base. For
Contracts issued with the version of the GMIB Plus optional benefit with an
annual increase rate of 6%, if your Income Base is increased due to an Optional
Step-Up on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We
currently will increase the optional benefit charge to 1.15% of the guaranteed
minimum income base.)
If You selected the GMIB Plus I with a Contract issued on or before
February 23, 2007, the optional benefit charge is 0.75% of the guaranteed
minimum income base. If your Income Base is increased due to an Optional Reset
on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will
increase the optional benefit charge to 1.00% of the guaranteed minimum income
base, applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Optional Reset
occurs.
If You selected the GMIB Plus I with a Contract issued on and after
February 26, 2007, the optional benefit charge is 0.80% of the guaranteed
minimum income base. If your Income Base is increased due to an Optional Reset
on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will
increase the optional benefit charge to 1.20% of the guaranteed minimum income
base, applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Optional Reset
occurs.
If You selected the GMIB II or the GMIB I the optional benefit charge is 0.50%
of the guaranteed minimum income base. For the GMIB I and GMIB II available in
Contracts issued from May 1, 2003 and on or before April 29, 2005, the optional
benefit charge is reduced to 0.45% of the guaranteed minimum income base if You
choose either the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up
or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit. For Contracts issued on and after May 2,
2005, the optional benefit charge is not reduced if you elected either the
optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%
Annual Increase Death Benefit. For Contracts for which a completed application
and any other required paperwork were received in Good Order at your
Administrative Office by February 14, 2003, and for which an initial purchase
payment was received within 60 days, the charge for the GMIB I is 0.15% lower
(0.35% rather than 0.50%).
OPTIONAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS
There are two versions of the LWG optional benefit (the LWG II and the LWG I)
that are available for an additional charge of a percentage of the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount (as defined later in this Prospectus). The
percentage is deducted for the prior Contract Year on the Contract Anniversary
after applying any Compounding Income Amount, and
50
prior to taking into account any Automatic Annual Step-Up occurring on the
Contract Anniversary, by withdrawing amounts on a pro rata basis from your
Fixed Account balance, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance and
Separate Account balance. We take amounts from the Separate Account by
canceling accumulation units from your Separate Account balance.
There are two versions of the GWB optional benefit (the Enhanced GWB and the
GWB I) that are available for an additional charge of a percentage of the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount (as defined later in this Prospectus), deducted
for the prior Contract Year on the Contract Anniversary prior to taking into
account any Optional Reset by withdrawing amounts on a pro rata basis from your
Fixed Account balance, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance and
Separate Account balance. We take amounts from the Separate Account by
canceling accumulation units from your Separate Account balance.
If you: make a full withdrawal (surrender) of your Account Balance; You apply
all of your Account Balance to an Annuity Option; there is a change in Contract
Owners, Joint Contract Owners or Annuitants (if the Contract Owner is a
non-natural person); the Contract terminates (except for a termination due to
death); or (under the LWG II) You assign your Contract, a pro rata portion of
the optional benefit charge will be assessed based on the number of full months
from the last Contract Anniversary to the date of the change.
If an LWG optional benefit or GWB optional benefit is terminated because of the
death of the Contract Owner, Joint Contract Owner or Annuitants (if the
Contract Owner is a non-natural person), or if an LWG or the Enhanced GWB is
cancelled pursuant to the cancellation provisions of each optional benefit, no
optional benefit charge will be assessed based on the period from the most
recent Contract Anniversary to the date the termination takes effect.
LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEE -- AUTOMATIC ANNUAL STEP-UP.
We reserve the right to increase the LWG optional benefit charge upon an
Automatic Annual Step-Up. The increased LWG optional benefit charge will apply
after the Contract Anniversary on which the Automatic Annual Step-Up occurs. If
an Automatic Annual Step-Up occurs, the LWG optional benefit charge may be
reset to a rate that does not exceed the lower of: (a) the maximum Automatic
Annual Step-Up charge or (b) the current rate that We charge for the same
optional benefit available for new Contract purchases at the time of the
Automatic Annual Step-Up.
. For Contracts issued with the LWG II on or after February 24, 2009, the
maximum Automatic Annual Step-Up charge is 1.60% for the Single Life
Version and 1.80% for the Joint Life Version.
. For Contracts issued with the LWG II on or before February 23, 2009, the
maximum Automatic Annual Step-Up charge is 1.25% for the Single Life
Version and 1.50% for the Joint Life Version.
. For Contracts issued with the LWG I, the maximum Automatic Annual Step-Up
charge is 0.95% for the Single Life Version and 1.40% for the Joint Life
Version.
(See below for certain versions of the LWG optional benefits for which we are
currently increasing the optional benefit charge upon an Automatic Annual
Step-Up on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later.)
LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEE -- OPTIONAL BENEFIT CHARGE.
For contracts issued with the LWG II optional benefit on or after February 24,
2009, the charge is 1.25% (Single Life version) or 1.50% (Joint Life version)
of the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
For Contracts issued with the LWG II optional benefit on or before February 23,
2009, the charge is 0.65% for the Single Life Version and 0.85% for the Joint
Life Version. If Your Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased due to an
Automatic Annual Step-Up on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or
later, We currently will increase the
51
LWG II optional benefit charge for the Single Life Version to 0.95% of the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, and We will increase the optional benefit
charge for Joint Life Version to 1.20% of the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount, applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Automatic Annual
Step-Up occurs.
The optional benefit charge for the LWG I is 0.50% for the Single Life Version
and 0.70% for the Joint Life Version. If Your Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount is increased due to an Automatic Annual Step-Up on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will increase the
LWG I optional benefit charge for the Single Life Version to 0.80% of the Total
Guarantee Withdrawal Amount, and We will increase the optional benefit charge
for Joint Life Version to 1.05% of the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount,
applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Automatic Annual Step-Up
occurs.
If an LWG is in effect, the optional benefit charge will continue even if your
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount equals zero.
The charge for the Enhanced GWB is 0.55% and the charge for the GWB I is 0.50%.
If You elect an Optional Reset, we may increase the Enhanced GWB and the GWB I
charge to the charge applicable to current Contract purchases of the same
optional benefit at the time of the reset, but to no more than a maximum of
1.00% for the Enhanced GWB and 0.95% for the GWB I. (For Contracts issued on or
before July 13, 2007, the charge for the Enhanced GWB prior to any Optional
Reset is 0.50% of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the maximum charge upon
an Optional Reset is 0.95%.)
If the Enhanced GWB or the GWB I is in effect, the charge will not continue if
your Benefit Base equals zero.
OPTIONAL GUARANTEED MINIMUM ACCUMULATION BENEFIT
The GMAB charge is of 0.75% of the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount (as defined
in this Prospectus), deducted at the end of each Contract Year by withdrawing
amounts on a prorata basis from your Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program and
Separate Account balance. We take amounts from the Separate Account by
canceling accumulation units from your Separate Account balance. The GMAB is no
longer available for sale, effective for Contracts for which applications and
necessary information are received at your Administrative Office on or after
May 4, 2009.
PREMIUM AND OTHER TAXES
Some jurisdictions tax what are called "annuity considerations." These may
apply to purchase payments, Account Balances and death benefits. In most
jurisdictions, we currently do not deduct any money from purchase payments,
Account Balances or death benefits to pay these taxes. Generally, our practice
is to deduct money to pay premium taxes (also known as "annuity" taxes) only
when You exercise a pay-out option. In certain jurisdictions, we may deduct
money to pay premium taxes on lump sum withdrawals or when You exercise a
pay-out option. We may deduct an amount to pay premium taxes some time in the
future since the laws and the interpretation of the laws relating to annuities
are subject to change.
Premium taxes, if applicable, depend on the Deferred Annuity You purchase and
your home state or jurisdiction. The chart in Appendix A shows the
jurisdictions where premium taxes are charged and the amount of these taxes.
We also reserve the right to deduct from purchase payments, Account Balances,
withdrawals or income payments, any taxes (including, but not limited to,
premium taxes) paid by us to any government entity relating to the Contracts.
Examples of these taxes include, but are not limited to, generation skipping
transfer tax or a similar excise tax under Federal or state tax law which is
imposed on payments we make to certain persons and income tax withholdings on
withdrawals and income payments to the extent required by law. We will, at our
sole discretion, determine when taxes relate to the Contracts. We may, at our
sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from the Account
Balance at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not waive any right we
may have to deduct amounts at a later date.
52
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
A Withdrawal Charge may apply if You withdraw purchase payments that were
credited to your Deferred Annuity. There are no Withdrawal Charges for the C
Class Deferred Annuity or in certain situations or upon the occurrence of
certain events (see "When No Withdrawal Charge Applies"). To determine the
Withdrawal Charge for the Deferred Annuities, we treat your Fixed Account,
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program and Separate Account as if they were a
single account and ignore both your actual allocations and the Fixed Account,
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Investment Division from which the
withdrawal is actually coming. To determine what portion (if any) of a
withdrawal is subject to a Withdrawal Charge, amounts are withdrawn from your
Contract in the following order: (1) Earnings in your contract (earnings are
equal to your Account Value, less Purchase Payments not previously withdrawn);
(2) The free withdrawal amount described below (deducted from purchase payments
not previously withdrawn, in the order such purchase payments were made, with
the oldest purchase payment first, as described below); and (3) Purchase
payments not previously withdrawn, in the order such purchase payments were
made: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc.
until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. Once we have determined the
amount of the Withdrawal Charge, we will then withdraw it from the Fixed
Account, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program and the Investment Divisions in
the same proportion as the withdrawal is being made.
For a full withdrawal, we multiply the amount to which the Withdrawal Charge
applies by the percentage shown, keep the result as a Withdrawal Charge and pay
You the rest.
For partial withdrawals, we multiply the amount to which the Withdrawal Charge
applies by the percentage shown, keep the result as a Withdrawal Charge and pay
You the rest. We will treat your request as a request for a full withdrawal if
your Account Balance is not sufficient to pay both the requested withdrawal and
the Withdrawal Charge, or if the withdrawal leaves an Account Balance that is
less than the minimum required.
The Withdrawal Charge on purchase payments withdrawn for each class is as
follows:
NUMBER OF COMPLETE YEARS FROM RECEIPT OF PURCHASE PAYMENT B CLASS BONUS CLASS C CLASS L CLASS
--------------------------------------------------------- ------- ----------- ------- -------
0......................................................... 7% 9% None 7%
1......................................................... 6% 8% 6%
2......................................................... 6% 8% 5%
3......................................................... 5% 7% 0%
4......................................................... 4% 6% 0%
5......................................................... 3% 4% 0%
6......................................................... 2% 3% 0%
7 and thereafter.......................................... 0% 0% 0%
The Withdrawal Charge reimburses us for our costs in selling the Deferred
Annuities. We may use our profits (if any) from the Separate Account charge to
pay for our costs to sell the Deferred Annuities which exceed the amount of
Withdrawal Charges we collect.
FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. The free withdrawal amount for each Contract Year
after the first (there is no free withdrawal amount in the first Contract Year)
is equal to 10% of your total Purchase Payments, less the total free withdrawal
amount previously withdrawn in the same Contract Year. Also, we currently will
not assess the withdrawal charge on amounts withdrawn during the first Contract
Year under the Systematic Withdrawal Program. Any unused free withdrawal amount
in one Contract Year does not carry over to the next Contract Year.
DIVORCE. A withdrawal made pursuant to a divorce or separation agreement is
subject to the same Withdrawal Charge provisions described in this section, if
permissible under tax law. In addition, the withdrawal will reduce the Account
53
Balance, the death benefit, and the amount of any optional benefit (including
the benefit base that we use to determine the guaranteed amount of the
benefit). The amount withdrawn could exceed the maximum amount that can be
withdrawn without causing a proportionate reduction in the benefit base used to
calculate the guaranteed amount provided by an optional benefit, as described
in "Death Benefit -- Generally" and "Living Benefits". The withdrawal could
have a significant negative impact on the death benefit and on any optional
benefit.
WHEN NO WITHDRAWAL CHARGE APPLIES
In some cases, we will not charge You the Withdrawal Charge when You make a
withdrawal. We may, however, ask You to prove that You meet any of the
conditions listed below.
You do not pay a Withdrawal Charge:
.. If You have a C Class Deferred Annuity.
.. On transfers You make within your Deferred Annuity among the Investment
Divisions and transfers to or from the Fixed Account.
.. On withdrawals of purchase payments You made over seven Contract Years ago
for the B Class, seven Contract Years ago for the Bonus Class and three
Contract Years ago for the L Class.
.. If You choose payments over one or more lifetimes except, in certain cases,
under the GMIB.
.. If You die during the pay-in phase. Your Beneficiary will receive the full
death benefit without deduction.
.. If your Contract permits and your spouse is substituted as the Contract
Owner of the Deferred Annuity and continues the Contract, that portion of
the Account Balance that is equal to the "step-up" portion of the death
benefit.
.. If You withdraw only your earnings from the Investment Divisions.
.. During the first Contract Year, if You are in the Systematic Withdrawal
Program, and You withdraw up to 10% of your total purchase payments at the
rate of 1/12 of such 10% each month on a non-cumulative basis, if
withdrawals are on a monthly basis, or 1/4 of such 10% each quarter on a
non-cumulative basis, if withdrawals are on a quarterly basis.
.. After the first Contract Year, if You withdraw up to 10% of your total
purchase payments, per Contract Year. This 10% total withdrawal may be
taken in an unlimited number of partial withdrawals during that Contract
Year.
.. If the withdrawal is to avoid required Federal income tax penalties (not
including Section 72(t) or (q) under the Internal Revenue Code) or to
satisfy Federal income tax rules concerning minimum distribution
requirements that apply to your Deferred Annuity. For purposes of this
exception, we assume that the Deferred Annuity is the only Contract or
funding vehicle from which distributions are required to be taken and we
will ignore all other account balances. This exception does not apply if
You have a Non-Qualified or Roth IRA Deferred Annuity.
.. If You accept an amendment converting your Traditional IRA Deferred Annuity
to a Roth IRA Deferred Annuity.
.. If You properly "recharacterize" as permitted under Federal tax law your
Traditional IRA Deferred Annuity or a Roth IRA Deferred Annuity using the
same Deferred Annuity.
.. This Contract feature is only available if You are less than 81 years old
on the Contract issue date. After the first Contract Year, if approved in
your state, and your Contract provides for this, to withdrawals to which a
Withdrawal Charge would otherwise apply, if You have been either the
Contract Owner continuously since the issue of the Contract or the spouse
who continues the Contract:
. Has been a resident of certain nursing home facilities or a hospital for
a minimum of 90 consecutive days or for a minimum total of 90 days where
there is no more than a 6 month break in that residency and the
residencies are for related causes, where You have exercised this right
no later than 90 days of exiting the nursing home facility or hospital.
This Contract feature is not available in Massachusetts; or
54
. Is diagnosed with a terminal illness and not expected to live more than
12 months (24 months in the state of Massachusetts).
.. This Contract feature is only available if You are less than 65 years old
on the date You became disabled and if the disability commences subsequent
to the first Contract Anniversary. After the first Contract Year, if
approved in your state, and your Contract provides for this, if You are
disabled as defined in the Federal Social Security Act (or as defined by
the Internal Revenue Code for Oregon Contracts) and if You have been the
Contract Owner continuously since the issue of the Contract or the spouse
who continues the Contract. This Contract feature is not available in
Massachusetts or Connecticut.
.. If You have transferred money which is not subject to a Withdrawal Charge
(because You have satisfied contractual provisions for a withdrawal without
the imposition of a Contract Withdrawal Charge) from certain eligible
MetLife Contracts or certain eligible Contracts of MetLife affiliates into
the Deferred Annuity, and the withdrawal is of these transferred amounts
and we agree. Any purchase payments made after the transfer are subject to
the usual Withdrawal Charge schedule.
.. Subject to availability in your state, if the early Withdrawal Charge that
would apply if not for this provision (1) would constitute less than 0.50%
of your Account Balance and (2) You transfer your total Account Balance to
certain eligible Contracts issued by MetLife or one of its affiliated
companies and we agree.
GENERAL. We may elect to reduce or eliminate the amount of the Withdrawal
Charge when the Contract is sold under circumstances which reduce our sales
expenses. Some examples are: if there is a large group of individuals that will
be purchasing the Contract, or if a prospective purchaser already had a
relationship with us.
FREE LOOK
You may cancel your Deferred Annuity within a certain time period. This is
known as a "free look." Not all Contracts issued are subject to free look
provisions under state law. We must receive your request to cancel in writing
by the appropriate day in your state, which varies from state to state. The
time period may also vary depending on your age and whether You purchased your
Deferred Annuity from us directly, through the mail or with money from another
annuity or life insurance policy. Depending on state law, we may refund all of
your purchase payments or your Account Balance as of the date your refund
request is received at your Administrative Office in Good Order.
Any Bonus does not become yours until after the "free look" period; we retrieve
it if You exercise the "free look". Your exercise of any "free look" is the
only circumstance under which the 3% credit will be retrieved (commonly called
"recapture"). If your state requires us to refund your Account Balance, the
refunded amount will include any investment performance attributable to the 3%
credit. If there are any losses from investment performance attributable to the
3% credit, we will bear that loss.
DEATH BENEFIT--GENERALLY
One of the insurance guarantees we provide You under your Deferred Annuity
is that your Beneficiaries will be protected during the "pay-in" phase
against market downturns. You name your Beneficiary(ies).
If You intend to purchase the Deferred Annuity for use with a Traditional IRA,
Roth IRA, SEP or SIMPLE IRA, see "Income Taxes" for a discussion concerning
IRAs.
The basic death benefit is described below. The additional optional death
benefits (the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%
Annual Increase Death Benefit, the EDB I, and the Earnings Preservation
Benefit) are described in the "Optional Death Benefits" section. Check your
Contract and riders for the specific provisions applicable to You. One or more
optional death benefits may not be available in your state (check with your
registered representative
55
regarding availability). You may elect the Earnings Preservation Benefit with
or without the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up or
5% Annual Increase Death Benefit. You may not elect the Annual Step-Up Death
Benefit or the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit
and/or the Earnings Preservation Benefit with the EDB I.
The death benefits are described below. There may be versions of each optional
death benefit that vary by issue date and state availability. In addition, a
version of an optional death benefit may become available (or unavailable) in
different states at different times. Please check with your registered
representative regarding which version(s) are available in your state. If You
have already been issued a Contract, please check your Contract and optional
death benefits for the specific provisions applicable to You.
The death benefit is determined as of the end of the business day on which we
receive both due proof of death and an election for the payment method.
If we are presented with notification of your death before any requested
transaction is completed (including transactions under automated investment
strategies, the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program, the automated required
minimum distribution service and the Systematic Withdrawal Program), we will
cancel the request. As described above, the death benefit will be determined
when we receive due proof of death and an election for the payment method.
Where there are multiple Beneficiaries, the death benefit will only be
determined as of the time the first Beneficiary submits the necessary
documentation in Good Order. If the death benefit payable is an amount that
exceeds the Account Balance on the day it is determined, we will apply to the
Contract an amount equal to the difference between the death benefit payable
and the Account Balance, in accordance with the current allocation of the
Account Balance. This death benefit amount remains in the Investment Divisions
until each of the other Beneficiaries submits the necessary documentation in
Good Order to claim his/her death benefit. Any death benefit amounts held in
the Investment Divisions on behalf of the remaining Beneficiaries are subject
to investment risk. There is no additional death benefit guarantee.
Your Beneficiary has the option to apply the death benefit less any applicable
premium taxes to a pay-out option offered under your Deferred Annuity. Your
Beneficiary may, however, decide to take payment in one sum, including either
by check, by placing the amount in an account that earns interest, or by any
other method of payment that provides the Beneficiary with immediate and full
access to the proceeds, or under other settlement options that we may make
available. If You purchased the Contract as a deceased person's Beneficiary
under an IRA, your Beneficiary may be limited by tax law as to the method of
distribution of any death benefit. See "Income Taxes" for more information.
If You are a non-natural person, then the life of the Annuitant is the basis
for determining the death benefit. If there are joint Contract owners, the
oldest of the two will be used as a basis for determining the death benefit.
If You are a natural person and You change ownership of the Deferred Annuity to
someone other than your spouse, the death benefit is calculated as described in
the following pages except all values used to calculate the death benefit,
which may include, Highest Anniversary Value as of each fifth Contract
Anniversary, Highest Anniversary Value as of each Contract Anniversary and
Annual Increase Amount (depending on whether You choose an optional benefit),
are reset to the Account Balance on the date of the change in Contract Owner.
SPOUSAL CONTINUATION. If the Beneficiary is your spouse, the Beneficiary may
be substituted as the Contract Owner of the Deferred Annuity and continue the
Contract under the terms and conditions of the Contract that applied prior to
the owner's death, with certain exceptions described in the Contract. In that
case, the Account Balance will be adjusted to equal the death benefit. (Any
additional amounts added to the Account Balance will be allocated in the same
proportions to each balance in an Investment Division, Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program and the Fixed Account as each bears to the total Account
Balance.) There would be a second death benefit payable upon the death of the
spouse. The spouse is
56
permitted to make additional purchase payments. The spouse would not be
permitted to choose any optional benefit available under the Contract, unless
the deceased spouse had previously purchased the benefit at issue of the
Contract. Any amounts in the Deferred Annuity would be subject to applicable
Withdrawal Charges except for that portion of the Account Balance that is equal
to the "step-up" portion of the death benefit.
If the spouse continues the Deferred Annuity, the second death benefit is
calculated as described in the following pages except all values used to
calculate the death benefit, which may include the Highest Anniversary Value as
of each fifth Contract Anniversary or the Highest Anniversary Value as of each
Contract Anniversary, are reset to the Account Balance which has been adjusted
to include the death benefit on the date the spouse continues the Deferred
Annuity. If the Contract includes the GMIB Plus II or both the GMIB Plus II and
the EDB I , the Annual Increase Amount for the GMIB Plus II or both the GMIB
Plus II and the EDB I are also reset to the Account Balance which has been
adjusted to include the death benefit on the date the spouse continues the
Contract.
Spousal continuation will not satisfy required minimum distribution rules for
tax qualified Contracts other than IRAs.
"STRETCH IRA" CONTRACTS. We permit your Beneficiary to hold the Traditional
IRA Deferred Annuity in your name after your death for his/her benefit. We
issue a new Deferred Annuity to your Beneficiary to facilitate the distribution
of payments. The new Contract is issued in the same Contract class as your
Contract, except, if You had a Bonus Class Deferred Annuity, the Contract is
issued as a B Class Deferred Annuity. In that case the Account Balance would be
reset to equal the death benefit on the date the Beneficiary submits the
necessary documentation in Good Order. (Any additional amounts added to the
Account Balance would be allocated in the same proportions to each balance in
an Investment Division and the Fixed Account as each bears to the total Account
Balance.) There would be a second death benefit payable upon the death of the
Beneficiary. Your Beneficiary is permitted to make additional purchase payments
consisting generally of monies which are direct transfers (as defined under the
tax law) from other IRA Contracts in the name of the same decedent. Any
additional purchase payments would be subject to applicable Withdrawal Charges.
The Beneficiary may be permitted to choose some optional benefits available
under the Contract, but certain Contract provisions or programs may not be
available.
If your Beneficiary holds the Traditional IRA Deferred Annuity in your name
after your death for his/her benefit, the death benefit would be calculated as
described in the following pages except all values used to calculate the death
benefit, which may include, Highest Anniversary Value as of each fifth Contract
Anniversary or Highest Anniversary Value as of each Contract Anniversary would
be reset to the Account Balance which has been adjusted to include the death
benefit on the date the Beneficiary then holds the Contract. If the Contract
has the optional GMIB, the Annual Increase Amount is reset to the Account
Balance which has been adjusted to include the death benefit on the date the
Beneficiary then holds the Deferred Annuity. At the death of the Beneficiary,
the Beneficiary's Beneficiary may be limited by tax law as to the method of
distribution of any death benefit.
"STRETCH NON-QUALIFIED" CONTRACTS. If available in your state, we permit your
Beneficiary to hold the Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity in your name after your
death for his/her benefit. We issue a new Deferred Annuity to your Beneficiary
to facilitate the distribution of payments. The designated Beneficiary's
interest in the Contract must be distributed in accordance with minimum
required distribution rules for deferred annuities under the income tax
regulations over a period no longer than the designated Beneficiary's single
life expectancy with the distributions beginning within 12 months after the
date of your death. The new Contract is issued in the same Contract class as
your Contract, except, if You had a Bonus Class Deferred Annuity, the Contract
is issued as a B Class Deferred Annuity. In that case the Account Balance would
be reset to equal the death benefit on the date the Beneficiary submits the
necessary documentation in Good Order. (Any additional amounts added to the
Account Balance would be allocated in the same proportions to each balance in
an Investment Division and the Fixed Account as each bears to the total Account
Balance.) There would be a second death benefit payable upon the death of the
Beneficiary. Your Beneficiary is permitted to make additional
57
purchase payments consisting generally of monies which are direct transfers (as
defined under the tax law) from other non-qualified Contracts in the name of
the same decedent. Any additional purchase payments would be subject to
applicable Withdrawal Charges. The Beneficiary may be permitted to choose some
of the optional benefits available under the Contract, but no optional living
benefit options are available and certain Contract provisions or programs may
not be available.
If your Beneficiary holds the Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity in your name after
your death for his/her benefit, the death benefit would be calculated as
described in the following pages except all values used to calculate the death
benefit, which may include, Highest Anniversary Value as of each fifth Contract
Anniversary or Highest Anniversary Value as of each Contract Anniversary, would
be reset to the Account Balance which has been adjusted to include the death
benefit on the date the Beneficiary then holds the Contract. If the Contract
has an optional GMIB, the Annual Increase Amount is reset to the Account
Balance which has been adjusted to include the death benefit on the date the
Beneficiary then holds the Deferred Annuity. At the death of the Beneficiary,
the Beneficiary's Beneficiary may be limited by tax law and our administrative
procedures as to the available methods and period of distribution of any death
benefit.
TOTAL CONTROL ACCOUNT. The Beneficiary may elect to have the Contract's death
proceeds paid through a settlement option called the Total Control Account. The
Total Control Account is an interest-bearing account through which the
Beneficiary has immediate and full access to the proceeds, with unlimited draft
writing privileges. We credit interest to the account at a rate that will not
be less than a guaranteed minimum annual effective rate. You may also elect to
have any Contract surrender proceeds paid into a Total Control Account
established for You.
Assets backing the Total Control Accounts are maintained in our general account
and are subject to the claims of our creditors. We will bear the investment
experience of such assets; however, regardless of the investment experience of
such assets, the interest credited to the Total Control Account will never fall
below the applicable guaranteed minimum annual effective rate. Because we bear
the investment experience of the assets backing the Total Control Accounts, we
may receive a profit from these assets. The Total Control Account is not
insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.
EDB I AND DECEDENT CONTRACTS. If You are purchasing this Contract with a
non-taxable transfer of death proceeds of any annuity Contract or IRA (or any
other tax-qualified arrangement) of which You were the Beneficiary and You are
"stretching" the distributions under the Internal Revenue Code required
distribution rules, You may not purchase the EDB I.
BASIC DEATH BENEFIT
The Basic Death Benefit is designed to provide protection against adverse
investment experience. In general, it guarantees that the death benefit will
not be less than the greatest of (1) your Account Balance; (2) total purchase
payment less partial withdrawals; or (3) your "Highest Anniversary Value" (as
described below) as of each fifth Contract Anniversary.
If You die during the pay-in phase and You have not chosen one of the optional
death benefits, the death benefit the Beneficiary receives will be equal to the
greatest of:
1. Your Account Balance; or
2. Total purchase payments reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction
in Account Balance attributable to each partial withdrawal (including any
applicable Withdrawal Charge); or
3. "Highest Anniversary Value" as of each fifth Contract Anniversary,
determined as follows:
. At issue, the Highest Anniversary Value is your initial purchase payment;
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment;
58
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge);
. On each fifth Contract Anniversary before your 81st birthday, compare the
(1) then-Highest Anniversary Value to the (2) current Account Balance and
(3) total purchase payments reduced proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each partial withdrawal
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) and set the Highest
Anniversary Value equal to the greatest of the three.
. After the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding your 81st birthday,
adjust the Highest Anniversary Value only to:
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment or
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge).
For purposes of determining the Highest Anniversary Value as of the applicable
Contract Anniversary, purchase payments increase the Highest Anniversary Value
on a dollar for dollar basis. Partial withdrawals however, reduce the Highest
Anniversary Value proportionately, that is the percentage reduction is equal to
the dollar amount of the withdrawal (plus applicable Withdrawal Charges)
divided by the Account Balance before the withdrawal.
EXAMPLE:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Amount
------------------------------ ------------------------
A Initial Purchase Payment 10/1/2013 $100,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B Account Balance 10/1/2014 $104,000
(First Contract Anniversary)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C Death Benefit As of 10/1/2014 $104,000
(= greater of A and B)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D Account Balance 10/1/2015 $90,000
(Second Contract Anniversary)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E Death Benefit 10/1/2015 $100,000
(= greater of A and D)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $9,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G Percentage Reduction in Account Balance 10/2/2015 10%
(= F/D)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H Account Balance after Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $81,000
(= D-F)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Purchase Payments reduced for Withdrawal As of 10/2/2015 $90,000
(= A-(A X G))
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J Death Benefit 10/2/2015 $90,000
(= greater of H and I)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
K Account Balance 10/1/2018 $125,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
L Death Benefit (Highest Anniversary Value) As of 10/1/2018 $125,000
(Fifth Contract Anniversary) (= greater of I and K)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M Account Balance 10/2/2018 $110,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N Death Benefit As of 10/2/2018 $125,000
(= greatest of I, L, M)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
59
Notes to Example
Purchaser is age 60 at issue.
Any Withdrawal Charge withdrawn from the Account Balance is included when
determining the percentage of Account Balance withdrawn.
Account Balances on 10/1/15 and 10/2/15 are assumed to be equal prior to the
withdrawal.
OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
ANNUAL STEP-UP DEATH BENEFIT
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit is designed to provide protection against
adverse investment experience. In general, it guarantees that the death
benefit will not be less than the greater of (1) your Account Balance; or (2)
your "Highest Anniversary Value" (as described below) as of each Contract
Anniversary.
You may purchase at application a death benefit that provides that the death
benefit amount is equal to the greater of:
1. The Account Balance; or
2. "Highest Anniversary Value" as of each Contract Anniversary, determined as
follows:
. At issue, the Highest Anniversary Value is your initial purchase payment;
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment;
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge);
. On each Contract Anniversary before your 81st birthday, compare the (1)
then-Highest Anniversary Value to the (2) current Account Balance and set
the Highest Anniversary Value equal to the greater of the two.
. After the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding your 81st birthday,
adjust the Highest Anniversary Value only to:
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment or
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge).
For purposes of determining the Highest Anniversary Value as of the applicable
Contract Anniversary, purchase payments increase the Highest Anniversary Value
on a dollar for dollar basis. Partial withdrawals, however, reduce the Highest
Anniversary Value proportionately, that is, the percentage reduction is equal
to the dollar amount of the withdrawal (plus applicable Withdrawal Charges)
divided by the Account Balance immediately before the withdrawal.
You may not purchase this benefit if You are 80 years of age or older.
60
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit is available in Deferred Annuities purchased
after April 30, 2003, for an additional charge, of 0.20% annually of the
average daily value of the amount You have in the Separate Account.
EXAMPLE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Amount
------------------------------ -----------------------
A Initial Purchase Payment 10/1/2013 $100,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B Account Balance 10/1/2014 $104,000
(First Contract Anniversary)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C Death Benefit (Highest Anniversary Value) As of 10/1/2014 $104,000
(= greater of A and B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D Account Balance 10/1/2015 $90,000
(Second Contract Anniversary)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E Death Benefit (Highest Contract Year Anniversary) 10/1/2015 $104,000
(= greater of B and D)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $9,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G Percentage Reduction in Account Balance 10/2/2015 10%
(= F/D)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H Account Balance after Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $81,000
(= D-F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Highest Anniversary Value reduced for Withdrawal As of 10/2/2015 $93,600
(= E-(E X G))
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J Death Benefit 10/2/2015 $93,600
(= greater of H and I)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Example
Purchaser is age 60 at issue.
Any Withdrawal Charge withdrawn from the Account Balance is included when
determining the percentage of Account Balance withdrawn.
The Account Balances on 10/1/15 and 10/2/15 are assumed to be equal prior to
the withdrawal.
GREATER OF ANNUAL STEP-UP OR 5% ANNUAL INCREASE DEATH BENEFIT
In states where approved, only one of either the Greater of Annual Step-Up or
5% Annual Increase Death Benefit or the EDB I will be available. The Greater of
Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Amount Death Benefit is designed to
protect against adverse investment experience. In general, it provides that the
death benefit will be not less than the greatest of (1) your Account Balance,
(2) the "Annual Increase Amount" which is the total of your purchase payments
(adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at 5% per year or (3) your "Highest
Anniversary Value", as described below.
You may purchase at application a death benefit that provides that the death
benefit amount is equal to the greatest of:
1. Your Account Balance;
2. The Annual Increase Amount which is equal to the sum total of each purchase
payment accumulated at a rate of 5% a year, through the Contract Anniversary
date immediately preceding your 81st birthday, reduced by the sum total of
each withdrawal adjustment accumulated at the rate of 5% a year from the
date of the withdrawal (the withdrawal
61
adjustment is the Annual Increase Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal
multiplied by the percentage reduction in Account Balance attributable to
the withdrawal) (including any applicable withdrawal charge); or
3. "Highest Anniversary Value" as of each Contract Anniversary, determined as
follows:
. At issue, the Highest Anniversary Value is your initial purchase payment;
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment;
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge);
. On each Contract Anniversary before your 81st birthday, compare the (1)
then-Highest Anniversary Value to the (2) current Account Balance and set
the Highest Anniversary Value equal to the greater of the two.
. After the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding your 81st birthday,
adjust the Highest Anniversary Value only to:
. Increase the Highest Anniversary Value by each subsequent purchase
payment or
. Reduce the Highest Anniversary Value proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent partial
withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge).
For purposes of determining the Highest Anniversary Value as of the applicable
Contract Anniversary, purchase payments increase the Highest Anniversary Value
on a dollar for dollar basis. Partial withdrawals, however, reduce the Highest
Anniversary Value proportionately, that is the percentage reduction is equal to
the dollar amount of the withdrawal (plus applicable Withdrawal Charges),
divided by the Account Balance immediately before the withdrawal.
You may not purchase this benefit if You are 80 years of age or older.
62
The Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit is available
in Deferred Annuities purchased after April 30, 2003, for an additional charge,
of 0.35% annually of the average daily value of the amount You have in the
Separate Account.
EXAMPLE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Amount
------------------------------ -----------------------------
A Initial Purchase Payment 10/1/2013 $100,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B Account Balance 10/1/2014 $104,000
(First Contract Anniversary)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C1 Account Balance (Highest Anniversary Value) 10/1/2014 $104,000
(= greater of A and B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C2 5% Annual Increase Amount 10/1/2014 $105,000
(= A X 1.05)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C3 Death Benefit As of 10/1/2014 $105,000
(= greater of C1 and C2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D Account Balance 10/1/2015 $90,000
(Second Contract Anniversary)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E1 Highest Anniversary Value 10/1/2015 $104,000
(= greater of C1 and D)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E2 5% Annual Increase Amount As of 10/1/2015 $110,250
(= A X 1.05 X 1.05)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E3 Death Benefit 10/1/2015 $110,250
(= greater of E1 and E2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $9,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G Percentage Reduction in Account Balance 10/2/2015 10%
(= F/D)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H Account Balance after Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $81,000
(= D-F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I1 Highest Anniversary Value reduced for As of 10/2/2015 $93,600
Withdrawal (= E1-(E1 X G))
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I2 5% Annual Increase Amount reduced for As of 10/2/2015 $99,238
Withdrawal (= E2-(E2 X G).
Note: E2 includes additional
day of interest at 5%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I3 Death Benefit 10/2/2015 $99,238
(= greatest of H, I1 and I2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Example
Purchaser is age 60 at issue.
Any Withdrawal Charge withdrawn from the Account Balance is included when
determining the percentage of Account Balance withdrawn.
The Account Balances on 10/1/15 and 10/02/15 are assumed to be equal prior to
the withdrawal.
All amounts are rounded to the nearest dollar.
63
THE EDB I
The EDB I is no longer available for purchase. The EDB I was available (subject
to investment allocation restrictions) if You were age 75 or younger at the
effective date of your Contract and You had not elected any optional living
benefit (other than the GMIB Plus II, which is also known as the "Predictor
Plus II" in our sales literature and advertising ). The EDB I is not available
in the State of Oregon or with a B Plus Class or C Class Contract in Washington
or New York State.
DESCRIPTION OF THE EDB I.
If you select the EDB I, the amount of the death benefit will be the greater of:
(1)The Account Balance; or
(2)The Death Benefit Base.
The Death Benefit Base provides protection against adverse investment
experience. It guarantees that the death benefit will not be less than the
greater of: (1) the highest Account Balance on any Contract Anniversary
(adjusted for withdrawals), or (2) the amount of your initial investment
(adjusted for withdrawals), accumulated at 5%.
The Death Benefit Base is the greater of (a) or (b) below:
(a)Highest Anniversary Value: On the date we issue your contract, the
Highest Anniversary Value is equal to your initial purchase payment.
Thereafter, the Highest Anniversary Value will be increased by subsequent
purchase payments and reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction
in Account Balance attributable to each partial withdrawal (including any
applicable Withdrawal Charge). The percentage reduction in Account
Balance is the dollar amount of the withdrawal (including any applicable
Withdrawal Charge) divided by the Account Balance immediately preceding
such withdrawal. On each Contract Anniversary prior to your 81st
birthday, the Highest Anniversary Value will be recalculated to equal the
greater of the Highest Anniversary Value before the recalculation or the
Account Balance on the date of the recalculation.
(b)Annual Increase Amount: On the date we issue your contract, the Annual
Increase Amount is equal to your initial purchase payment. All purchase
payments received within 120 days of the date we issue your contract will
be treated as part of the initial purchase payment for this purpose.
Thereafter, the Annual Increase Amount is equal to (i) less (ii), where:
(i)is purchase payments accumulated at the Annual Increase Rate (as defined
below) from the date the purchase payment is made; and
(ii)is withdrawal adjustments (as defined below) accumulated at the Annual
Increase Rate.
The Highest Anniversary Value and Annual Increase Amount are calculated
independently of each other. When the Highest Anniversary Value is recalculated
and set equal to the Account Balance, the Annual Increase Amount is not set
equal to the Account Balance. See "Optional Step-Up" below for a feature that
can be used to reset the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance.
ANNUAL INCREASE RATE. As noted above, we calculate a Death Benefit Base under
the EDB I that helps determine the amount of the death benefit. One of the
factors used in calculating the Death Benefit Base is called the "annual
increase rate".
Through the Contract Anniversary immediately prior to your 91st birthday, the
Annual Increase Rate is 5%.
On the first Contract Anniversary, "at the beginning of the Contract Year"
means on the issue date, on a later Contract Anniversary, "at the beginning of
the Contract Year" means on the prior Contract Anniversary.
64
After the Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the owner's 91st birthday,
the Annual Increase Rate is 0%.
WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENTS. Withdrawal adjustments in a Contract Year are
determined according to (a) or (b):
(a)The withdrawal adjustment for each withdrawal in a Contract Year is the
value of the Annual Increase Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal
multiplied by the percentage reduction in Account Balance attributable to
that partial withdrawal (including any applicable withdrawal charge); or
(b)(1) if total withdrawals in a Contract Year are not greater than the
Annual Increase Rate multiplied by the Annual Increase Amount at the
beginning of the Contract Year; (2) if the withdrawals occur before the
Contract Anniversary immediately prior to your 91st birthday; and (3) if
these withdrawals are payable to the Contract Owner (or the Annuitant, if
the Contract Owner is a non-natural person) or to another payee we agree
to, the total withdrawal adjustments for that Contract Year will be set
equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals (including any applicable
withdrawal charge) in that Contract Year. These withdrawal adjustments
will replace the withdrawal adjustments defined in (a), immediately
above, and will be treated as though the corresponding withdrawals
occurred at the end of that Contract Year.
As described in (a), immediately above, if in any Contract Year you take
cumulative withdrawals that exceed the Annual Increase Rate multiplied by the
Annual Increase Amount at the beginning of the Contract Year, the Annual
Increase Amount will be reduced in the same proportion that the entire
withdrawal (including any applicable withdrawal charge) reduced the Account
Balance. This reduction may be significant, particularly when the Account
Balance is lower than the Annual Increase Amount, and could have the effect of
reducing or eliminating the value of the death benefit under the EDB I.
Complying with the three conditions described in (b) immediately above
(including limiting your cumulative withdrawals during a Contract Year to not
more than the Annual Increase Rate multiplied by the Annual Increase Amount at
the beginning of the Contract Year) will result in dollar-for-dollar treatment
of the withdrawals.
The Highest Anniversary Value does not change after the Contract Anniversary
immediately preceding your 81st birthday, except that it is increased for each
subsequent purchase payment and reduced proportionately by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent withdrawal
(including any applicable withdrawal charge). The Annual Increase Amount does
not change after the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding your 91st
birthday, except that it is increased for each subsequent purchase payment and
reduced by the withdrawal adjustments described above.
For Contracts for which applications and necessary information were received at
your Administrative Office on or before May 1, 2009, we offered a version of
the EDB I that is no longer available. The prior version is the same as the
current version except that the annual increase rate for the Annual Increase
Amount and for withdrawal adjustments is 6%, with respect to section 2(a)
above, different investment allocation restrictions apply and different charges
apply.
TAXES. Withdrawals of taxable amounts will be subject to ordinary income tax
and, if made prior to age 591/2, a 10% Federal income tax penalty may apply.
OPTIONAL STEP-UP
On each Contract Anniversary as permitted, You may elect to reset the Annual
Increase Amount to the Account Balance. An Optional Step-Up may be beneficial
if your Account Balance has grown at a rate above the Annual Increase Rate or
the Annual Increase Amount (5%). As described below, an Optional Step-Up resets
the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance. After an Optional Step-Up,
the Annual Increase Rate will be applied to the new, higher Annual Increase
Amount and therefore the amount that may be withdrawn without reducing the
Annual Increase Amount on a proportionate basis will increase. HOWEVER, IF YOU
ELECT TO RESET THE ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT, WE MAY RESET THE EDB I CHARGE TO A
RATE THAT DOES NOT EXCEED THE LOWER OF: (A) THE MAXIMUM OPTIONAL STEP-UP CHARGE
(1.50%) OR (B) THE
65
CURRENT RATE THAT WE WOULD CHARGE FOR THE SAME OPTIONAL BENEFIT AVAILABLE FOR
NEW CONTRACT PURCHASES AT THE TIME OF THE OPTIONAL STEP-UP.
An Optional Step-Up is permitted only if: (1) the Account Balance exceeds the
Annual Increase Amount immediately before the step-up; and (2) the Contract
Owner (or oldest joint Contract Owner or Annuitant if the Deferred Annuity is
owned by a non-natural person) is not older than age 80 on the date of the
Optional Step-Up. If your Deferred Annuity has both the GMIB Plus II optional
benefit and the EDB I optional benefit, and You would like to elect an Optional
Step-Up, You must elect an Optional Step-Up for both optional benefits. You may
not elect an Optional Step-Up for only one of the two optional benefits. Upon
the Optional Step-Up, we may reset the optional benefit charge, as described
above, on one or both optional benefits.
You may elect either: (1) a one-time Optional Step-Up at any Contract
Anniversary provided the above requirements are met, or (2) Optional Step-Ups
to occur under the Automatic Annual Step-Up. If You elect Automatic Annual
Step-Ups, on any Contract Anniversary while this election is in effect, the
Annual Increase Amount will reset to the Account Balance automatically,
provided the above requirements are met. The same conditions described above
will apply to each Automatic Step-Up. You may discontinue this election at any
time by notifying us in writing, at your Administrative Office (or by any other
method acceptable to us), at least 30 days prior to the Contract Anniversary on
which an Optional Step-Up may otherwise occur. Otherwise, it will remain in
effect through the seventh Contract Anniversary following the date You make
this election, at which point You must make a new election if You want
Automatic Annual Step-Ups to continue. If You discontinue or do not re-elect
the Automatic Annual Step-Ups, no Optional Step-Up will occur automatically on
any subsequent Contract Anniversary unless You make a new election under the
terms described above. (If You discontinue Automatic Annual Step-Ups, the
optional benefit (and the charge) will continue, and You may choose to elect a
one time Optional Step-Up or reinstate Automatic Annual Step-Ups as described
above.)
We must receive your request to exercise the Optional Step-Up in writing or any
other method acceptable to us. We must receive your request prior to the
Contract Anniversary for an Optional Step-Up to occur on that Contract
Anniversary.
The Optional Step-Up:
a) resets the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance on the Contract
Anniversary following the receipt of an Optional Step-Up election; and
b) may reset the EDB I charge to a rate that does not exceed the lower of:
(a) the maximum Optional Step-Up charge (1.50%) or (b) the current rate
that we would charge for the same optional benefit available for new
Contract purchases at the time of the Optional Step-Up.
In the event that the charge applicable to Deferred Annuity purchases at the
time of the step-up is higher than your current charge, You will be notified in
writing a minimum of 30 days in advance of the applicable Contract Anniversary
and be informed that You may choose to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up. If
You choose to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up, You must notify us in
writing at your Administrative Office no less than seven calendar days prior to
the applicable Contract Anniversary. Once You notify us of your decision to
decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up, You will no longer be eligible for future
Automatic Annual Step-Ups until You notify us in writing at your Administrative
Office that You wish to reinstate the step-ups. This reinstatement will take
effect at the next Contract Anniversary after we receive your request for
reinstatement.
On the date of the optional step-up, the Account Balance on that day will be
treated as a single purchase payment received on the date of the step-up for
purposes of determining the Annual Increase Amount after the step-up. All
purchase payments and withdrawal adjustments previously used to calculate the
annual increase amount will be set equal to zero on the date of the step-up.
66
INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RESTRICTIONS. If You elect the EDB I, there are certain
investment allocation restrictions. Please see "Investment Allocation
Restrictions For Certain Optional Benefits."
If You elect the EDB I, You may not participate in the Equity Generator or the
Allocator. However You may elect to participate in the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging ("EDCA") program, provided that your destination investment choices
are selected in accordance with the investment allocation restrictions.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under EDB I are restricted as described in "Your Investment
Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I,
GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
TERMINATION OF THE EDB I. The EDB I will terminate upon the earliest of:
(a)The date You make a total withdrawal of your Account Balance (pro rata
portion of the annual optional benefit charge will be assessed);
(b)The date there are insufficient funds to deduct the annual optional
benefit charge from your Account Balance;
(c)The date You elect to receive income payments under your Contract (a pro
rata portion of the annual optional benefit charge will be assessed);
(d)A change of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (or Annuitant if
the Contract Owner is a non-natural person), subject to our
administrative procedures (a pro rata portion of the annual optional
benefit charge will be assessed);
(e)The date You assign your Contract, subject to our administrative
procedures (a pro rata portion of the annual optional benefit charge will
be assessed);
(f)The date the death benefit amount is determined (excluding the
determination of the death benefit amount under the spousal continuation
option); or
(g)Termination of the Deferred Annuity to which the benefit is attached.
Under our current administrative procedures, we will waive the termination of
the EDB I if You assign a portion of the Contract under the following limited
circumstances. If the assignment is solely for your benefit on account of your
direct transfer of the Account Balance under Section 1035 of the Code to fund
premiums for a long term care insurance policy or purchase payments for an
annuity Contract issued by an insurance company which is not our affiliate and
which is licensed to conduct business in any state. All such direct transfers
are subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charges.
THE EDB I AND ANNUITIZATION. Since the annuity date at the time You purchase
the Deferred Annuity is the later of age 90 of the Annuitant or 10 years after
issue of your Deferred Annuity, You must make an election if You would like to
extend your annuity date to the latest date permitted (subject to restrictions
that may apply in your state, restrictions imposed by your selling firm, and
our current established administrative procedures). If You elect to extend your
annuity date to the latest date permitted, and that date is reached, your
Deferred Annuity must be annuitized (See "Pay-Out Options (or Income
Options)"), or You must make a complete withdrawal of your Account Balance.
Generally, once your Deferred Annuity is annuitized, You are ineligible to
receive the death benefit selected. However, for Deferred Annuities purchased
with an EDB I, if You annuitize at the latest date permitted, You must elect
one of the following options:
(1)Annuitize the Account Balance under the Deferred Annuity's pay-out option
provisions; or
(2)Elect to receive income payments determined by applying the Death Benefit
Base to the greater of the guaranteed annuity rates for this Deferred
Annuity at the time of purchase or the current annuity rates applicable
to this class of Deferred Annuity. If you die before the complete return
of the Death Benefit Base, your Beneficiary will receive a lump sum equal
to the death benefit determined at annuitization less income payments
already paid to the Contract Owner.
67
If you fail to select one of the above options, we will annuitize your Deferred
Annuity under the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 10 Year Guarantee Period
income payment type, unless the payment under option (2) above is greater, in
which case we will apply option (2) to your Deferred Annuity.
EDB I -- EXAMPLES
The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Death
Benefit Base under the EDB I.
(1)WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENTS TO ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT
Dollar-for-dollar adjustment when withdrawal is less than or equal to 5% of
the Annual Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary
Assume the initial purchase payment is $100,000 and the EDB I is selected.
Assume that during the first Contract Year, $5,000 is withdrawn. Because the
withdrawal is less than or equal to 5% of the Annual Increase Amount from
the prior Contract Anniversary, the Annual Increase Amount is reduced by the
withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis to $100,000 ($100,000 increased by
5% per year, compounded annually, less $5,000 = $100,000). Assuming no other
purchase payments or withdrawals are made before the second Contract
Anniversary, the Annual Increase Amount at the second Contract Anniversary
will be $105,000 ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
Proportionate adjustment when withdrawal is greater than 5% of the Annual
Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary
Assume the initial purchase payment is $100,000 and the EDB I is selected.
Assume the Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is $100,000.
The Annual Increase Amount at the first Contract Anniversary will be
$105,000 ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume
that on the first Contract Anniversary, $10,000 is withdrawn (leaving an
account balance of $90,000). Because the withdrawal is greater than 5% of
the Annual Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary, the Annual
Increase Amount is reduced by the value of the Annual Increase Amount
immediately prior to the withdrawal ($105,000) multiplied by the percentage
reduction in the Account Balance attributed to that withdrawal (10%).
Therefore, the new Annual Increase Amount is $94,500 ($105,000 x 10% =
$10,500; $105,000 - $10,500 = $94,500). Assuming no other purchase payments
or withdrawals are made before the second Contract Anniversary, the Annual
Increase Amount at the second Contract Anniversary will be $99,225 ($94,500
increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
(2)THE ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT
Example
Assume the Contract Owner is a male, age 55 at issue, and he elects the EDB
I. He makes an initial purchase payment of $100,000, and makes no additional
purchase payments or partial withdrawals. On the Contract issue date, the
Annual Increase Amount is equal to $100,000 (the initial purchase payment).
The Annual Increase Amount is calculated at each Contract Anniversary
(through the Contract Anniversary on or following the Contract Owner's 90th
birthday). At the tenth Contract Anniversary, when the Contract Owner is age
65, the Annual Increase Amount is $162,889 ($100,000 increased by 5% per
year, compounded annually). See section (3) below for an example of the
calculation of the Highest Anniversary Value.
Determining a death benefit based on the Annual Increase Amount
Assume that You make an initial purchase payment of $100,000. Prior to
annuitization, your Account Balance fluctuates above and below your initial
purchase payment depending on the investment performance of the subaccounts
You selected. The Annual Increase Amount, however, accumulates an amount
equal to your purchase payments at the Annual Increase Rate of 5% per year,
until the Contract Anniversary on or following the Contract Owner's 90th
birthday. The Annual Increase Amount is also adjusted for any withdrawals
(including any applicable
68
Withdrawal Charge) made during this period. The Annual Increase Amount is
the value upon which a future death benefit amount can be based (if it is
greater than the Highest Anniversary Value and Account Balance on the date
the death benefit amount is determined).
(3)THE HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE
Example
Assume, as in the example in section (2) above, the Contract Owner is a
male, age 55 at issue, and he elects the EDB I. He makes an initial purchase
payment of $100,000, and makes no additional purchase payments or partial
withdrawals. On the Contract issue date, the Highest Anniversary Value is
equal to $100,000 (the initial purchase payment). Assume the Account Balance
on the first Contract Anniversary is $108,000 due to good market
performance. Because the Account Balance is greater than the Highest
Anniversary Value ($100,000), the Highest Anniversary Value is set equal to
the Account Balance ($108,000). Assume the Account Balance on the second
Contract Anniversary is $102,000 due to poor market performance. Because the
Account Balance is less than the Highest Anniversary Value ($108,000), the
Highest Anniversary Value remains $108,000.
Assume this process is repeated on each Contract Anniversary until the tenth
Contract Anniversary, when the Account Balance is $155,000 and the Highest
Anniversary Value is $150,000. The Highest Anniversary Value is set equal to
the Account Balance ($155,000).
Determining a death benefit based on the Highest Anniversary Value
Prior to annuitization, the Highest Anniversary Value begins to lock in
growth. The Highest Anniversary Value is adjusted upward each Contract
Anniversary if the Account Balance at that time is greater than the amount
of the current Highest Anniversary Value. Upward adjustments will continue
until the Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the Contract Owner's
81st birthday. The Highest Anniversary Value also is adjusted for any
withdrawals taken (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) or any
additional payments made. The Highest Anniversary Value is the value upon
which a future death benefit amount can be based (if it is greater than the
Annual Increase Amount and Account Balance on the date the death benefit
amount is determined).
(4)PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER
Example
Continuing the examples in sections (2) and (3) above, assume the Contract
Owner dies after the tenth Contract Anniversary but prior to the eleventh
Contract Anniversary, and on the date the death benefit amount is
determined, the Account Balance is $150,000 due to poor market performance.
Because the 5% Annual Increase Amount ($162,889) is greater than the Highest
Anniversary Value ($155,000), the 5% Annual Increase Amount ($162,889) is
used as the Death Benefit Base. Because the Death Benefit Base ($162,889) is
greater than the Account Balance ($150,000), the Death Benefit Base will be
the death benefit amount.
The above example does not take into account the impact of premium and other
taxes. THE DEATH BENEFIT BASE IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR CASH WITHDRAWALS AND IS
ONLY USED FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATING THE DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AND THE
CHARGE FOR THE BENEFIT.
(5)THE OPTIONAL STEP-UP
Assume your initial purchase payment is $100,000 and no withdrawals are
taken. The Annual Increase Amount increases to $105,000 on the first
anniversary ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume
your Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is $110,000 due to
good market performance, and You elect an Optional Step-Up.
69
The effect of the Optional Step-Up election is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount resets from $105,000 to $110,000; and
(2)The EDB I charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for
the EDB I at that time.
The Annual Increase Amount increases to $115,500 on the second anniversary
($110,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume your
Account Balance at the second Contract Anniversary is $112,000 due to poor
market performance. You may NOT elect an Optional Step-Up at this time,
because the Account Balance is less than the Annual Increase Amount.
(6)THE OPTIONAL STEP-UP: AUTOMATIC ANNUAL STEP-UP
Assume your initial purchase payment is $100,000 and no withdrawals are
taken. The Annual Increase Amount increases to $105,000 on the first
anniversary ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume
your Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is $110,000 due to
good market performance, and You elected Optional Step-Ups to occur under
the Automatic Annual Step-Up feature prior to the first Contract
Anniversary. Because your Account Balance is higher than your Annual
Increase Amount, an Optional Step-Up will automatically occur.
The effect of the Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount automatically resets from $105,000 to
$110,000; and
(2)The EDB I charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for
the EDB I at that time.
The Annual Increase Amount increases to $115,500 on the second anniversary
($110,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume your
Account Balance at the second Contract Anniversary is $120,000 due to good
market performance, and You have not discontinued the Automatic Annual
Step-Up feature. Because your Account Balance is higher than your Annual
Increase Amount, an Optional Step-Up will automatically occur.
The effect of the Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount automatically resets from $115,500 to
$120,000; and
(2)The EDB I charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for
the EDB I at that time.
Assume your Account Balance increases by $10,000 at each Contract
Anniversary in years three through seven. At each Contract Anniversary, your
Account Balance would exceed the Annual Increase Amount and an Optional
Step-Up would automatically occur (provided You had not discontinued the
Automatic Annual Step-Up feature, and other requirements were met).
The effect of the Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount automatically resets to the higher Account
Balance; and
(2)The EDB I charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for
the EDB I at that time.
After the seventh Contract Anniversary, the initial Automatic Annual Step-Up
election expires. Assume You do not make a new election of the Automatic
Annual Step-Up. The Annual Increase Amount increases to $178,500 on the
eighth anniversary ($170,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
Assume your Account Balance at the eighth Contract Anniversary is $160,000
due to poor market performance. An Optional Step-Up is NOT permitted because
your Account Balance is lower than your Annual Increase Amount. However,
because the Optional Step-Up has locked-in previous gains, the Annual
Increase Amount remains at $178,500 despite poor market performance,
70
and, provided the optional benefit continues in effect, will continue to
grow at 5% annually (subject to adjustments for additional purchase payments
and/or withdrawals) through the Contract Anniversary on or after your 90th
birthday. Also, note the EDB I charge remains at its current level.
EARNINGS PRESERVATION BENEFIT
You may purchase this benefit at application. The Earnings Preservation Benefit
is intended to provide additional amounts at death to pay expenses that may be
due upon your death. We do not guarantee that the amounts provided by the
Earnings Preservation Benefit will be sufficient to cover any such expenses
that your heirs may have to pay.
This benefit provides that an additional death benefit is payable equal to:
The difference between
1. Your death benefit (either the basic death benefit or an optional death
benefit for which You pay an additional charge); and
2. Total purchase payments not withdrawn. In this case, partial withdrawals are
first applied against earnings and then purchase payments, or
On or after the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding your 81st birthday,
the additional death benefit that is payable is equal to:
1. The difference between
a. Your death benefit amount on the Contract Anniversary immediately
preceding your 81st birthday, plus subsequent purchase payments made
after each Contract Anniversary, reduced proportionately by the
percentage reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent
partial withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge); and
b. Total purchase payments not withdrawn. In this case, partial withdrawals
are first applied against earnings and then purchase payments.
2. In each case, multiplied by the following percentage, depending upon your
age when You purchased the Contract:
Purchase Age Percentage
Ages 69 or younger 40%
Ages 70-79 25%
Ages 80 and above 0%
You may not purchase this benefit if You are 80 years of age or older.
For purposes of the above calculation, purchase payments increase the Account
Balance on a dollar for dollar basis. Partial withdrawals, however, reduce
Account Balance proportionately, that is, the percentage reduction is equal to
the dollar amount of the withdrawal plus applicable Withdrawal Charges divided
by the Account Balance immediately before the withdrawal.
If the spouse continues the Contract, the spouse can choose one of the
following two options:
. Continue the Earnings Preservation Benefit. Then the additional death
benefit is calculated in the same manner as above except the calculation
takes into account the surviving spouse's age for purposes of determining
what is the Contract Anniversary prior to the 81st birthday. In this
case, the benefit is paid as of the death of the surviving spouse, rather
than the first spouse.
71
. Stop the Earnings Preservation Benefit. Then, the Account Balance is
reset to equal the death benefit plus the additional death benefit on the
date the spouse continues the Contract. The Earnings Preservation Benefit
will cease and the Separate Account charge will be reduced by 0.25%.
If we do not receive notification from the surviving spouse either to elect to
continue or to discontinue the Earnings Preservation Benefit within 90 days of
notice to us of the death of a spouse, we will treat the absence of a
notification as if the Earnings Preservation Benefit had been discontinued and
the amount of the benefits will be added to the Account Balance.
If You are a natural person and You change ownership of the Deferred Annuity to
someone other than your spouse, this benefit is calculated in the same manner
except (1) purchase payments (for the purpose of calculating the Earnings
Preservation Benefit) are set equal to the Account Balance on the date of the
change in Contract Owners (gain is effectively reset to zero) and (2) the
percentage from the table above is based on the age of the new Contract Owner
as of the date of the change in Contract Owner.
If You are a non-natural person, the life of the Annuitant is the basis for
determining the additional death benefit. If there are joint Contract Owners,
the oldest of the two will be used as a basis for determining the additional
death benefit.
The Earnings Preservation Benefit is available for an additional charge of
0.25% annually of the average daily value of the amount You have in the
Separate Account.
EXAMPLE:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Amount
---------- --------------------
A Purchase Payments Not Withdrawn 10/1/2013 $100,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------
B Death Benefit 10/1/2014 $105,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------
C Additional Death Benefit 10/1/2014 $2,000
(= 40% X (B - A))
---------------------------------------------------------------------
D Account Balance 10/1/2015 $90,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------
E Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $9,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------
F Account Balance after Withdrawal 10/2/2015 $81,000
(= D - E)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
G Purchase Payments Not Withdrawn 10/2/2015 $91,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(= A - E,
because there is
no gain at
time of withdrawal)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
H Death Benefit 10/2/2015 $99,238
---------------------------------------------------------------------
I Additional Death Benefit $3,295
(= 40% X (H - G))
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Example
Purchaser is age 60 at issue.
Any Withdrawal Charge from the Account Balance is included when determining the
percentage of Account Balance withdrawn.
All amounts are rounded to the nearest dollar.
72
LIVING BENEFITS
OVERVIEW OF LIVING BENEFITS
We offer a suite of optional living benefits that, for an additional charge,
offer protection against market risk (the risk that your investments may
decline in value or underperform your expectations). Only one version of these
optional benefits may be elected, and the optional benefit must be elected at
Contract issue. These optional benefits are described briefly below. Please see
the more detailed description that follows for important information on the
costs, restrictions and availability of each optional benefit.
Guaranteed Income Guaranteed Withdrawal
Benefits Benefits
-------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee (LWG I and
Plus (GMIB Plus I and GMIB Plus II or, the LWG II)
Predictor Plus, or Predictor Plus I and Enhanced Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit
Predictor Plus II) (Enhanced GWB)
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (GWB I)
(GMIB I and GMIB II or the Predictor)
Our guaranteed income benefits are These optional benefits are designed to
designed to allow You to invest your guarantee that at least the entire amount
Account Balance in the market while of purchase payments You make will be
at the same time assuring a specified returned to You through a series of
guaranteed, level of minimum fixed withdrawals (without annuitizing),
income payments if You elect to regardless of investment performance, as
annuitize. The fixed annuity payment long as withdrawals in any Contract Year
amount is guaranteed regardless of do not exceed the maximum amount
investment performance or the actual allowed. With the LWG, You get the same
Account Balance at the time You elect benefits, but in addition, if You make
pay-outs. Prior to exercising this your first withdrawal on or after the date
benefit and annuitizing your Contract, You reach age 59 1/2, You are
You may make withdrawals up to a guaranteed income for your life (and, for
maximum level specified in the rider states other than New York, the life of
and still maintain the benefit amount. your spouse, if the Joint Life version was
(GMIB I and GMIB II were formerly elected and the spouse elects to continue
known as "Versions I and Versions II the Contract is at least age 59 1/2 at
of the Guaranteed Minimum Income spousal continuation), even after the
Benefit"; and GMIB Plus I was entire amount of purchase payments has
formerly known as "Version III of the been returned. (GWBI was formerly
Guaranteed Minimum Income known as "Version I of the Guaranteed
Benefit".) Withdrawal Benefit"; Enhanced GWB was
formerly known as "Version II of the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit"; and
LWG I was formerly known as "Version
III - the Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee
Benefit".)
Guaranteed Income Guaranteed Asset Accumulation
Benefits Benefit
-------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit
Plus (GMIB Plus I and GMIB Plus II or, the (GMAB)
Predictor Plus, or Predictor Plus I and
Predictor Plus II)
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit
(GMIB I and GMIB II or the Predictor)
Our guaranteed income benefits are GMAB is designed to guarantee that
designed to allow You to invest your your Account Balance will not be less
Account Balance in the market while than a minimum amount at the end of
at the same time assuring a specified the 10-year waiting period.
guaranteed, level of minimum fixed The amount of the guarantee depends
income payments if You elect to on which of three permitted Investment
annuitize. The fixed annuity payment Divisions You select.
amount is guaranteed regardless of
investment performance or the actual
Account Balance at the time You elect
pay-outs. Prior to exercising this
benefit and annuitizing your Contract,
You may make withdrawals up to a
maximum level specified in the rider
and still maintain the benefit amount.
(GMIB I and GMIB II were formerly
known as "Versions I and Versions II
of the Guaranteed Minimum Income
Benefit"; and GMIB Plus I was
formerly known as "Version III of the
Guaranteed Minimum Income
Benefit".)
GUARANTEED INCOME BENEFITS
At the time You buy the Contract, You may elect a guaranteed income benefit
("GMIB") for an additional charge. Each version of this optional benefit is
designed to guarantee a predictable, minimum level of fixed income payments,
regardless of investment performance of your Account Balance during the pay-in
phase. HOWEVER, IF APPLYING YOUR ACTUAL ACCOUNT BALANCE AT THE TIME YOU
ANNUITIZE THE CONTRACT TO THEN CURRENT ANNUITY PURCHASE RATES (OUTSIDE OF THE
OPTIONAL BENEFIT) PRODUCES HIGHER INCOME PAYMENTS, YOU WILL RECEIVE THE HIGHER
PAYMENTS, AND THUS YOU WILL HAVE PAID FOR THE OPTIONAL BENEFIT EVEN THOUGH IT
WAS NOT USED. Also, prior to exercising the optional benefit, You may make
73
specified withdrawals that reduce your income base (as explained below) during
the pay-in phase and still leave the optional benefit guarantees intact,
provided the conditions of the optional benefit are met. Your registered
representative can provide You an illustration of the amounts You would
receive, with or without withdrawals, if You exercised the optional benefit.
There are four versions of the GMIB that have been available with this
Contract, GMIB Plus II, GMIB Plus I, GMIB II and GMIB I. None of the GMIBs are
available for sale.
There may be versions of each optional guaranteed income benefit that vary by
issue date and state availability. In addition, a version may become available
(or unavailable) in different states at different times. Please check with your
registered representative regarding which version(s) are available in your
state. If You have already been issued a Contract, please check your Contract
and optional benefits for the specific provisions applicable to You.
You may not have this optional benefit and another optional living benefit
(LWG, GWB or GMAB) in effect at the same time. Once elected, the optional
benefit cannot be terminated except as discussed below.
FACTS ABOUT GUARANTEED INCOME BENEFITS
INCOME BASE AND GMIB INCOME PAYMENTS. Under all versions of the GMIB, we
calculate an "income base" (as described below) that determines, in part, the
minimum amount You receive as an income payment upon exercising the GMIB and
annuitizing the Contract. IT IS IMPORTANT TO RECOGNIZE THAT THIS INCOME BASE IS
NOT AVAILABLE FOR CASH WITHDRAWALS AND DOES NOT ESTABLISH OR GUARANTEE YOUR
ACCOUNT BALANCE OR A MINIMUM RETURN FOR ANY INVESTMENT DIVISION. After a
minimum 10-year waiting period, and then only within 30 days following a
Contract Anniversary, You may exercise the benefit. We then will apply the
income base calculated at the time of exercise to the GMIB Annuity Table (as
described below) specified in the optional benefit in order to determine your
minimum guaranteed lifetime fixed monthly income payments (your actual payment
may be higher than this minimum if, as discussed above, the base Contract under
its terms would provide a higher payment).
THE GMIB ANNUITY TABLE. The GMIB Annuity Table is specified in the rider. For
GMIB Plus II, this table is calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table with a 10-year age set back with interest of 1.5% per year. This table is
calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with a 7-year age set back
with interest of 2.5% per year for GMIB I, GMIB II and GMIB Plus I. As with
other pay-out types, the amount You receive as an income payment also depends
on your age, your sex, (where permitted by state law), and the income type You
select. For GMIB Plus II, the annuity rates for attained ages 86 to 90 are the
same as those for attained age 85. THE ANNUITY RATES IN THE GMIB ANNUITY TABLE
ARE CONSERVATIVE AND A WITHDRAWAL CHARGE MAY BE APPLICABLE, SO THE AMOUNT OF
GUARANTEED MINIMUM LIFETIME INCOME THAT THE GMIB PRODUCES MAY BE LESS THAN THE
AMOUNT OF ANNUITY INCOME THAT WOULD BE PROVIDED BY APPLYING YOUR ACCOUNT
BALANCE ON YOUR ANNUITY DATE TO THEN-CURRENT ANNUITY PURCHASE RATES.
If You exercise a GMIB, your income payments will be the greater of:
. the income payment determined by applying the amount of the income base
to the GMIB Annuity Table, or
. the income payment determined for the same income type in accordance with
the base Contract. (See "Pay-Out Options (or Income Options)".)
If You choose not to receive income payments as guaranteed under the GMIB, You
may elect any of the income options available under the Contract.
OWNERSHIP. If the owner is a natural person, the owner must be the Annuitant.
If a non-natural person owns the Contract, then the Annuitant will be
considered the owner in determining the income base and GMIB income payments.
74
If joint owners are named, the age of the older will be used to determine the
income base and GMIB income payments.
For purposes of the Guaranteed Income Benefits section of the prospectus, "You"
always means the owner, oldest joint owner or the Annuitant, of the owner is a
non-natural person.
TAXES. Withdrawals of taxable amounts will be subject to ordinary income tax
and, if made prior to age 591/2, a 10% Federal income tax penalty may apply.
GMIB AND DECEDENT CONTRACTS. If You are purchasing this Contract with a
nontaxable transfer of the death proceeds of any annuity Contract or IRA (or
any other tax-qualified arrangement) of which You were the Beneficiary and You
are "stretching" the distributions under the Internal Revenue Service required
distribution rules, You may not purchase the GMIB.
GMIB AND QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. THE GMIB MAY HAVE LIMITED USEFULNESS IN
CONNECTION WITH A QUALIFIED CONTRACT, SUCH AS IRA (SEE "INCOME TAXES"), IN
CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE, DUE TO THE TEN YEAR WAITING PERIOD AFTER PURCHASE (AND,
FOR THE GMIB PLUS II AND GMIB PLUS I, AFTER AN OPTIONAL STEP-UP), THE OWNER IS
UNABLE TO EXERCISE THE BENEFIT UNTIL AFTER THE REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE OF
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT. In such event, required
minimum distributions received from the Contract during the ten year waiting
period will have the effect of reducing the income base either on a
proportionate or dollar for dollar basis, as the case may be. This may have the
effect of reducing or eliminating the value of income payments under the GMIB.
You should consult your tax adviser prior to electing the GMIB.
DESCRIPTION OF GMIB PLUS II
The GMIB Plus II is no longer available for purchase. In states where approved,
the GMIB Plus II is available only for owners up through age 78 and You can
only elect the GMIB Plus II at the time You purchase the Contract. The GMIB
Plus II is not available in the State of Oregon. THE GMIB PLUS II MAY BE
EXERCISED AFTER A 10-YEAR WAITING PERIOD AND THEN ONLY WITHIN 30 DAYS FOLLOWING
A CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, PROVIDED THAT THE EXERCISE MUST OCCUR NO LATER THAN THE
30-DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING THE CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY ON OR FOLLOWING THE OWNER'S
90TH BIRTHDAY.
INCOME BASE
The income base is equal to the greater of (a) or (b) below:
(a)Highest Anniversary Value: On the issue date, the "Highest Anniversary
Value" is equal to your initial purchase payment. Thereafter, the Highest
Anniversary Value will be increased by subsequent purchase payments and
reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in Account Balance
attributable to each subsequent withdrawal (including any applicable
withdrawal charge). On each Contract Anniversary prior to the your 81st
birthday, the Highest Anniversary Value will be recalculated and set equal
to the greater of the Highest Anniversary Value before the recalculation or
the Account Balance on the date of the recalculation.
The Highest Anniversary Value does not change after the Contract Anniversary
immediately preceding the your 81st birthday, except that it is increased for
each subsequent purchase payment and reduced proportionally by the percentage
reduction in Account Balance attributable to each subsequent withdrawal
(including any applicable withdrawal charge).
(b)Annual Increase Amount: On the date we issue your contract, the "Annual
Increase Amount" is equal to your initial purchase payment. All purchase
payments received within 120 days of the date we issue your contract will be
treated as part of the initial purchase payment for this purpose.
Thereafter, the Annual Increase Amount is equal to (i) less (ii), where:
(i)is purchase payments accumulated at the Annual Increase Rate (as defined
below) from the date the purchase payment is made; and
(ii)is withdrawal adjustments (as defined below) accumulated at the Annual
Increase Rate.
75
The Highest Anniversary Value and Annual Increase Amount are calculated
independently of each other. When the Highest Anniversary Value is recalculated
and set equal to the Account Balance, the Annual Increase Amount is not set
equal to the Account Balance. See "Optional Step-Up" below for a feature that
can be used to reset the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance.
FOR DEFERRED ANNUITIES ISSUED IN NEW YORK STATE, THE ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT
SHALL NOT EXCEED 270% OF TOTAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS OR, IF GREATER, 270% OF THE
ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT AS OF THE MOST RECENT OPTIONAL STEP-UP FOR GMIB PLUS II
(SEE "OPTIONAL STEP-UP" BELOW). Each time the Annual Increase Amount is
increased by an Optional Step-Up, the limit on the Annual Increase Amount is
raised to 270% of the new, higher Annual Increase Amount, if it is greater than
270% of your Purchase Payments.
ANNUAL INCREASE RATE. As noted above, we calculate an income base under the
GMIB that helps determine the minimum amount You receive as an income payment
upon exercising the optional benefit. One of the factors used in calculating
the income base is called the "annual increase rate."
Through the Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the your 91st birthday,
the Annual Increase Rate is 5%.
On the first Contract Anniversary, "at the beginning of the Contract Year"
means on the issue date; on a later Contract Anniversary, "at the beginning of
the Contract Year" means on the prior Contract Anniversary.
During the 30 day period following the Contract Anniversary immediately prior
to the your 91st birthday, the annual increase rate is 0%.
WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENTS. Withdrawal adjustments in a Contract Year are
determined according to (a) or (b):
(a)The withdrawal adjustment for each withdrawal in a Contract Year is the
value of the Annual Increase Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal
multiplied by the percentage reduction in Account Balance attributable to
the withdrawal (including any applicable withdrawal charge); or
(b)If total withdrawals in a Contract Year are not greater than the Annual
Increase Rate multiplied by the Annual Increase Amount at the beginning
of the Contract Year, and if these withdrawals are paid to you (or to the
annuitant, if the Deferred Annuity is owned by a non-natural person) or
to another payee we agree to, the total withdrawal adjustments for that
Contract Year will be set equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals
(including any applicable withdrawal charge) in that Contract Year. These
withdrawal adjustments will replace the withdrawal adjustments defined in
(a) immediately above and be treated as though the corresponding
withdrawals occurred at the end of that Contract Year.
As described in (a) above, if in any Contract Year you take cumulative
withdrawals that exceed the Annual Increase Rate multiplied by the Annual
Increase Amount at the beginning of the Contract Year, the Annual Increase
Amount will be reduced in the same proportion that the entire withdrawal
(including any applicable withdrawal charge) reduced the Account Balance. This
reduction may be significant, particularly when the Account Balance is lower
than the Annual Increase Amount, and could have the effect of reducing or
eliminating the value of income payments under the GMIB optional benefit.
Limiting your cumulative withdrawals during a Contract Year to not more than
the Annual Increase Rate multiplied by the Annual Increase Amount at the
beginning of the Contract Year, will result in dollar-for-dollar treatment of
the withdrawals as described in (b) immediately above.
Partial annuitizations are not permitted.
76
In determining the GMIB Plus II income payments, an amount equal to the
withdrawal charge that would apply upon a complete withdrawal and the amount of
any premium and other taxes that may apply will be deducted from the income
base. For purposes of calculating the income base, purchase payment credits
(I.E., bonus payments) are not included.
OPTIONAL STEP-UP. On each Contract Anniversary as permitted, you may elect to
reset the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance. An Optional Step-Up
may be beneficial if your Account Balance has grown at a rate above the Annual
Increase Rate on the Annual Increase Amount (5%). As described below, an
Optional Step-Up resets the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance.
After an Optional Step-Up, the Annual Increase Rate will be applied to the new,
higher Annual Increase Amount and therefore the amount that may be withdrawn
without reducing the Annual Increase Amount on a proportionate basis will
increase. HOWEVER, IF YOU ELECT TO RESET THE ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT, WE WILL
ALSO RESTART THE 10-YEAR WAITING PERIOD. IN ADDITION, WE MAY RESET THE RIDER
CHARGE TO A RATE THAT DOES NOT EXCEED THE LOWER OF: (A) THE MAXIMUM OPTIONAL
STEP-UP CHARGE (1.50%) OR (B) THE CURRENT RATE THAT WE WOULD CHARGE FOR THE
SAME OPTIONAL BENEFIT AVAILABLE FOR NEW CONTRACT PURCHASES AT THE TIME OF THE
OPTIONAL STEP-UP.
An Optional Step-Up is permitted only if: (1) the Account Balance exceeds the
Annual Increase Amount immediately before the reset; and (2) the Contract Owner
(or oldest joint Contract Owner or Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a
non-natural person) is not older than age 80 on the date of the Optional
Step-Up. If your Deferred Annuity has both the GMIB Plus II and the EDB I, and
You would like to elect an Optional Step-Up, You must elect an Optional Step-Up
for both optional benefits. You may not elect an Optional Step-Up for only one
of the two optional benefits. Upon the Optional Step-Up, we may reset the
optional benefit charge, as described above, on one or both optional benefits.
You may elect either: (1) a one-time Optional Step-Up at any Contract
Anniversary provided the above requirements are met, or (2) Optional Step-Ups
to occur under the Automatic Annual Step-Up. If You elect Automatic Annual
Step-Ups, on any Contract Anniversary while this election is in effect, the
Annual Increase Amount will reset to the Account Balance automatically,
provided the above requirements are met. The same conditions described above
will apply to each Automatic Step-Up. You may discontinue this election at any
time by notifying us in writing, at your Administrative Office (or by any other
method acceptable to us), at least 30 days prior to the Contract Anniversary on
which a step-up may otherwise occur. Otherwise, it will remain in effect
through the seventh Contract Anniversary following the date You make this
election, at which point You must make a new election if you want Automatic
Annual Step-Ups to continue. If You discontinue or do not re-elect the
Automatic Annual Step Ups, no Optional Step-Up will occur automatically on any
subsequent Contract Anniversary unless You make a new election under the terms
described above. (If You discontinue Automatic Annual Step-Ups, the optional
benefit (and charge) will continue, and You may choose to elect a one time
Optional Step-Up or reinstate Automatic Annual Step-Ups as described above.)
We must receive your request to exercise the Optional Step-Up in writing at
your Administrative Office, or by any other method acceptable to us. We must
receive your request prior to the Contract Anniversary for an Optional Step-Up
to occur on that Contract Anniversary.
The Optional Step-Up:
(1)resets the Annual Increase Amount to the Account Balance on the Contract
Anniversary following the receipt of an Optional Step-Up election;
(2)resets the waiting period to exercise the GMIB Plus II to the 10th Contract
Anniversary following the date the Optional Step-Up took effect;
(3)For Contracts issued in New York State only, may reset the maximum Annual
Increase Amount to a percentage (270%) multiplied by the Annual Increase
Amount calculated in (1) above, if greater than the maximum Annual Increase
Amount immediately before the Optional Step-Up; and
77
(4)may reset the charge to a rate that does not exceed the lower of: (a) the
maximum Optional Step-Up charge (1.50%) or (b) the current rate that we
would charge for the same optional benefit available for new Contract
purchases at the time of the Optional Step-Up.
In the event that the charge applicable to Deferred Annuity purchases at the
time of the step-up is higher than your current charge, we will notify you in
writing a minimum of 30 days in advance of the applicable Contract Anniversary
and inform you that you may choose to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up. If
you decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up, you must notify us in accordance with
our administrative procedures (currently we require you to submit your request
in writing to your Administrative Office no less than seven calendar days prior
to the applicable Contract Anniversary). Once you notify us of your decision to
decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up, you will no longer be eligible for future
Automatic Annual Step-Ups until you notify us in writing to our Administrative
Office that you wish to reinstate the Automatic Annual Step-Ups. This
reinstatement will take effect at the next Contract Anniversary after we
receive your request for reinstatement.
On the date of the step-up, the Account Balance on that day will be treated as
a single purchase payment received on the date of the step-up for purposes of
determining the Annual Increase Amount after the step-up. All purchase payments
and withdrawal adjustments previously used to calculate the annual increase
amount will be set equal to zero on the date of the step-up.
INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RESTRICTIONS. If You elect the GMIB Plus II, there are
certain investment allocation restrictions. Please see "Investment Choices --
Investment Allocation Restrictions For Certain Optional Benefits". If You elect
the GMIB Plus II, You may not participate in the Equity Generator and the
Allocator. However, You may elect to participate in the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program, provided that your destination Investment Divisions are
selected in accordance with the investment allocation restrictions.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the GMIB Plus II are restricted as described in "Your
Investment Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I,
GMIB Plus I, GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL OPTION. On each Contract Anniversary, starting with the
tenth Contract Anniversary and through the Contract Anniversary prior to the
owner's 91st birthday, You may exercise the Guaranteed Principal Option. If the
owner is a non-natural person, the Annuitant's age is the basis for determining
the birthday. If there are joint owners, the age of the older owner is used for
determining the birthday. We must receive your request to exercise the
Guaranteed Principal Option in writing, or any other method that we agree to,
within 30 days following the eligible Contract Anniversary. The Guaranteed
Principal Option will take effect at the end of this 30-day period following
the eligible Contract Anniversary.
By exercising the Guaranteed Principal Option, You elect to receive an
additional amount to be added to your Account Balance intended to restore your
initial investment in the Contract, in lieu of receiving GMIB payments. The
additional amount is called the Guaranteed Principal Adjustment and is equal to
(a) minus (b) where:
(a)is purchase payments credited within 120 days of the date we issued the
Contract (reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in Account
Balance attributable to each partial withdrawal (including applicable
Withdrawal Charges) prior to the exercise of the Guaranteed Principal
Option) and
(b)the Account Balance on the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding
exercise of the Guaranteed Principal Option.
For purposes of calculating the Guaranteed Principal Adjustment, purchase
payment credits are not included. The Guaranteed Principal Option can only be
exercised if (a) exceeds (b), as defined above. The Guaranteed Principal
78
Adjustment will be added to each applicable Investment Division in the ratio
the portion of the Account Balance in such Investment Division bears to the
total Account Balance in all Investment Divisions.
IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT ONLY PURCHASE PAYMENTS MADE DURING THE FIRST 120
DAYS THAT YOU HOLD THE CONTRACT ARE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE
GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL ADJUSTMENT. IF YOU ANTICIPATE MAKING PURCHASE PAYMENTS
AFTER 120 DAYS, YOU SHOULD UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH PAYMENTS WILL NOT INCREASE THE
GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL ADJUSTMENT. However, because purchase payments made after
120 days will increase your Account Balance, such payments may have a
significant impact on whether or not a Guaranteed Principal Adjustment is due.
Therefore, GMIB Plus II may not be appropriate for You if You intend to make
additional purchase payments after the 120-day period and are purchasing the
GMIB Plus II for this feature.
The Guaranteed Principal Adjustment will never be less than zero. IF THE
GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL OPTION IS EXERCISED, THE GMIB PLUS II WILL TERMINATE AS OF
THE DATE THE OPTION TAKES EFFECT AND NO ADDITIONAL GMIB CHARGES WILL APPLY
THEREAFTER. The Contract, however, will continue, and the GMIB Plus II
allocation restrictions, described above, will no longer apply. If You elected
both the GMIB Plus II and the EDB I, the EDB I investment allocation
restrictions described in "Investment Allocation Restrictions For Certain
Optional Benefits" will continue to apply as long as the EDB I optional benefit
has not terminated.
The Guaranteed Principal Option is not available in the state of Washington.
EXERCISING THE GMIB PLUS II. If You exercise the GMIB Plus II, You must select
to receive income payments under one of the following income types:
(1)Lifetime Income Annuity with a 5-Year Guarantee Period .
(2)Lifetime Income Annuity for Two with a 5-Year Guarantee Period . Based on
Federal tax rules, this option is not available for qualified Contracts
where the difference in ages of the joint Annuitants, who are
non-spouses, is greater than 10 years. See "Pay-Out Options (or Income
Options.)" (For Contracts issued in New York State, this income type is
only available if the youngest Annuitant's attained age is 35 or older).
These options are described in the Contract and the GMIB Plus II.
The GMIB Annuity Table is specified in the rider. This table is calculated
based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with 10 years of mortality
improvement based on projection Scale AA and a 10 year age set back with
interest of 1.0% per year. As with other pay-out types, the amount You receive
as an income payment also depends on the income payment type You select, your
age, and your sex (where permitted under state law). The annuity rates for
attained ages 86 or 90 are the same as those for attained age 85. THE ANNUITY
RATES IN THE GMIB ANNUITY TABLE ARE CONSERVATIVE AND A WITHDRAWAL CHARGE MAY BE
APPLICABLE, SO THE AMOUNT OF GUARANTEED MINIMUM LIFETIME INCOME THAT THE GMIB
PRODUCES MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF ANNUITY INCOME THAT WOULD BE PROVIDED
BY APPLYING YOUR ACCOUNT BALANCE ON YOUR ANNUITY DATE TO THEN CURRENT ANNUITY
PURCHASE RATES.
If You exercise the GMIB Plus II, your income payments will be the greater of:
the income payment determined by applying the amount of the income base to the
GMIB Annuity Table, or the income payment determined for the same income
payment type in accordance with the base Contract. (See "Pay-out Options (or
Income Options).")
IF THE AMOUNT OF THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM LIFETIME INCOME THAT THE GMIB PLUS II
PRODUCES IS LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF ANNUITY INCOME THAT WOULD BE PROVIDED BY
APPLYING ACCOUNT BALANCE ON THE ANNUITY DATE TO THE THEN CURRENT ANNUITY
PURCHASE RATES, THEN YOU WOULD HAVE PAID FOR A BENEFIT THAT YOU DID NOT USE.
79
If You take a full withdrawal of your Account Balance, your Contract is
terminated by us due to its small Account Balance and inactivity (see "When We
Can Cancel Your Deferred Annuity"), or your Contract lapses and there remains
any income base, we will commence making income payments within 30 days of the
date of the full withdrawal, termination or lapse. In such cases, your income
payments under this benefit, if any, will be determined using the income base
after any applicable withdrawal adjustment that was taken on account of the
withdrawal, termination or lapse.
ENHANCED PAYOUT RATES (DOES NOT APPLY TO CONTRACTS ISSUED IN NEW YORK
STATE). The GMIB payout rates are enhanced under either of the following
circumstances, if:
(a)You take no withdrawals prior to age 62;
(b)your Account Balance is fully withdrawn or decreases to zero on or after
age 62 and there is an income base remaining; and
(c)the income type You select is the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 5-Year
Guarantee Period;
Then the annual income payments under the GMIB Plus II will equal or exceed
5.5% of the income base (calculated on the date the payments are determined).
For example, if an Owner dies and the Owner's spouse (age 89 or younger) is the
Beneficiary of the Contract, the spouse may elect to continue the Contract and
the GMIB Plus II. If the spouse elects to continue the Contract and the Owner
had begun to take withdrawals prior to his or her death, and the Owner was
older than the spouse, the spouse's eligibility for the enhanced payout rates
described above is based on the Owner's age when the withdrawals began. For
example, if an Owner had begun to take withdrawals at age 62 and subsequently
died, if that Owner's spouse continued the Contract and the GMIB Plus II, the
spouse would be eligible for the 5.5% enhanced payout rate described above,
even if the spouse were younger than age 62 at the time the Contract was
continued. If the spouse elects to continue the Contract and the Owner had not
taken any withdrawals prior to his or her death, the spouse's eligibility for
the enhanced payout rates described above is based on the spouse's age when the
spouse begins to take withdrawals.
Similarly if;
(a)You take no withdrawals prior to age 60;
(b)your Account Balance is fully withdrawn or decreases to zero on or after
age 60 and there is an income base remaining; and
(c)the income type You select is the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 5-Year
Guarantee Period.
Then the annual income payments under the GMIB Plus II will equal or exceed 5%
of the income base (calculated on the date the payments are determined).
If You choose not to receive income payments as guaranteed under the GMIB Plus
II, You may elect any of the pay-out options under the Contract.
If the income base being annuitized is less than $5,000, we reserve the right
to make one lump sum payment to You instead of income payments. If the amount
of the initial income payment would be less than $100, we may reduce the
frequency of payments so that the payment is a minimum of $100, but not less
frequently then annually.
80
TERMINATING THE GMIB PLUS II. Except as otherwise provided, the GMIB Plus II
will terminate upon the earliest of:
(a)The 30th day following the Contract Anniversary on or following your 90th
birthday;
(b)The date You make a complete withdrawal of your Account Balance (if there
is an income base remaining You will receive payments based on the
remaining income base) (a pro rata portion of the annual optional benefit
charge will be assessed).
(c)The date You elect to receive income payments under the Contract and You
do not elect to receive payments under the GMIB Plus II (a pro rata
portion of the annual optional benefit charge will be assessed);
(d)Death of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (unless the spouse
(aged 89 or younger) is the Beneficiary and elects to continue the
Contract), or death of the Annuitant if a non-natural person owns the
Contract;
(e)A change for any reason of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (or
Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person), subject to our
administrative procedures; (a pro rata portion of the annual optional
benefit charge will be assessed);
(f)The effective date of the Guaranteed Principal Option; or
(g)The date You assign your Contract, subject to our administrative
procedures (a pro rata portion of the annual optional benefit charge will
be assessed).
Under our current administrative procedures, we will waive the termination of
the GMIB Plus II if You assign a portion of the Contract under the following
limited circumstances. If the assignment is solely for your benefit on account
of your direct transfer of the Account Balance under Section 1035 of the Code
to fund premiums for a long term care insurance policy or purchase payments for
an annuity Contract issued by an insurance company which is not our affiliate
and which is licensed to conduct business in any state. All such direct
transfers are subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charges.
When the GMIB Plus II terminates, the corresponding GMIB Plus II charge
terminates and GMIB Plus II investment restrictions no longer apply.
For Contracts issued in all states except New York from February 24, 2009
through May 1, 2009, the following differences apply:
(1)The GMIB Annuity Table is calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table with a 7-year age set back with interest of 1.5% per year;
(2)The GMIB payout rates are enhanced to be at least (a) 6% of the income base
(calculated on the date the payments are determined) in the event: (i) You
take no withdrawals prior to age 62; (ii) your Account Balance is fully
withdrawn or decreases to zero on or after age 62 and there is an income
base remaining; and (iii) the annuity option You select is the Lifetime
Income Annuity with a 10-Year Guarantee Period, or (b) 5% of the income base
(calculated on the date the payments are determined) if: (i) You take no
withdrawals prior to age 60; (ii) your Account Balance is fully withdrawn or
decreases to zero on or after age 60 and there is an income base remaining;
and (iii) You select the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 10-Year Guarantee
Period;
(3)Different investment allocation restrictions apply;
(4)The annual increase rate is 6% through the Contract Anniversary immediately
prior to your 91st birthday, and 0% per year thereafter;
(5)If total withdrawals in a Contract Year are 6% or less of the Annual
Increase Amount on the issue date or on the prior Contract Anniversary after
the first Contract Year, and if these withdrawals are paid to You (or the
Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-natural person) or to another
payee we agree to, the total withdrawal adjustments for that
81
Contract Year will be set equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) in that Contract Year; and
(6)The fixed annuity options are the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 10 year
Guaranteed Period (if You choose to start the annuity option after age 79,
the year of the guarantee period component of the annuity option is reduced
to: 9 years at age 80, 8 years at age 81, 7 years at age 82, 6 years at age
83, or 5 years at ages 84 through 90) or the Lifetime Income Annuity for Two
with a 10 Year Guarantee Period. (Based upon Federal tax rules, this option
is not available for qualified Contracts where the difference in ages of the
joint Annuitants, who are non-spouses, is greater than 10 years).
(7)If your Income Base is increased due to an Optional Step-Up on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, we currently will increase
the rider charge to 1.20% of the Income Base, applicable after the Contract
Anniversary on which the Optional Step-Up occurs.
For Contracts issued in New York State on or before May 1, 2009, the following
differences apply:
(1) The annual increase rate is 6% through the Contract Anniversary immediately
prior to your 91st birthday, and 0% per year thereafter;
(2) The GMIB annuity rates for attained ages 85-90 are the same as those for
attained age 84;
(3) Different investment allocation restrictions apply;
(4) The Lifetime Income Annuity for Two income option type is only available if
the oldest Annuitant's attained age is 55 or older;
(5) The Annual Increase Amount shall not exceed 190% of total purchase payments
or, if greater, 190% of the Annual Increase Amount as of the most recent
Optional Step-Up;
(6) If total withdrawals in a Contract Year are 6% or less of the Annual
Increase Amount on the issue date or on the prior Contract Anniversary
after the first Contract Year, and if these withdrawals are paid to You (or
the Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-natural person) or to
another payee we agree to, the total withdrawal adjustments for that
Contract Year will be set equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) in that Contract Year; and
(7) The GMIB Annuity Table is calculated based upon the Annuity Mortality Table
with a 7-year age set back with interest of 1.5% per year.
(8) If your Income Base is increased due to an Optional Step-Up on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, we currently will increase
the rider charge to 1.15% of the Income Base, applicable after the Contract
Anniversary on which the Optional Step-Up occurs.
For Contracts issued in all states except New York on or before February 23,
2009, the GMIB Annuity Table is calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table with a 7-year age set back with interest of 2.5% per year; the GMIB
payout rates are enhanced to be at least 6% of the Annual Increase Amount
(calculated on the date the payments are determined) in the event: (i) You take
no withdrawals prior to age 60; (ii) your Account Balance is fully withdrawn or
decreases to zero on or after age 60 and there is an income base remaining; and
(iii) the annuity option You select is the Lifetime Income Annuity with a
10-Year Guarantee Period and differences (3) through (7) in the non-New York
version apply.
82
Notes on Graphs and Examples:
The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the GMIB Plus
II. The investment results shown are hypothetical and are not representative of
past or future performance. Actual investment results may be more or less than
those shown and will depend upon a number of factors, including investment
allocations and the investment experience of the Investment Divisions chosen.
THE EXAMPLES DO NOT REFLECT THE DEDUCTION OF FEES AND CHARGES, WITHDRAWAL
CHARGES OR INCOME TAXES AND TAX PENALTIES.
(1)WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENTS TO ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT
Dollar-for-dollar adjustment when withdrawal is less than or equal to 5% of
the Annual Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary
Assume the initial purchase payment is $100,000 and the GMIB Plus II is
selected. Assume that during the first Contract Year, $5,000 is withdrawn.
Because the withdrawal is less than or equal to 5% of the Annual Increase
Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary, the Annual Increase Amount is
reduced by the withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis to $100,000 ($100,000
increased by 5% per year, compounded annually, less $5,000 = $100,000).
Assuming no other purchase payments or withdrawals are made before the
second Contract Anniversary, the Annual Increase Amount at the second
Contract Anniversary will be $105,000 ($100,000 increased by 5% per year,
compounded annually).
Proportionate adjustment when withdrawal is greater than 5% of the Annual
Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary
Assume the initial purchase payment is $100,000 and the GMIB Plus II is
selected. Assume the Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is
$100,000. The Annual Increase Amount at the first Contract Anniversary will
be $105,000 ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually). Assume
that on the first Contract Anniversary, $10,000 is withdrawn (leaving an
Account Balance of $90,000). Because the withdrawal is greater than 5% of
the Annual Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary, the Annual
Increase Amount is reduced by the value of the Annual Increase Amount
immediately prior to the withdrawal ($105,000) multiplied by the percentage
reduction in the Account Balance attributed to that entire withdrawal: 10%
(the $10,000 withdrawal reduced the $100,000 Account Balance by 10%).
Therefore, the new Annual Increase Amount is $94,500 ($105,000 x 10% =
$10,500; $105,000 - $10,500 = $94,500). (If multiple withdrawals are made
during a Contract Year -- for example, two $5,000 withdrawals instead of one
$10,000 withdrawal -- and those withdrawals total more than 5% of the Annual
Increase Amount from the prior Contract Anniversary, the Annual Increase
Amount is reduced proportionately by each of the withdrawals made during
that Contract Year and there will be no dollar-for-dollar withdrawal
adjustment for the Contract Year.) Assuming no other purchase payments or
withdrawals are made before the second Contract Anniversary, the Annual
Increase Amount at the second Contract Anniversary will be $99,225 ($94,500
increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
(2)THE ANNUAL INCREASE AMOUNT
Example
Assume the owner of the Contract is a male, age 55 at issue, and he elects
the GMIB Plus II. He makes an initial purchase payment of $100,000, and
makes no additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals. On the
Contract issue date, the Annual Increase Amount is equal to $100,000 (the
initial purchase payment). The Annual Increase Amount is calculated at each
Contract Anniversary (through the Contract Anniversary prior to the owner's
91st birthday). At the tenth Contract Anniversary, when the owner is age 65,
the Annual Increase Amount is $162,889 ($100,000 increased by 5% per year,
compounded annually). See section (3) below for an example of the
calculation of the Highest Anniversary Value.
83
Determining a value upon which future income payments will be based
Assume that You make an initial purchase payment of $100,000. Prior to
annuitization, your Account Balance fluctuates above and below your initial
purchase payment depending on the investment performance of the Investment
Divisions You selected. Your purchase payments accumulate at the annual
increase rate of 5%, until the Contract Anniversary on or immediately after
the Contract Owner's 90th birthday (for Contracts issued in New York State,
the Annual Increase Amount is subject to a 270% maximum increase
limitation). Your purchase payments are also adjusted for any withdrawals
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) made during this period. The
line (your purchase payments accumulated at 5% a year adjusted for
withdrawals and charges "the Annual Increase Amount") is the value upon
which future income payments can be based.
[GRAPHIC]
Determining your guaranteed lifetime income stream
Assume that You decide to annuitize your Contract and begin taking income
payments after 20 years. In this example, your Annual Increase Amount is
higher than the Highest Anniversary Value and will produce a higher income
benefit. Accordingly, the Annual Increase Amount will be applied to the
annuity pay-out rates in the GMIB Annuity Table to determine your lifetime
income payments. THE INCOME BASE IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR CASH WITHDRAWALS AND
IS ONLY USED FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATING THE GMIB PAYMENT AND THE CHARGE FOR
THE BENEFIT.
[GRAPHIC]
(3)THE "HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE" ("HAV")
Example
Assume, as in the example in section (2) above, the owner of the Contract is
a male, age 55 at issue, and he elects GMIB Plus II. He makes an initial
purchase payment of $100,000, and makes no additional purchase payments or
partial withdrawals. On the Contract issue date, the Highest Anniversary
Value is equal to $100,000 (the initial purchase payment). Assume the
Account Balance on the first Contract Anniversary is $108,000 due to good
market performance. Because the Account Balance is greater than the Highest
Anniversary Value ($100,000), the Highest Anniversary Value is set equal to
the Account Balance ($108,000). Assume the Account Balance on the second
Contract Anniversary is $102,000 due to poor market performance. Because the
Account Balance is less than the Highest Anniversary Value ($108,000), the
Highest Anniversary Value remains $108,000.
Assume this process is repeated on each Contract Anniversary until the tenth
Contract Anniversary, when the Account Balance is $155,000 and the Highest
Anniversary Value is $150,000. The Highest Anniversary Value is set equal to
the Account Balance ($155,000). See section (4) below for an example of the
exercise of GMIB Plus II.
84
Determining a value upon which future income payments will be based
Prior to annuitization, the Highest Anniversary Value begins to lock in
growth. The Highest Anniversary Value is adjusted upward each Contract
Anniversary if the Account Balance at that time is greater than the amount
of the current Highest Anniversary Value. Upward adjustments will continue
until the Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the Contract Owner's
81st birthday. The Highest Anniversary Value also is adjusted for any
withdrawals taken (including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) or any
additional payments made. The Highest Anniversary Value line is the value
upon which future income payments can be based.
[CHART]
Determining your guaranteed lifetime income stream
Assume that You decide to annuitize your Contract and begin taking annuity
payments after 20 years. In this example, the Highest Anniversary Value is
higher than the Account Balance. Accordingly, the Highest Anniversary Value
will be applied to the annuity payout rates in the GMIB Annuity Table to
determine your lifetime income payments. THE INCOME BASE IS NOT AVAILABLE
FOR CASH WITHDRAWALS AND IS ONLY USED FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATING THE GMIB
PAYMENT AND THE CHARGE FOR THE BENEFIT.
[GRAPHIC]
(4)PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER
Example
Continuing the examples in sections (2) and (3) above, assume the Contract
Owner chooses to exercise the GMIB Plus II at the tenth Contract Anniversary
and elects a Lifetime Income Annuity with a 5-Year Guarantee Period. Because
the 5% Annual Increase Amount ($162,889) is greater than the Highest
Anniversary Value ($155,000), the 5% Annual Increase Amount ($162,889) is
used as the income base. The income base of $162,889 is applied to the GMIB
Annuity Table. This yields income payments of $591 per month for life, with
a minimum of 5 years guaranteed. (If the same owner were instead age 70, the
income base of $162,889 would yield monthly payments of $673; if the
Contract Owner were age 75, the income base of $162,889 would yield monthly
payments of $785.)
85
Assume the Contract Owner, a New York resident, chooses to exercise the GMIB
Plus II optional benefit at the 21st Contract Anniversary and elects a
Lifetime Income Annuity with a 5-Year Guarantee Period. Assume the Account
Balance has declined due to poor market performance. The 5% Annual Increase
Amount would be limited to the maximum of 270% of the total purchase
payments, which equals $270,000. Because the 5% Annual Increase Amount
($270,000) is greater than the Highest Anniversary Value ($150,000), the 5%
Annual Increase Amount ($270,000) is used as the income base. The income
base of $270,000 is applied to the GMIB Annuity Table. This yields income
payments of $1,345 per month for life, with a minimum of 5 years guaranteed.
(If the same Contract Owner were instead age 81, the income base of $270,000
would yield monthly payments of $1,607; if the Contract Owner were age 86,
the income base of $270,000 would yield monthly payments of $1,877.)
The above example does not take into account the impact of premium and other
taxes. As with other pay out types, the amount You receive as an income
payment depends on the income type You select, your age, and (where
permitted by state law) your sex. THE INCOME BASE IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR CASH
WITHDRAWALS AND IS ONLY USED FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATING THE GMIB PAYMENT
AND THE CHARGE FOR THE BENEFIT.
Prior to annuitization, the two calculations (the 5% Annual Increase Amount
and the Highest Anniversary Value) work together to protect your future
income. Upon annuitization of the Contract, You will receive income payments
for life and the Annual Increase Amount, Highest Anniversary Value and the
Account Balance will cease to exist. Also, the GMIB Plus II may only be
exercised no later than the Contract Anniversary on or following the
Contract Owner's 90th birthday, after a 10 year waiting period, and then
only within a 30 day period following the Contract Anniversary.
[CHART]
With the GMIB, the income base is applied to special, conservative GMIB
annuity purchase factors, which are guaranteed at the time the Contract is
issued. HOWEVER, IF THEN-CURRENT ANNUITY PURCHASE FACTORS APPLIED TO THE
ACCOUNT BALANCE WOULD PRODUCE A GREATER AMOUNT OF INCOME, THEN YOU WILL
RECEIVE THE GREATER AMOUNT. IN OTHER WORDS, WHEN YOU ANNUITIZE YOUR CONTRACT
YOU WILL RECEIVE WHATEVER AMOUNT PRODUCES THE GREATEST INCOME PAYMENT.
THEREFORE, IF YOUR ACCOUNT BALANCE WOULD PROVIDE GREATER INCOME THAN WOULD
THE AMOUNT PROVIDED UNDER THE GMIB, YOU WILL HAVE PAID FOR THE GMIB ALTHOUGH
IT WAS NEVER USED.
[CHART]
(5)THE GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL OPTION -- GRAPH AND EXAMPLE
Initial investment is $100,000. Assume that no withdrawals are taken. Assume
that Account Balance at the 10th Contract Anniversary is $50,000 due to poor
market performance, and the Guaranteed Principal Option is exercised at this
time.
86
The effect of exercising the Guaranteed Principal Option:
(1)A Guaranteed Principal Adjustment of $100,000 - $50,000 = $50,000 is added
to the Account Balance 30 days after the 10th Contract Anniversary bringing
it back up to $100,000.
(2)The GMIB Plus II benefit and the benefit charge terminate as of the date
that the adjustment is made to the Account Balance; the Contract continues.
(3)The GMIB Plus II allocation and transfer restrictions terminate as of the
date that the adjustment is made to the Account Balance (except if the GMIB
Plus II was elected with the EDB I, the investment allocation restrictions
described above will continue to apply as long as the EDB I has not
terminated).
[CHART]
* Withdrawals reduce the original purchase payment (I.E., those payments
credited within 120 days of the Contract's issue date) proportionately and,
therefore, may have a significant impact on the amount of the Guaranteed
Principal Adjustment.
(6)THE OPTIONAL STEP-UP: OPTIONAL AUTOMATIC ANNUAL STEP-UP
Assume your initial investment is $100,000 and no withdrawals are taken. The
Annual Increase Amount of the GMIB Plus II Income Base increases to $105,000 on
the first anniversary ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
Assume your Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is $110,000 due
to good market performance, and You elected Optional Step-Ups to occur under
the Optional Automatic Annual Step-Up feature prior to the first Contract
Anniversary. Because your Account Balance is higher than your Annual Increase
Amount of the Income Base, an Optional Step-Up will automatically occur.
The effect of the Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base automatically resets from
$105,000 to $110,000;
(2)The 10-year waiting period to annuitize the Contract is reset to 10 years
from the first Contract Anniversary;
(3)The charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for the same
optional benefit at that time; and
(4)The Guaranteed Principal Option can still be elected on the 10th Contract
Anniversary.
The Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base increases to $115,500 on the
second anniversary ($110,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
Assume your Account Balance at the second Contract Anniversary is $120,000 due
to good market performance, and You have not discontinued the Automatic Annual
Step-Up feature. Because your Account Balance is higher than your Annual
Increase Amount of the Income Base, an Optional Step-Up will automatically
occur.
The effect of the Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base automatically resets from
$115,500 to $120,000;
87
(2)The 10-year waiting period to annuitize the Contract is reset to 10 years
from the second Contract Anniversary;
(3)The charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for the same
optional benefit at that time; and
(4)The Guaranteed Principal Option can still be elected on the 10th Contract
Anniversary.
Assume your Account Balance increases by $10,000 at each Contract Anniversary
in years three through seven. At each Contract Anniversary, your Account
Balance would exceed the Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base and an
Optional Step-Up would automatically occur (provided You had not discontinued
the Automatic Annual Step-Up feature, and other requirements were met).
The effect of each Optional Step-Up is:
(1)The Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base automatically resets to the
higher Account Balance;
(2)The 10-year waiting period to annuitize the Contract is reset to 10 years
from the date of the Optional Step-Up;
(3)The charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract Owners for the same
optional benefit at the time; and
(4)The Guaranteed Principal Option can still be elected on the 10th Contract
Anniversary.
After the seventh Contract Anniversary, the initial Optional Automatic Annual
Step-Up election expires. Assume You do not make a new election of the Optional
Automatic Annual Step-Up. The Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base
increases to $178,500 on the eighth anniversary ($170,000 increased by 5% per
year, compounded annually). Assume your Account Balance at the eighth Contract
Anniversary is $160,000 due to poor market performance. An Optional Step-Up is
NOT permitted because your Account Balance is lower than your Annual Increase
Amount of the Income Base. However, because the Optional Step-Up has locked-in
previous gains, the Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base remains at
$178,500 despite poor market performance, and, provided the benefit continues
in effect, will continue to grow at 5% annually (subject to adjustments for
additional purchase payments and/or withdrawals) through the Contract
Anniversary on or after your 90th birthday (for Contracts issued in New York
State, the Annual Increase Amount is subject to a 270% maximum increase
limitation). Also, please note:
(1)The 10-year waiting period to annuitize the Contract remains at the 17th
Contract Anniversary (10 years from the date of the last Optional Step-Up);
(2)The charge remains at its current level; and
(3)The Guaranteed Principal Option can still be elected on the 10th Contract
Anniversary.
[CHART]
88
DESCRIPTION OF GMIB PLUS I
The GMIB Plus I is no longer available for purchase. The GMIB Plus I was
available only for Contract Owners up through age 75, and You could only have
elected GMIB Plus I at the time You purchased the Contract. GMIB Plus I may be
exercised after a 10-year waiting period and then only within 30 days following
a Contract Anniversary, provided that the exercise must occur no later than the
30-day period following the Contract Anniversary on or following the owner's
85th birthday.
GMIB Plus I is otherwise identical to GMIB Plus II, with the following
exceptions:
(1)The GMIB Plus I Income Base is calculated as described above, except that
the annual increase rate is 6% per year through the Contract Anniversary
on or following the owner's 85th birthday and 0% thereafter.
(2)An "Optional Step-Up" under the GMIB Plus II is referred to as an
"Optional Reset" under the GMIB Plus I. An Optional Reset is permitted
only if: (1) the Account Balance exceeds the Annual Increase Amount
immediately before the reset; and (2) the Contract Owner (or oldest joint
Contract Owner or Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-natural
person) is not older than age 75 on the date of the Optional Reset.
(3)If your income base is increased due to an Optional Reset on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, we currently will
increase the rider charge to 1.20% of the Income Base, applicable after
the Contract Anniversary on which the Optional Reset occurs.
(4)Termination provision g) above does not apply and the following replaces
termination provision a), above:
The 30th day following the Contract Anniversary on or following your 85th
birthday.
and the following replaces provision d) above:
Death of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (unless the spouse
(age 84 or younger) is the Beneficiary and elects to continue the
Contract), or the death of the Annuitant if a non-natural person owns the
Contract.
(5)If You elect the GMIB Plus I, You are limited to allocating your purchase
payments and Account Balance among the following funding options:
(a)MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division,
(b)MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Investment Division,
(c)MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division,
(d)MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Investment Division,
(e)American Funds(R) Moderation Allocation Investment Division,
(f)American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Investment Division,
(g)American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Investment Division,
(h)MetLife Growth Strategy Investment Division,
(i)Fixed Account,
(j)SSgA Growth ETF Investment Division,
(k)SSgA Growth and Income ETF Investment Division,
(l)BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (where available),
(m)AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Investment Division,
89
(n)AQR Global Risk Balanced Investment Division,
(o)BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Investment Division,
(p)Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Investment Division,
(q)JPMorgan Global Active Allocation Investment Division,
(r)MetLife Balanced Plus Investment Division,
(s)Schroders Global Multi-Asset Investment Division,
(t)Pyramis(R) Government Income Investment Division,
(u)Barclays Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division,
(v)Pyramis(R) Managed Risk Investment Division, and
(w)MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Investment Division.
(6)The Guaranteed Principal Option may be exercised starting with the tenth
Contract Anniversary prior to the Contract Owner's 86th birthday.
(7)We reserve the right to prohibit an Optional Reset if we no longer offer
this benefit for a class of the Contract. We are waiving this right with
respect to purchasers of the Contract offered by this prospectus who
elect or have elected the GMIB Plus I benefit and will allow Optional
Resets by those purchasers even if this benefit is no longer offered for
a class of the Contract.
(8)If You exercise the GMIB Plus I benefit under the life annuity with 10
years of annuity payments guaranteed option, the Guaranteed Period is 5
years for ages 84-85.
(9)If You exercise the GMIB Plus I benefit under the life annuity, 10 years
of annuity payments are guaranteed.
(10)If approved in your state, the GMIB payout rates are enhanced to be at
least 6% of the income base (calculated on the date the payments are
determined) in the event; (i) You take no withdrawals prior to age 60;
(ii) your Account Balance is fully withdrawn or decreases to zero on or
after age 60 and there is no income base remaining; and (iii) the annuity
option You select is the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 10-Year Guarantee
Period.
(11)The GMIB Annuity Table is calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table with a 7-year age set back with interest of 2.5% per year.
You may elect to participate in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program,
provided that your destination Investment Divisions are one or more of the
above-listed investment choices.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the GMIB Plus I are restricted as described in "Your
Investment Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I,
GMIB Plus I, GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
For Contracts issued prior to JULY 16, 2007, the GMIB Plus II payout rates
described in (10) above will not be applied.
For Contracts issued prior to FEBRUARY 26, 2007, we offered a version of the
GMIB Plus I that is no longer available. This prior version of the GMIB Plus I
differs from the current version with respect to the calculation of the Annual
Increase Amount and the applicable benefit charge. Specifically: (1) for
purposes of calculating the Annual Increase Amount, (a) the annual increase
rate is 5% per year through the Contract Anniversary on or following the
Owner's 85th birthday, and (b) the amount of total withdrawal adjustments for a
Contract Year as calculated in paragraph "a" of the "Income Base'' section
above will be set equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals in such
Contract Year provided that such
90
total withdrawals do not exceed 5% of the Annual Increase Amount on the issue
date or on the prior Contract Anniversary after the first Contract Year; and
(2) the additional charge for the GMIB Plus I is 0.75% of the Income Base (with
a maximum Optional Reset charge of 1.50% of the Income Base applicable upon the
exercise of the Optional Reset feature). If your Income Base is increased due
to an Optional Reset on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or
later, we currently will increase the rider charge to 1.00% of the Income Base,
applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Optional Reset occurs.
EXAMPLE
THE OPTIONAL STEP-UP
Assume your initial purchase payment is $100,000 and no withdrawals are taken.
The 5% Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base increases to $105,000 on the
first Contract Anniversary ($100,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded
annually). Assume your Account Balance at the first Contract Anniversary is
$110,000 due to good market performance, and You elect an Optional Step-Up.
The effect of the Optional Step-Up election is:
(1)The 5% Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base resets from $105,000 to
$110,000;
(2)The 10-year waiting period to annuitize the Contract under the GMIB Plus I
is reset to 10 years from the first Contract Anniversary;
(3)The charge is reset to the fee we charge new Contract owners at that time;
(4)The Guaranteed Principal Option can still be elected on the 10th Contract
Anniversary; and
The 5% Annual Increase Amount of the Income Base increases to $115,500 on the
second anniversary ($110,000 increased by 5% per year, compounded annually).
Assume your Account Balance at the second Contract Anniversary is $112,000 due
to poor market performance. You may NOT elect an Optional Step-Up at this time,
because the Account Balance is less than the 5% Annual Increase Amount of the
Income Base.
For Contracts issued prior to FEBRUARY 27, 2006, You may elect an Optional
Step-Up as described above, except that: 1) You may elect an Optional Reset on
any Contract Anniversary only on or after the third Contract Anniversary, and
You may then elect an Optional Reset at any subsequent Contract Anniversary
only if it has been at least three years since the last Optional Reset; and 2)
You are required to affirmatively elect an Optional Reset in accordance with
the procedures described above, the Automatic Annual Step-Up feature is not
available. Subject to state approval, we will enhance your Contract to change
the frequency of the resets from every third Contract Anniversary to each
Contract Anniversary and You will also be able to elect Optional Automatic
Resets under the Automatic Annual Step-Ups, following the same procedure, as
described above. The optional benefit charge for this prior version of the GMIB
Plus I is 0.75% of the guaranteed minimum Income Base. If your Income Base is
increased due to an Optional Reset on a Contract Anniversary occurring on July
1, 2012 or later, We currently will increase the optional benefit charge to
1.00% of the Income Base, applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which
the Optional Reset occurs.
DESCRIPTION OF GMIB II
The GMIB II is no longer available for purchase. The GMIB II was available only
for Contract Owners up through age 75, and You could have only elected the GMIB
II at the time You purchased the Contract. The GMIB II may be exercised after a
10-year waiting period and then only within 30 days following a Contract
Anniversary, provided that the exercise must occur no later than the 30-day
period following the Contract Anniversary on or following the owner's 85th
birthday.
91
The GMIB II is otherwise identical to the GMIB Plus II, with the following
exceptions:
(1)The additional charge for GMIB II is 0.50%
(2)The GMIB II Income Base is calculated as described above, except that,
for purposes of calculating the Annual Increase Amount:
a. the annual increase rate is 5% per year through the Contract
Anniversary on or following the owner's 85th birthday and 0%
thereafter, and
b. the amount of total withdrawal adjustments for a Contract Year as
calculated in paragraph "a" of the "Income Base" section of
"Description of GMIB Plus II" above will be set equal to the dollar
amount of total withdrawals (including any applicable Withdrawal
Charge) in such Contract Year provided that such total withdrawals do
not exceed 5% of the Annual Increase Amount on the issue date or on
the prior Contract Anniversary after the first Contract Year.
(3)There is no Guaranteed Principal Option.
(4)There is no Optional Step-Up feature.
(5)There are no limitations to how You may allocate your purchase payments
and Account Balance among the investment choices.
(6)The following replaces termination provision a), above:
The 30th day following the Contract Anniversary on or following your 85th
birthday.
(7)The following replaces termination provision e), above:
A change for any reason of the owner or joint owner or the Annuitant if a
non-natural person owns the Contract.
(8)Termination provisions, f) and g) above, do not apply.
(9)The fixed annuity options are the Lifetime Income Annuity with a 10-year
Guarantee Period (if You choose to annuitize after age 79, the Guarantee
Period is reduced to: 9 years at age 80, 8 years at age 81, 7 years at
age 82, 6 years at age 83, or 5 years at age 84 and 85) or the Lifetime
Income Annuity for Two with a 10-year Guarantee Period. (not available
for qualified Contracts where the difference in ages of the joint
Annuitants, who are non-spouses, is greater than 10 years)
(10)The following replaces termination provision d) above: Death of the owner
or joint owner unless the spouse (age 84 or younger) is the Beneficiary
and elects to continue the Contract, or death of the Annuitant if a
non-natural person owns the Contract.
(11)There are no enhanced payout rates.
(12)The GMIB Annuity Table is calculated based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table with a 7-year age set back with interest of 2.5% per year.
(13)Subsequent purchase payments are not currently restricted under the GMIB
II.
DESCRIPTION OF GMIB I
The GMIB I is no longer available for purchase. In states where GMIB I was
approved and GMIB II had not been approved You could have only elected the GMIB
I at the time You purchased the Contract and if You were age 75 or less. Once
elected, this optional benefit cannot be terminated except as described below.
The GMIB I may be exercised after a 10-year waiting period, up through age 85,
within 30 days following a Contract Anniversary.
92
The GMIB I is identical to the GMIB II, with the following exceptions:
(1)The GMIB I Income Base is calculated as described above in "Description
of GMIB Plus II -- Income Base", except that:
a) Withdrawals may be payable as You direct without affecting the
withdrawal adjustments;
b) The annual increase rate is 6% per year through the Contract
Anniversary immediately prior to the owner's 81st birthday and 0%
thereafter; and
(c)If total withdrawals in a Contract Year are 6% or less of the Annual
Increase Amount on the issue date or previous Contract Anniversary, if
later, the total withdrawal adjustments for the Contract Year will be
set equal to the dollar amount of total withdrawals in that Contract
Year.
(2)The following replaces termination provision d), above:
Death of the owner or death of the Annuitant if a non-natural person owns
the Contract.
(3)If You take a full withdrawal of your Account Balance, your Contract is
terminated by us due to its small Account Balance and inactivity or your
Contract lapses, the GMIB I terminates (even if there remains any income
base) and no payments will be made under the benefit. For more
information on when we may or may not terminate Your Deferred Annuity see
"When We Can Cancel Your Deferred Annuity."
(4)Subsequent purchase payments under the GMIB I are restricted as described
in "Your Investment Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase
Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I, GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG
I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
We currently waive the contractual requirement that terminates the GMIB I in
the event of the death of the owner in circumstances where the spouse of the
owner elects to continue the Contract. See "Death Benefit -- Generally." In
such event, the GMIB I will automatically continue unless the spouse elects to
terminate the rider. We are permanently waiving this requirement with respect
to purchasers of the Contract offered by this Prospectus who have elected GMIB
I.
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS
We offer optional guaranteed withdrawal benefits for an additional charge.
There are four Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits, two versions of the GWB and two
versions of the LWG under this Contract:
. Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee II ("LWG II")
. Lifetime Withdrawal Guarantee I ("LWG I")
. Enhanced Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit ("Enhanced GWB")
. Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit I ("GWB I")
None of the LWGs or the GWBs are available for sale.
Each of the guaranteed withdrawal benefits guarantees that the entire amount of
purchase payments You make will be returned to You through a series of
withdrawals that You may begin taking immediately or at a later time, provided
withdrawals in any Contract Year do not exceed the maximum amount allowed. This
means that, regardless of negative investment performance, You can take
specified annual withdrawals until the entire amount of the purchase payments
You made during the time period specified in your benefit has been returned to
You. Moreover, if You make your first withdrawal on or after the date You reach
age 59 1/2, the LWGs riders guarantee income, without annuitizing the Contract,
for your life (and, for Contracts not issued in New York State, the life of
your spouse, if the Joint Life version of this optional benefit was elected,
and your spouse elects to continue the Contract and is at least age 59 1/2 at
continuation), even after the entire amount of purchase payments has been
returned. (See "Description of the LWG II" below.)
93
There may be versions of each optional guaranteed withdrawal benefit that vary
by issue date and state availability. In addition, a version may become
available (or unavailable) in different states at different times. Please check
with your registered representative regarding which version(s) are available in
your state. If You have already been issued a Contract, please check your
Contract and riders for the specific provisions applicable to You.
If You purchase a guaranteed withdrawal benefit, You must elect one version at
the time You purchase the Contract, prior to age 86. A maximum of two versions
of the GWBs are offered in any particular state. Please check with your
registered representative regarding which version(s) are available in your
state. You may not have this benefit and another living benefit (GMIB or GMAB)
or the EDB I in effect at the same time. Once elected, the optional benefit may
not be terminated except as stated below.
FACTS ABOUT GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS
MANAGING YOUR WITHDRAWALS. The GWB guarantee may be reduced if your annual
withdrawals or any amount applied to a pay-out option are greater than the
maximum amount allowed, called the Annual Benefit Payment, which is described
in more detail below. The GWB does not establish or guarantee an Account
Balance or minimum return for any Investment Division. THE BENEFIT BASE (AS
DESCRIBED BELOW) UNDER THE GWB I AND ENHANCED GWB AND THE REMAINING GUARANTEED
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (AS DESCRIBED BELOW) UNDER THE LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEES
CANNOT BE TAKEN AS A LUMP SUM. (However, if You cancel a Lifetime Withdrawal
Guarantee Benefit after a waiting period of at least fifteen years, the
Guaranteed Principal Adjustment will increase your Account Balance to the
purchase payments credited within the first 120 days of the date that we issue
the Contract, reduced proportionately for any withdrawals. See "Description of
the LWG II -- Cancellation and Guaranteed Principal Adjustment" below.) INCOME
TAXES AND PENALTIES MAY APPLY TO YOUR WITHDRAWALS, AND WITHDRAWAL CHARGES MAY
APPLY TO WITHDRAWALS DURING THE FIRST CONTRACT YEAR UNLESS YOU TAKE THE
NECESSARY STEPS TO ELECT TO TAKE SUCH WITHDRAWALS UNDER A SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL
PROGRAM. WITHDRAWAL CHARGES WILL ALSO APPLY TO WITHDRAWALS OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
THAT EXCEED THE FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT.
IF IN ANY CONTRACT YEAR YOU TAKE CUMULATIVE WITHDRAWALS THAT EXCEED THE ANNUAL
BENEFIT PAYMENT, THE TOTAL PAYMENTS THAT THE GWB GUARANTEES THAT YOU OR YOUR
BENEFICIARY WILL RECEIVE FROM THE CONTRACT OVER TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
INITIAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT FOR
THE LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEES). THIS REDUCTION MAY BE SIGNIFICANT AND
MEANS THAT RETURN OF YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS MAY BE LOST. THE GWB CHARGE WILL
CONTINUE TO BE DEDUCTED AND CALCULATED BASED ON THE GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL
AMOUNT (TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT FOR THE LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL
GUARANTEES) UNTIL TERMINATION OF THE OPTIONAL BENEFIT.
For purposes of calculating the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount or the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount (for the LWGs), purchase payment credits (I.E.,
bonus payments) are not included. In any event, withdrawals under the GWB will
reduce your Account Balance and death benefits.
CHARGES. If the LWG is in effect, we will continue to assess the GWB benefit
charge even in the case where your Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, as
described below, equals zero. However, if the GWB I or Enhanced GWB is in
effect, we will not continue to assess the GWB charge if your Benefit Base, as
described below, equals zero.
TAXES. Withdrawals of taxable amounts will be subject to ordinary income tax
and, if made prior to age 591/2, a 10% Federal income tax penalty may apply.
TAX TREATMENT. THE TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS UNDER THE GWB AND LWG IS
UNCERTAIN. IT IS CONCEIVABLE THAT THE AMOUNT OF POTENTIAL GAIN COULD BE
DETERMINED BASED ON THE BENEFIT BASE (REMAINING GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT
UNDER THE LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEES) AT THE TIME OF THE WITHDRAWAL, IF THE
BENEFIT BASE (OR REMAINING GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT) IS GREATER THAN THE
ACCOUNT BALANCE (PRIOR TO WITHDRAWAL CHARGES, IF
94
APPLICABLE). THIS COULD RESULT IN A GREATER AMOUNT OF TAXABLE INCOME REPORTED
UNDER A WITHDRAWAL AND CONCEIVABLY A LIMITED ABILITY TO RECOVER ANY REMAINING
BASIS IF THERE IS A LOSS ON SURRENDER OF THE CONTRACT. CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISER
PRIOR TO PURCHASE.
GWB, LWG AND DECEDENT CONTRACTS. If You are purchasing this Contract with a
non-taxable transfer of the death benefit proceeds of any annuity Contract or
IRA (or any other tax-qualified arrangement) of which You were the Beneficiary
and You are "stretching" the distributions under the Internal Revenue Service
required distribution rules, You may not purchase the LWG.
If You purchasing this Contract with a nontaxable transfer of the death
proceeds of any Non-Qualified annuity Contract of which You were the
Beneficiary and You are "stretching" the distributions under the Internal
Revenue Service distribution rules, You may not purchase the Enhanced GWB or
GWB.
CIVIL UNIONS. A purchaser who has or is contemplating a civil union or same
sex marriage should note that such partner/spouse would not be able to receive
continued payments upon the death of the owner under the Joint Life version of
the LWG.
DESCRIPTION OF THE LWG II
TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. While the LWG II is in effect, we
guarantee that You will receive a minimum amount over time. We refer to this
minimum amount as the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. The initial Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is equal to your initial purchase payment. We
increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount (up to a maximum of
$10,000,000) by each additional purchase payment. If You take a withdrawal that
does NOT exceed the Annual Benefit Payment (see "Annual Benefit Payment"
below), then we will not reduce the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. We
refer to this type of withdrawal as a Non-Excess Withdrawal. If, however, You
take a withdrawal that results in cumulative withdrawals for the current
Contract Year that exceeds the Annual Benefit Payment, then we will reduce the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in the same proportion that the withdrawal
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) reduces the Account Balance. We
refer to this type of withdrawal as an Excess Withdrawal. THIS REDUCTION MAY BE
SIGNIFICANT, PARTICULARLY WHEN THE ACCOUNT BALANCE IS LOWER THAN THE TOTAL
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (SEE "MANAGING YOUR WITHDRAWALS" BELOW). Limiting
your cumulative withdrawals during a Contract Year to not more than the Annual
Benefit Payment will result in dollar-for-dollar treatment of the withdrawals.
REMAINING GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. The REMAINING GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL
AMOUNT is the remaining amount You are guaranteed to receive over time. The
initial Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is equal to the initial Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. We increase the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount (up to a maximum of $10,000,000) by additional purchase payments, and we
decrease the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by withdrawals. If You take
a Non-Excess Withdrawal, we will decrease the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount dollar-for-dollar by the amount of the Non-Excess Withdrawal (including
any applicable Withdrawal Charge). If, however, You take an Excess Withdrawal,
then we will reduce the Remaining Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in the
same proportion that the withdrawal (including any applicable Withdrawal
Charge) reduces the Account Balance. THIS REDUCTION MAY BE SIGNIFICANT,
PARTICULARLY WHEN THE ACCOUNT BALANCE IS LOWER THAN THE REMAINING GUARANTEED
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (SEE "MANAGING YOUR WITHDRAWALS" BELOW). Limiting your
cumulative withdrawals during a Contract Year to not more than the Annual
Benefit Payment will result in dollar-for-dollar treatment of the withdrawals.
As described below under "Annual Benefit Payment," the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount is the total amount you are guaranteed to receive over time
if you take your first withdrawal before the Contract Owner or oldest Joint
Owner (or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is non-natural person) is age
59 1/2. The Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is also used to calculate an
alternate death benefit available under the LWG (see "Additional Information"
below).
95
7.25% COMPOUNDING INCOME AMOUNT. For all Contracts except Contracts issued in
New York, on each Contract Anniversary until the earlier of: (a) the date of
the second withdrawal from the Contract or (b) the tenth Contract Anniversary,
we increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount by an amount equal to 7.25% multiplied by the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount before
such increase (up to a maximum of $10,000,000). We take the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount and the remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount as of the last
day of the Contract Year to determine the amount subject to the increase. We
may also increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by the Automatic Annual Step-Up (discussed below),
if that would result in a higher Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
6% COMPOUNDING INCOME AMOUNT (NEW YORK STATE ONLY). For Contracts issued
in New York State, if You elect the Single Life Version of LWG II, on each
Contract Anniversary beginning with the Contract Anniversary following the
date You reach age 63, until the earlier of: (a) five years or (b) the date
of the first withdrawal from the Contract, we increase the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining Withdrawal Amount by an amount equal to
6% multiplied by the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount before such increase (up to a maximum of
$10,000,000). We take the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the
remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount as of the last day of the Contract
Year to determine the amount subject to the increase. If the first
withdrawal is taken before the Contract Anniversary following the date You
reach age 63, the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount will never be increased by the 6% Compounding
Income Amount.
If You elect the Joint Life Version of LWG II, on each Contract Anniversary
beginning with the Contract Anniversary following the date the younger
spouse reaches age 66, until the earlier of: (a) five years or (b) the date
of the first withdrawal from the Contract, we increase the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining Withdrawal Amount by an amount equal to
6% multiplied by the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount before such increase (up to a maximum of
$10,000,000). We take the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the
remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount as of the last day of the Contract
Year to determine the amount subject to the increase. We may increase the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount by the Automatic Annual Step-up (discussed below), if that would
result in a higher Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. If the first withdrawal is taken before the
Contract Anniversary following the date the youngest spouse reaches age 66,
the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount will never be increased by the 6% Compounding Income Amount.
AUTOMATIC ANNUAL STEP-UP. On each Contract Anniversary prior to the Contract
owner's 91st birthday (or in New York State, the youngest spouse's 91st
birthday, if the Joint Life Version is elected), an Automatic Annual Step-Up
will occur, provided that the Account Balance exceeds the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount (after compounding) immediately before the step-up (and
provided that You have not chosen to decline the step-up as described below).
The Automatic Annual Step-Up will:
. resets the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount to the Account Balance on the date of the
step-up, up to a maximum of $10,000,000 regardless of whether or not You
have taken any withdrawals;
. resets the Annual Benefit Payment equal to 5% of the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount after the Step-Up (or 6% if You make your first
withdrawal on or after the date You reach age 76) or, for Contracts
issued in New York State, if the Joint Life version of LWG II was
elected, reset the Annual Benefit Payment equal to 4.5% of the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount after the step-up (or 5% if You make your
first withdrawal on or after the Contract Anniversary following the date
You and your spouse are at least age 63); and
96
. may reset the LWG II charge to a rate that does not exceed the lower of:
(a) the maximum of 1.60% (Single Life version) or 1.80% (Joint Life
version) or (b) the current rate that we would charge for the same rider
available for new Contract purchases at the time of the Automatic Annual
Step-Up.
For Contracts issued on or before February 23, 2009, the maximum charge upon an
Automatic Annual Step-Up is 1.25% (Single Life version) or 1.50% (Joint Life
version).
In the event that the charge applicable to Contract purchases at the time of
the step-up is higher than your current LWG II charge, we will notify You in
writing a minimum of 30 days in advance of the applicable Contract Anniversary
and inform You that You may choose to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up. If
You choose to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up, You must notify us in
writing at our Administrative Office no less than seven calendar days prior to
the Contract Anniversary.
Once You notify us of your decision to decline the Automatic Annual Step-Up,
You will no longer be eligible for future Automatic Annual Step-Ups until You
notify us in writing at our Administrative Office that You wish to reinstate
the Automatic Annual Step-Ups. This reinstatement will take effect at the next
Contract Anniversary after we receive your request for reinstatement. Please
note that the Automatic Annual Step-Up may be of limited benefit if You intend
to make purchase payments that would cause your Account Balance to approach
$10,000,000, because the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount cannot exceed $10,000,000.
For Contracts issued on or before February 23, 2009, if your Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount is increased due to an Automatic Annual Step-Up on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will increase the
optional benefit charge for the Single Life version to 0.95% of the of the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, and We will increase the optional benefit
charge for the Joint Life version to 1.20% of the of the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount, applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the
Automatic Annual Step-Up occurs.
ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT. For all Contracts except Contracts issued in New York,
the initial Annual Benefit Payment is equal to the initial Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the 5% withdrawal rate (6% withdrawal rate if
You make the first withdrawal on or after the date You reach age 76). If the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is later recalculated (for example, because
of additional purchase payments, the 7.25% Compounding Income Amount, the
Automatic Annual Step-Up, or Excess Withdrawals), the Annual Benefit Payment is
reset equal to the new Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the 5%
withdrawal rate (6% withdrawal rate if You make your first withdrawal on or
after the date You reach age 76).
ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT (NEW YORK STATE ONLY). For Contracts issued in New
York State, if You elect the Single Life Version of LWG II, the Annual
Benefit Payment is equal to the initial Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
multiplied by the 5% withdrawal rate (6% if You make the first withdrawal
on or after the Contract Anniversary following the date You reach age 76).
If You elect the Joint Life Version of LWG II, the initial Annual Benefit
Payment is equal to the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount multiplied by
the 4.5% withdrawal rate (5% withdrawal rate if You make the first
withdrawal on or after the Contract Anniversary following the date You and
your spouse are at least age 63). If the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
is later recalculated (for example, because of additional purchase
payments, the 6% Compounding Income Amount, the Automatic Step-Up, or
Excess Withdrawals), the Annual Benefit Payment is reset to equal the new
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the 4.5% withdrawal rate
(5% withdrawal rate if You make your first withdrawal on or after the
Contract Anniversary following the date You and your spouse reach age 63).
97
IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE:
. If You take your first withdrawal before the date You reach age 59 1/2
(or, for Contracts issued in New York State with the Joint Life Version,
if You take your first withdrawal before the date when both You and your
spouse are at least 59 1/2), we will continue to pay the Annual Benefit
Payment each year until the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is
depleted, even if your Account Balance declines to zero. This means if
your Account Balance is depleted due to a Non-Excess Withdrawal or the
deduction of the benefit charge and your Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount is greater than zero, we will pay You the remaining Annual Benefit
Payment, if any, not yet withdrawn during the Contract Year that the
Account Balance was depleted, and beginning in the following Contract
Year, we will continue paying the Annual Benefit Payment to You each year
until your Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is depleted. This
guarantees that You will receive your purchase payments even it your
Account Balance declines to zero due to market performance so long as You
do not take Excess Withdrawals, however, You will not be guaranteed
income for the rest of your life.
. If You take your first withdrawal on or after the date your reach age
59 1/2, we will continue to pay the Annual Benefit Payment each year for
the rest of your life (and the life of your spouse, if the Joint Life
Version is elected and your spouse elects to continue the Contract and is
at least age 59 1/2 at continuance, and, for Contracts issued in New York
State, if You take your first withdrawal when both You and your spouse
are at least age 591/2), even if your Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount or your Account Value declines to zero. This means if your
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and/or your Account Balance is
depleted due to a Non-Excess Withdrawal or the deduction of the benefit
charge we will pay to You the remaining Annual Benefit Payment, if any,
not yet withdrawn during that Contract Year that the Account Balance was
depleted, and beginning in the following Contract Year, we will continue
paying the Annual Benefit Payment to You each year for the rest of your
life (and your spouse's life, if applicable). Therefore, You will be
guaranteed income for life.
. If You take your first withdrawal on or after the date You reach age 76,
your Annual Benefit Payment will be set equal to a 6% withdrawal rate
multiplied by the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. For Contracts
issued in New York State, if You elect the Joint Life Version, if You
take your first withdrawal on or after the Contract Anniversary following
the date You and your spouse are at least age 63, your Annual Benefit
Payment will be set equal to 5% withdrawal rate multiplied by the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
. IF YOU HAVE ELECTED THE LWG II, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER WHEN TO
BEGIN TAKING WITHDRAWALS. IF YOU BEGIN TAKING WITHDRAWALS TOO SOON, YOU
MAY LIMIT THE VALUE OF THE LWG II. FOR EXAMPLE, WE NO LONGER INCREASE
YOUR TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT BY THE 7.25% COMPOUNDING INCOME
AMOUNT (6% COMPOUNDING INCOME AMOUNT FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED IN NEW YORK
STATE) ONCE YOU MAKE YOUR SECOND WITHDRAWAL (FIRST WITHDRAWAL FOR
CONTRACTS ISSUED IN NEW YORK STATE). HOWEVER, IF YOU DELAY TAKING
WITHDRAWALS FOR TOO LONG, YOU MAY LIMIT THE NUMBER OF YEARS AVAILABLE FOR
YOU TO TAKE WITHDRAWALS IN THE FUTURE (DUE TO LIFE EXPECTANCY) AND YOU
MAY BE PAYING FOR A BENEFIT YOU ARE NOT USING.
. At any time during the pay-in phase, You can elect to annuitize under
current annuity rates in lieu of continuing the LWG II.
. Annuitization may provide higher income amounts if the current income
payment type rates applied to the adjusted Account Balance exceed the
payments under the LWG II optional benefit. Also, income payments
provided by annuitizing under current annuity rates may be higher due to
different tax treatment of this income compared to the tax treatment of
the payments received under the LWG II optional benefit.
. You have the option of receiving withdrawals under the LWG II or
receiving payments under a pay-out option. You should consult with your
registered representative when deciding how to receive income under this
Contract. In making this decision, You should consider many factors,
including the relative amount of current income provided by the two
options, the potential ability to receive higher future payments through
potential increases to
98
the value of the LWG II, your potential need to make additional
withdrawals in the future, and the relative values to You of the death
benefits available prior to and after annuitization (See "Lifetime
Withdrawal Guarantee and Annuitization.").
MANAGING YOUR WITHDRAWALS. It is important that You carefully manage your
annual withdrawals. To retain the full guarantees of this benefit, your annual
withdrawals cannot exceed the Annual Benefit Payment each Contract Year. In
other words, You should not take Excess Withdrawals. We do not include
Withdrawal Charges for the purpose of calculating whether You have made an
Excess Withdrawal. IF YOU DO TAKE AN EXCESS WITHDRAWAL, WE WILL RECALCULATE THE
TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT AND REDUCE THE ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT TO THE
NEW TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT MULTIPLIED BY THE 5% WITHDRAWAL RATE (6%
WITHDRAWAL RATE IF YOU MAKE YOUR FIRST WITHDRAWAL ON OR AFTER THE DATE YOU
REACH AGE 76).
IN ADDITION, AS NOTED ABOVE, IF YOU TAKE AN EXCESS WITHDRAWAL, WE WILL REDUCE
THE REMAINING TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT IN THE SAME PROPORTION THAT
THE WITHDRAWAL REDUCES THE ACCOUNT BALANCE. THESE REDUCTIONS IN THE TOTAL
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT, ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT, AND REMAINING GUARANTEED
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT MAY BE SIGNIFICANT. You are still eligible to receive either
lifetime payments or the remainder of the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount so long as the withdrawal that exceeded the Annual Benefit Payment did
not cause your Account Balance to decline to zero. AN EXCESS WITHDRAWAL THAT
REDUCES THE ACCOUNT BALANCE VALUE TO ZERO WILL TERMINATE THE CONTRACT.
You can always take Non-Excess Withdrawals. However, if You choose to receive
only a part of your Annual Benefit Payment in any given Contract Year, your
Annual Benefit Payment is not cumulative and your Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount and Annual Benefit Payment will not increase. For example, if
your Annual Benefit Payment is 5% of your Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
and Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, You cannot withdraw 3% in one year
and then withdraw 7% the next year without making an Excess Withdrawal in the
second year.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. For IRAs and other Contracts subject to
Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code, You may be required to take
withdrawals to fulfill minimum distribution requirements generally beginning at
age 70 1/2. These required distributions may be larger than your Annual Benefit
Payment. If You enroll in the automated required minimum distribution service,
AFTER THE FIRST CONTRACT YEAR, we will increase your Annual Benefit Payment to
equal your most recently calculated required minimum distribution amount, if
such amount is greater than your Annual Benefit Payment. YOU MUST BE ENROLLED
ONLY IN THE AUTOMATED REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION SERVICE TO QUALIFY FOR THIS
INCREASE IN THE ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT. YOU MAY NOT BE ENROLLED IN ANY OTHER
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM. THE FREQUENCY OF YOUR WITHDRAWALS MUST BE
ANNUAL. THE AUTOMATED REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION SERVICE IS BASED ON
INFORMATION RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT ONLY. To enroll in the automated required
minimum distribution service, please contact your Administrative Office.
INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RESTRICTIONS. If You elect the LWG II, there are certain
investment allocation restrictions. Please see "Your Investment Choices --
Investment Allocation Restrictions For Certain Optional Benefits" above.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the LWG II are restricted as described in "Your Investment
Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I,
GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
JOINT LIFE VERSION. Like the Single Life version of the LWG II, the Joint Life
version must be elected at the time You purchase the Contract, and the Contract
Owner (or oldest joint owner) must be age 85 or younger. Under the Joint Life
version, when the owner of the Contract dies (or when the first joint owner
dies), the LWG II will automatically remain in effect only if the spouse is the
primary Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract under the spousal
continuation provisions. This means that if You purchase the Joint Life version
and subsequently get divorced, or your spouse is no longer the primary
Beneficiary at the time of your death, he or she will not be eligible to
receive payments under the LWG
99
II. If the spouse is younger than age 59 1/2 when he or she elects to continue
the Contract, the spouse will receive the Annual Benefit Payment each year
until the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is depleted. If the spouse is
age 59 1/2 or older when he or she elects to continue the Contract, the spouse
will receive the Annual Benefit Payment each year for the remainder of his or
her life. If the first withdrawal was taken before the Contract Owner died (or
before the first joint owner died), the withdrawal rate upon continuation of
the Contract and the LWG II rider by the spouse will be based on the age of the
Contract Owner, oldest joint owner or youngest spouse (if the Joint Life
version is elected in New York) at the time the first withdrawal was taken. In
situations in which a trust is both the owner and Beneficiary of the Contract,
the Joint Life version of the benefit would not apply.
For Contracts issued in New York State, in order for You and your spouse to
receive lifetime income, both You and your spouse must be at least age 59 1/2
at the time of the first withdrawal. Please note that a change of the primary
Beneficiary will terminate the LWG II rider in New York State. The age at which
the 6% Compounding Income Amount may begin to be applied to the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is
different for the Single Life and Joint Life versions of LWG II for Contracts
issued in New York State (see "6% Compounding Income Amount" above.) In
addition, the withdrawal rate for the Joint Life Version of LWG II may differ
from the withdrawal rate for the Single Life Version for Contracts issued in
New York State -- (see "Annual Benefit Payment" above).
CANCELLATION AND GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL ADJUSTMENT. You may elect to cancel the
LWG Benefit II on the Contract Anniversary every five Contract Years for the
first 15 Contract Years and annually thereafter. We must receive your
cancellation request within 30 days following the eligible Contract Anniversary
in writing at our Administrative Office. The cancellation will take effect on
receipt of your request. If cancelled, the LWG II will terminate, we will no
longer deduct the LWG II charge and, the investment allocation restrictions
described in "Investment Choices -- Investment Allocation Restrictions for
Certain Optional Benefits" will no longer apply. The Contract, however, will
continue.
If You cancel the LWG II on the fifteenth Contract Anniversary or any eligible
Contract Anniversary thereafter, we will add a Guaranteed Principal Adjustment
to your Account Balance (does not apply to Contracts issued in Washington
State). The Guaranteed Principal Adjustment is intended to restore your initial
investment in the Contract in the case of poor investment performance. The
Guaranteed Principal Adjustment is equal to (a) - (b) where:
(a)is purchase payments credited within 120 days of the date that we issued the
Contract, reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in Account
Balance attributable to any partial withdrawals taken (including any
applicable Withdrawal Charges) and
(b)is the Account Balance on the date of cancellation.
The Guaranteed Principal Adjustment will be added to each applicable Investment
Division in the ratio the portion of the Account Balance in such Investment
Division bears to the total Account Balance in all Investment Divisions. The
Guaranteed Principal Adjustment will never be less than zero.
Only purchase payments made during the first 120 days that You hold the
Contract are taken into consideration in determining the Guaranteed Principal
Adjustment. Contract Owners who anticipate making purchase payments after
120 days should understand that such payments will not increase the Guaranteed
Principal Adjustment. Purchase payments made after 120 days are added to your
Account Balance and impact whether or not a benefit is due. Therefore, the LWG
II may not be appropriate for You if You intend to make additional purchase
payments after the 120 day period and are purchasing the LWG II for its
Guaranteed Principal Adjustment feature.
TERMINATION OF THE LWG II. The LWG II will terminate upon the earliest of:
(1)The date of a full withdrawal of the Account Balance (a pro rata portion of
the charge will be assessed; You are still eligible to receive either the
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount or lifetime payments, provided the
100
withdrawal did not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment and the provisions and
conditions of this optional benefit have been met);
(2)The date the Account Balance is applied to a pay-out option (a pro rata
portion of the charge for this benefit will be assessed);
(3)The date there are insufficient amounts to deduct the LWG charge and your
Contract is thereby terminated (whatever Account Balance is available will
be applied to pay the charge and You are still eligible to receive either
the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount or lifetime payments, provided
the provisions and conditions of this optional benefit have been met,
however You will have no other benefits under the Contract);
(4)Death of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (or the Annuitant if the
owner is a non-natural person), except where the Contract is issued under
the Joint Life version of the LWG II, the primary Beneficiary is the spouse,
and the spouse elects to continue the Contract under the spousal
continuation provisions of the Contract;
(5)Change in Contract Owners or joint Contract Owners or Annuitants (if the
Contract Owner is a non-natural person), subject to our administrative
procedures (a pro rata portion of the charge for this benefit will be
assessed, except for termination due to death;
(6)The Deferred Annuity is terminated (a pro-rata portion of the charge will be
assessed, except for termination due to death.)
(7)Effective date of the cancellation of this benefit by the Contract Owner;
(8)The date You assign your Contract (a pro-rata portion of the rider charge
will be assessed), subject to our administrative procedures; or
(9)For Contracts issued in New York State with the Joint Life Version, the
effective date of a change of the primary Beneficiary (a pro-rata portion of
the rider charge will be assessed), subject to our administrative procedures.
Under our current administrative procedures, we will waive the termination of
the LWG II if You assign a portion of the Contract under the following limited
circumstances. If the assignment is solely for your benefit on account of your
direct transfer of the Account Balance under Section 1035 of the Code to fund
premiums for a long term care insurance policy or purchase payments for an
annuity Contract issued by an insurance company which is not our affiliate and
which is licensed to conduct business in any state. All such direct transfers
are subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charges.
Once the optional benefit is terminated, the LWG II charge will no longer be
deducted and the LWG II investment allocation restrictions will no longer apply.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The LWG II may affect the death benefit available
under your Contract. If the owner or joint owner should die while the LWG II is
in effect, an alternative death benefit amount will be calculated under the LWG
II that can be taken in a lump sum. The LWG II death benefit amount that may be
taken as a lump sum will be equal to total purchase payments less any partial
withdrawals (deducted on a dollar-for-dollar basis). If this death benefit
amount is greater than the death benefit provided by your Contract, and if You
made no Excess Withdrawals, then this death benefit amount will be paid instead
of the death benefit provided by the Contract. All other provisions of your
Contract's death benefit will apply.
Alternatively, the Beneficiary may elect to receive the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount as a death benefit, in which case we will pay the Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount on a monthly basis (or any mutually agreed upon
frequency, but no less frequently than annually) until the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount is exhausted. The surviving spouse's withdrawal rights then
come to an end. Currently, there is no minimum dollar amount for the payments;
however, we reserve the right to accelerate any payment, in a lump sum, that is
less than $500 (see below). This death benefit will be paid instead of the
applicable contractual death benefit or the alternative death benefit amount
calculated
101
under the LWG II as described above. Otherwise, the provisions of those
contractual death benefits will determine the amount of the death benefit.
Except as may be required by the Internal Revenue Code, an annual payment will
not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment. If your Beneficiary dies while such
payments are made, we will continue making the payments to the Beneficiary's
estate unless we have agreed to another payee in writing.
If the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, any death benefit must be paid out
over a time period and in a manner that satisfies Section 72(s) of the Internal
Revenue Code. If the Contract Owner (or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is
not a natural person) dies prior to the "annuity starting date" (as defined
under the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder), the period over
which the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is paid as a death benefit
cannot exceed the remaining life expectancy of the payee under the appropriate
IRS tables. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if the payee is a
non-natural person, the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount must be paid out
within 5 years from the date of death. Payments under this death benefit must
begin within 12 months following the date of death.
We reserve the right to accelerate any payment in a lump sum that is less than
$500 or to comply with requirements under the Internal Revenue Code (including
minimum distribution requirements for IRAs and other Contracts subject to
Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Non-Qualified Contracts
subject to Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code). If You terminate the
LWG II because (1) You make a total withdrawal of your Account Balance; (2)
your Account Balance is insufficient to pay the LWG II charge; or (3) the
Contract Owner dies, except where the Beneficiary or joint owner is the spouse
of the Contract Owner and the spouse elects to continue the Contract and the
spouse is less than 85 years old, You may not make additional purchase payments
under the Contract.
CHARGES. For the LWG II the current charges are 1.25% of the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount for the Single Life version and 1.50% for the Joint Life
version. If an Automatic Annual Step-Up occurs we may increase the LWG II
charge to the then current charge for the same optional benefit, but no more
than a maximum of 1.60% for the Single Life version or 1.80% for the Joint Life
version.
The charge is deducted for the prior Contract Year on the Contract Anniversary
after applying any 7.25% Compounding Income Amount (6% Compounding Income
Amount for Contracts issued in New York State) and prior to taking into account
any Automatic Annual Step-Up occurring by withdrawing amounts on a pro rata
basis from your Fixed Account balance, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program
balance and Separate Account balance. We take amounts from the Separate Account
by canceling accumulation units from your Separate Account balance. The Fixed
Account is not available with the C Class Deferred Annuity or in the State of
New York if this optional benefit is selected.
LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL GUARANTEE AND ANNUITIZATION. Since the annuity date at the
time You purchase the Deferred Annuity is the later of age 90 of the Annuitant
or 10 years after issue of your Deferred Annuity, You must make an election if
You would like to extend your annuity date to the latest date permitted
(subject to restrictions that may apply in your state and our current
established administrative procedures). If You elect to extend your annuity
date to the latest date permitted, and that date is reached, your Deferred
Annuity must be annuitized (See "Pay-Out Options (or Income Options)"), or You
must make a complete withdrawal of your Account Balance. Annuitization may
provide higher income amounts than the payments under the LWG II, depending on
the applicable annuity rates and your Account Balance on the annuity date.
If You annuitize at the latest date permitted, You must elect one of the
following options:
(1)Annuitize the Account Balance under the Deferred Annuity's pay-out option
provisions; or
(2)If You took withdrawals before age 591/2, and therefore You are not
eligible for lifetime withdrawals under the LWG II, elect to receive the
Annual Benefit Payment paid each year until the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal
102
Amount is depleted. These payments will be equal in amount, except for
the last payment that will be in an amount necessary to reduce the
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount to zero.
(3)If you are eligible for lifetime withdrawals under the LWG II, elect to
receive the Annual Benefit Payment paid each year until your death (or
the later of You and your spousal Beneficiary's death for the Joint Life
version). If You (or You and your spousal Beneficiary for the Joint Life
version) die before the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is
depleted, your Beneficiaries will continue to receive payments equal to
the Annual Benefit Payment each year until the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount is depleted. These payments will be equal in amount,
except for the last payment that will be in an amount necessary to reduce
the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount to zero.
If You do not select an a pay-out option or elect to receive payments under the
LWG II, we will annuitize your Deferred Annuity under the Lifetime Annuity with
a 10 Year Guarantee Period income payment type. However, if we do, we will
adjust your income payment or the pay-out option, if necessary, so your
aggregate income payments will not be less than what You would have received
under the LWG II.
DESCRIPTION OF LWG I
In states where the LWG II is not yet approved, we offer (in states where
approved) the LWG I. The LWG I is identical to LWG II, with except as described
below.
TOTAL GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. The maximum Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount under the LWG I is $5,000,000. If You elect the LWG I and take an Excess
Withdrawal, we will reduce the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by an amount
equal to the difference between the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount after
the withdrawal and the Account Balance after the withdrawal (if lower). On the
other hand, if You elect the LWG II and take an Excess Withdrawal, we will
reduce the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in the same proportion that the
withdrawal reduces the Account Balance.
REMAINING GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. The maximum Remaining Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount under the LWG I is $5,000,000. If You elect the LWG I and
take a withdrawal, we will reduce the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by
the amount of each withdrawal regardless of whether it is an Excess or
Non-Excess withdrawal. However, if the withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal, then
we will additionally reduce the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount to equal
the difference between the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount after the
withdrawal and the Account Balance after the withdrawal (if lower). On the
other hand, if You elect the LWG II and take a withdrawal, we will reduce the
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by the amount of each withdrawal for
withdrawals that are Non-Excess Withdrawals and for Excess Withdrawals, we will
reduce the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in the same proportion that
the withdrawal reduces the Account Balance.
COMPOUNDING INCOME AMOUNT. If You elect the LWG I on each Contract Anniversary
until the earlier of: (a) the date of the first withdrawal from the Contract or
(b) the tenth Contract Anniversary, we increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount and the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by an amount equal to 5%
multiplied by the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount before such increase. We take the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount and the remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount as of the last day of the
Contract Year to determine the amount subject to the increase. On the other
hand, if You elect the LWG II, on each Contract Anniversary until the earlier
of: (a) the date of the second withdrawal from the Contract or (b) the tenth
Contract Anniversary, we increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and
the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount by an amount equal to 7.25%
multiplied by the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount before such increase. We take the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount and the remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount as of the last day of the
Contract Year to determine the amount subject to the increase.
103
AUTOMATIC ANNUAL STEP-UP. If an Automatic Annual Step-Up occurs under the LWG
I, we may increase the LWG I charge to the charge applicable to current
Contract purchases of the same optional benefit at the time of the step-up, but
to no more than a maximum of 0.95% (Single Life version) or 1.40% (Joint Life
version) of the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. If your Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount is increased due to an Automatic Annual Step-Up on a Contract
Anniversary occurring on July 1, 2012 or later, We currently will increase the
optional benefit charge for the Single Life version to 0.80% of the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, and We will increase the optional benefit charge
for the Joint Life version to 1.05% of the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount,
applicable after the Contract Anniversary on which the Automatic Annual Step-Up
occurs. Automatic Annual Step-Ups may occur on each Contract Anniversary prior
to the owner's 86th birthday.
ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT. Under the LWG I, the Annual Benefit Payment is set
equal to the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount multiplied by the 5% withdrawal
rate (there is no 6% withdrawal rate for taking later withdrawals).
ISSUE AGES. For Contracts issued in New York State, the following issue age
requirements apply: (1) the Contract Owner or oldest joint Contract Owner (or
Annuitant if the owner is a non-natural person) is at least 60 years old for
the Single Life Version and (2) the Joint Life Version must be owned by joint
Contract Owners who are spouses and both joint Contract Owners must be at least
63 years old. (Because of the requirement that the Contract be owned by joint
Contract Owners, the Joint Life Version is only available for Non-Qualified
Contracts).
TERMINATION. Termination provision (8) under "Termination of the LWG II." does
not apply to the LWG I optional benefit.
INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RESTRICTIONS. If You elect the LWG I, You are limited to
allocating your purchase payments and Account Balance among the Fixed Account
and the following Investment Divisions:
(a)MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division,
(b)MetLife Moderate to Conservative Allocation Investment Division,
(c)MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division,
(d)MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Investment Division,
(e)BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Available with C Class
Deferred Annuities issued after April 30, 2003, and in New York State and
Washington State only.),
(f)the American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Investment Division,
(g)the American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Investment Division,
(h)the American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Investment Division,
(i)the MetLife Growth Strategy Investment Division,
(j)the SSgA Growth ETF Investment Division,
(k)the SSgA Growth and Income ETF Investment Division,
(l)AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Investment Division,
(m)AQR Global Risk Balanced Investment Division,
(n)BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Investment Division,
(o)Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Investment Division,
(p)JPMorgan Global Active Allocation Investment Division,
104
(q)MetLife Balanced Plus Investment Division,
(r)Schroders Global Multi-Asset Investment Division,
(s)Pyramis(R) Government Income Investment Division,
(t)Barclays Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division,
(u)Pyramis(R) Managed Risk Investment Division, and
(v)MetLife Multi-Index Targeted Risk Investment Division.
The Fixed Account is not available in New York State and Washington State with
this optional benefit. You may elect to participate in the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program provided that your destination Investment Divisions are one
or more of the above listed investment choices.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the LWG I are restricted as described in "Your Investment
Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I,
GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
CHARGES. The LWG I is available for an additional charge of 0.50% for the
Single Life version and 0.70% for the Joint Life version of the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount each Contract Anniversary, prior to taking into
account any Automatic Annual Step-Up. As described above, this charge may
change as a result of an Automatic Annual Step-Up. This charge is made by
withdrawing amounts on a pro-rata basis from your Fixed Account balance,
Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program balance and Separate Account balance. We
take amounts from the Separate Account by canceling accumulation units from
your Separate Account balance. (The Fixed Account is not available in the C
Class Deferred Annuity purchased after April 30, 2003 or when available, a
Deferred Annuity issued in New York State and Washington State with this
optional benefit.)
EXAMPLES OF LWG I AND II
The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefit. The investment results shown are hypothetical and are not
representative of past or future performance. Actual investment results may be
more or less than those shown and will depend upon a number of factors,
including investment allocations and the investment experience of the
Investment Divisions chosen. The examples do not reflect the deduction of fees
and charges, Withdrawal Charges and applicable income taxes and penalties. The
LWGs do not guarantee an Account Balance or minimum investment return for any
Investment Division. The Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount cannot be taken
as a lump sum.
A. LWG
1. When Withdrawals Do Not Exceed the Annual Benefit Payment
Assume that a Contract had an initial purchase payment of $100,000. The initial
Account Balance would be $100,000, the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would
be $100,000, the initial Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be
$100,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $5,000 ($100,000 X 5%).
Assume that $5,000 is withdrawn each year, beginning before the Contract Owner
attains age 59 1/2. The Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is reduced by
$5,000 each year as withdrawals are taken (the Guaranteed Total Withdrawal
Amount is not reduced by these withdrawals). The Annual Benefit Payment of
$5,000 is guaranteed to be received until the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount is depleted, even if the Account Balance is reduced to zero.
If the first withdrawal is taken after age 59 1/2, then the Annual Benefit
Payment of $5,000 is guaranteed to be received for the Contract Owner's
lifetime, even if the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Account
Balance are
105
reduced to zero. (Under the LWG II, if the Contract Owner makes the first
withdrawal at on after age 76, the Withdrawal Rate is 6% instead of 5% and the
Annual Benefit Payment is $6,000.)
[CHART]
Annual Benefit Cumulative Account
Payment Withdrawals Balance
-------------- ----------- -----------
1 $5,000 $ 5,000 $100,000.00
2 5,000 10,000 90,250.00
3 5,000 15,000 80,987.50
4 5,000 20,000 72,188.13
5 5,000 25,000 63,828.72
6 5,000 30,000 55,887.28
7 5,000 35,000 48,342.92
8 5,000 40,000 41,175.77
9 5,000 45,000 34,366.98
10 5,000 50,000 27,898.63
11 5,000 55,000 21,753.70
12 5,000 60,000 15,916.02
13 5,000 65,000 10,370.22
14 5,000 70,000 5,101.71
15 5,000 75,000 96.62
16 5,000 80,000 0
17 5,000 85,000 0
18 5,000 90,000 -13,466.53
19 5,000 95,000 0
20 5,000 100,000 0
2. When Withdrawals Do Exceed the Annual Benefit Payment
a. LWG II -- Proportionate Reduction
Assume that a Contract had an initial purchase payment of $100,000. The initial
Account Balance would be $100,000, the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would
be $100,000, the initial Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be
$100,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $5,000 ($100,000 X
5%). (If the Contract Owner makes the first withdrawal on or after the date he
or she reaches age 76, the Withdrawal rate is 6% instead of 5% and the initial
Annual Benefit Payment would be $6,000. For purposes of the example, assume the
Contract Owner makes the first withdrawal before he or she reaches age 76 and
the Withdrawal Rate is therefore 5%.)
Assume that the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is reduced to $95,000
due to a withdrawal of $5,000 in the first year. Assume the Account Balance was
further reduced to $80,000 at year two due to poor market performance. If You
withdrew $10,000 at this time, your Account Balance would be reduced to $80,000
- $10,000 = $70,000. Since the withdrawal of $10,000 exceeded the Annual
Benefit Payment of $5,000, there would be a proportional reduction to the
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount. The proportional reduction is equal to the entire withdrawal ($10,000)
divided by the Account Balance before the withdrawal ($80,000), or 12.5%. The
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount after the withdrawal would be $83,125
($95,000 reduced by 12.5%). This new Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount of
$83,125 would now be the amount guaranteed to be available to be withdrawn over
time. The Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be reduced to $87,500
($100,000 reduced by 12.5%). The Annual Benefit Payment would be set equal to
5% X $87,500 = $4,375.
(Assume instead that You withdrew $10,000 during year two in two separate
withdrawals of $4,000 and $6,000, Since the first withdrawal of $4,000 did not
exceed the Annual Benefit Payment of $5,000, there would be no proportional
reduction to the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount at the time of that withdrawal. The second
withdrawal ($6,000), however, results in cumulative withdrawals of $10,000
during year two and
106
causes a proportional reduction to the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
and the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. The proportional reduction would be
equal to the entire amount of the second withdrawal ($6,000) divided by the
account value before that withdrawal.)
b. LWG I -- Reduction to Account Balance
Assume that a Contract with the LWG I had an initial purchase payment of
$100,000. The initial Account Balance would be $100,000, the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000, the initial Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment
would be $5,000 ($100,000 X 5%).
Assume that the Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is reduced to $95,000
due to a withdrawal of $5,000 in the first year. Assume the Account Balance was
further reduced to $75,000 at year two due to poor market performance. If You
withdrew $10,000 at this time, your Account Balance would be reduced to $75,000
- $10,000 = $65,000. Your Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be
reduced to $95,000 - $10,000 = $85,000. Since the withdrawal of $ 10,000
exceeded the Annual Benefit Payment of $5,000 and the resulting Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be greater than the resulting Account
Balance, there would be an additional reduction to the Remaining Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount. The Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount after the
withdrawal would be set equal to the Account Balance after the withdrawal
($65,000). This new Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount of $65,000 would now
be the amount guaranteed to be available to be withdrawn over time. The Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would also be reduced to $65,000. The Annual
Benefit Payment would be set equal to 5% X $65,000 = $3,250.
B. LWG -- Compounding Income Amount (for all states except New York)
Assume that a Contract with LWG II had an initial purchase payment of $100,000.
The initial Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000, the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000, and the Annual Benefit Payment
would be $5,000 ($100,000 X 5%). (If the Contract Owner makes the first
withdrawal on or after the date he or she reaches age 76, the Withdrawal rate
is 6% instead of 5% and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $6,000. For
purposes of the example, assume the Contract Owner makes the first withdrawal
before he or she reaches age 76 and the Withdrawal Rate is therefore 5%.)
The Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount will increase by 7.25% of the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount on each Contract Anniversary until the earlier of
the second withdrawal or the 10th Contract Anniversary. The Annual Benefit
Payment will be recalculated as 5% of the new Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount.
If the second withdrawal is taken in the first Contract Year then there would
be no increase: the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would remain at $100,000
and the Annual Benefit Payment will remain at $5,000 ($100,000 X 5%).
If the second withdrawal is taken in the second Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $107,250 ($100,000 X 107.25%),
and the Annual Benefit Payment would increase to $5,362 ($107,250 X 5%).
If the second withdrawal is taken in the third Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $115,025 ($105,000 X 107.25%),
and the Annual Benefit Payment would increase to $5,751 ($115,025 X 5%).
If the second withdrawal is taken after the 10th Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $201,360 (the initial $100,000,
increased by 7.25% per year, compounded annually for 10 years), and the Annual
Benefit Payment would increase to $10,068 ($201,360 X 5%).
(In contrast to the LWG II, the LWG I has a 5% Compounding Income Amount and
the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased by 5% on each Contract
Anniversary until the earlier of the date of the first withdrawal or the tenth
Contract Anniversary.)
107
Delay taking withdrawals and receive higher guaranteed payments
[CHART]
Year of Second Withdrawal Annual Benefit Payment
------------------------- ----------------------
1 $ 5,000
2 5,363
3 5,751
4 6,168
5 6,615
6 7,095
7 7,609
8 8,161
9 8,753
10 9,387
11 10,068
C. LWG -- Automatic Annual Step-Ups and 7.25% Compounding Amount (No
Withdrawals)
Assume that a Contract with LWG II had an initial purchase payment of $100,000.
Assume that no withdrawals are taken.
At the first Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $107,250 ($100,000 increased
by 7.25%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Balance has increased to
$110,000 at the first Contract Anniversary due to good market performance. The
Automatic Annual Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
from $107,250 to $110,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $5,500
($110,000 X 5%).
At the second Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $117,975 ($110,000 increased
by 7.25%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Balance has increased to
$120,000 at the second Contract Anniversary due to good market performance. The
Automatic Annual Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
from $117,975 to $120,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $6,000
($120,000 X 5%).
Provided that no withdrawals are taken, each year the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would increase by 7.25%, compounded annually, from the second
Contract Anniversary through the ninth Contract Anniversary, and at that point
would be equal to $195,867. Assume that during these Contract years the Account
Balance does not exceed the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount due to poor
market performance. Assume the Account Balance at the ninth Contract
Anniversary has increased to $200,000 due to good market performance. The
Automatic Annual Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
from $195,867 to $200,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $10,000
($200,000 X 5%).
At the 10th Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $214,500 ($200,000 increased
by 7.25%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Balance is less than
$214,500. There is no Automatic Annual Step-Up since the Account Balance is
below the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
108
Amount; however, due to the 7.25% increase in the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount, the Annual Benefit Payment is increased to $10,725 ($214,500 X 5%).
[CHART]
D. FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED IN NEW YORK STATE: LWG -- Compounding Income Amount
Assume that a Contract owner, age 63 at issue, elected the Single Life version
of the LWG II and made an initial purchase payment of $100,000. The initial
Remaining Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000, the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would be $100,000, and the Annual Benefit Payment would be
$5,000 ($100,000 X 5%). (If the Contract owner makes the first withdrawal on or
after the Contract Anniversary following the date he or she reaches age 76, the
Withdrawal rate is 6% instead of 5% and the initial Annual Benefit Payment
would be $6,000. For purposes of the example, assume the Contract owner makes
the first withdrawal before the Contract Anniversary following the date he or
she reaches age 76 and the Withdrawal Rate is therefore 5%.)
The Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount will increase by 6% of the previous
year's Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in each Contract Anniversary until
the earlier of the first withdrawal or the 5th Contract Anniversary. The Annual
Benefit Payment will be recalculated as 5% of the new Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount.
If the first withdrawal is taken in the first Contract Year then there would be
no increase: the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would remain at $100,000
and the Annual Benefit Payment will remain at $5,000 ($100,000 X 5%).
If the first withdrawal is taken in the second Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $106,000 ($100,000 X 106%), and
the Annual Benefit Payment would increase to $5,300 ($106,000 X 5%).
If the first withdrawal is taken in the third Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $112,360 ($106,000 X 106%), and
the Annual Benefit Payment would increase to $5,618 ($112,360 X 5%).
If the first withdrawal is taken after the 5th Contract Year then the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would increase to $133,822 (the initial $100,000,
increased by 6% per year, compounded annually for 5 years), and the Annual
Benefit Payment would increase to $6,691 ($133,822 X 5%).
109
Delay taking withdrawals and receive higher guaranteed payments
[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]
Annual Benefit Payment
1 2 3 4 5 6
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$5,000 $5,300 $5,618 $5,955 $6,312 $6,691
E. FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED IN NEW YORK STATE: LWG -- Automatic Annual Step-Ups and
6% Compounding Income Amount (No Withdrawals)
Assume that a Contract owner, age 63 at issue, elected the Single Life version
of LWG II and made an initial purchase payment of $100,000. Assume that no
withdrawals are taken.
At the first Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $106,000 ($100,000 increased
by 6%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Value has increased to $110,000
at the first Contract Anniversary due to good market performance. The Automatic
Annual Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount from
$106,000 to $110,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $5,500 ($110,000 X
5%).
At the second Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $116,600 ($110,000 increased
by 6%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Value has increased to $120,000
at the second Contract Anniversary due to good market performance. The
Automatic Annual Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
from $116,600 to $120,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $6,000
($120,000 X 5%).
Provided that no withdrawals are taken, each year the Total Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would increase by 6%, compounded annually, from the second
Contract Anniversary through the fourth Contract Anniversary, and at that point
would be equal to $134,832. Assume that during these Contract years the Account
Value does not exceed the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount due to poor market
performance. Assume the Account Value at the fourth Contract Anniversary has
increased to $150,000 due to good market performance. The Automatic Annual
Step-Up will increase the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount from $134,832 to
$150,000 and reset the Annual Benefit Payment to $7,500 ($150,000 X 5%).
At the 5th Contract Anniversary, provided that no withdrawals are taken, the
Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is increased to $159,000 ($150,000 increased
by 6%, compounded annually). Assume the Account Value is less than $159,000.
There is no Automatic Annual Step-Up since the Account Value is below the Total
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount;
110
however, due to the 6% increase in the Total Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, the
Annual Benefit Payment is increased to $7,950 ($159,000 X 5%).
DESCRIPTION OF ENHANCED GWB
BENEFIT BASE. The Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is the maximum TOTAL amount of
money that You are guaranteed to receive over time under the Enhanced GWB. At
issue, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the BENEFIT BASE are both equal to
your initial purchase payment plus the GWB Bonus. At any subsequent point in
time, the Benefit Base is the remaining amount of money that You are guaranteed
to receive through withdrawals under the Enhanced GWB. Your Benefit Base will
change with each purchase payment, or as the result of an Optional Reset. Also,
each withdrawal will reduce your Benefit Base. If negative investment
performance reduces your Account Balance below the Benefit Base, You are still
guaranteed to be able to withdraw the entire amount of your Benefit Base.
The Benefit Base is equal to:
. Your initial purchase payment, increased by the 5% GWB Bonus;
. Increased by each subsequent purchase payment, and by the 5% GWB Bonus;
. Reduced dollar for dollar by withdrawals, which are withdrawals
(including any applicable Withdrawal Charge) and amounts applied to an
income option (currently, You may not apply amounts less than your entire
Account Balance to an annuity option); and
. If any withdrawal from your Contract is not payable to the Contract Owner
or the Contract Owner's bank account (or to the Annuitant or the
Annuitant's bank account, if the owner is a non-natural person), or
results in cumulative withdrawals for the current Contract Year exceeding
the Annual Benefit Payment, and the resulting Benefit Base exceeds the
Account Balance, an additional reduction in the Benefit Base will be
made. This additional reduction will be equal to the difference between
the Benefit Base and your Account Balance, after the decrease for
withdrawals. The Benefit Base will also be reset as a result of an
Optional Reset as described below.
ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT. The Annual Benefit Payment is the maximum amount of
your Benefit Base You may withdraw each Contract Year without adversely
impacting the amount guaranteed to be available to You through withdrawals over
time. The initial Annual Benefit Payment is equal to the initial Benefit Base
multiplied by the GWB withdrawal rate (7%). The Annual Benefit Payment is reset
after each subsequent purchase payment to the greater of: (1) the Annual
Benefit Payment before the subsequent purchase payment, and (2) the GWB
withdrawal rate multiplied by the Benefit Base after the subsequent purchase
payment. The Annual Benefit Payment will also be reset as a result of an
Optional Reset as described below. You can continue to receive annual
withdrawals in an amount equal to or less than your Annual Benefit Payment
until your Benefit Base is depleted.
MANAGING YOUR WITHDRAWALS. It is important that You carefully manage your
annual withdrawals. To retain the guarantees of this benefit, your annual
withdrawals cannot exceed the Annual Benefit Payment each Contract Year. We
refer to withdrawals during a Contract Year that exceed the Annual Benefit
Payment as Excess Withdrawals. We do not include Withdrawal Charges for the
purpose of calculating whether You have taken an Excess Withdrawal. YOU SHOULD
NOT TAKE EXCESS WITHDRAWALS. IF YOU DO TAKE AN EXCESS WITHDRAWAL, OR IF A
WITHDRAWAL IS NOT PAYABLE TO THE CONTRACT OWNER OR THE CONTRACT OWNER'S BANK
ACCOUNT (OR TO THE ANNUITANT OR THE ANNUITANT'S BANK ACCOUNT, IF THE OWNER IS A
NON-NATURAL PERSON), THE ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT WILL BE RECALCULATED AND MAY BE
REDUCED. THIS REDUCTION MAY BE SIGNIFICANT. The new Annual Benefit Payment will
equal the lower of (1) the Annual Benefit Payment before the withdrawal and
(2) your Account Balance after the reduction for the withdrawal (including any
applicable Withdrawal Charge) multiplied by the GWB withdrawal rate. Because
the GWB charge is assessed as a percentage of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount,
any decrease of the Annual Benefit Payment caused by an Excess Withdrawal
results in an increase in the cost of the benefit relative to the benefits You
will receive.
111
You can always take annual withdrawals less than the Annual Benefit Payment.
However, if You choose to receive only a part of, or none of, your Annual
Benefit Payment in any given Contract Year, your Annual Benefit Payment is not
cumulative and your Benefit Base and Annual Benefit Payment will not increase.
For example, if your Annual Benefit Payment is 7% of your Benefit Base and You
withdraw only 4% one year, You cannot then withdraw 10% the next year without
exceeding your Annual Benefit Payment.
ALL WITHDRAWALS ARE SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE EARLY WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND TAXES.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. For IRAs and other Contracts subject to
Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code, You may be required to take
withdrawals to fulfill minimum distribution requirements generally beginning at
age 70 1/2. These required distributions may be larger than your Annual Benefit
Payment. If You enroll in the automated required minimum distribution service,
AFTER THE FIRST CONTRACT YEAR, we will increase your Annual Benefit Payment to
equal your most recently calculated required minimum distribution amount, if
such amount is greater than your Annual Benefit Payment. YOU MUST BE ENROLLED
IN THE AUTOMATED REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION SERVICE TO QUALIFY FOR THIS
INCREASE IN THE ANNUAL BENEFIT PAYMENT. THE FREQUENCY OF YOUR WITHDRAWALS MUST
BE ANNUAL. THE AUTOMATED REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION SERVICE IS BASED ON
INFORMATION RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT ONLY. To enroll in the automated required
minimum distribution service, please contact your Administrative Office.
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. We assess the GWB charge as a percentage of the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, which is initially set at an amount equal to your
initial purchase payment plus the GWB Bonus. The Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
may increase with subsequent purchase payments. In this case, the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount will be reset equal to the greater of: (1) the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount before the purchase payment and (2) the Benefit Base after
the purchase payment. Withdrawals do not decrease the Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount. The Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount will also be reset as a result of an
Optional Reset as described below. If your Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount
increases, the amount of the Enhanced GWB charge we deduct will increase
because the charge is a percentage of your Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
OPTIONAL RESET. At any Contract Anniversary prior to the 86th birthday of the
owner (or oldest joint owner or Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a
non-natural person) You may elect an Optional Reset. The purpose of an Optional
Reset is to "lock-in" a higher Benefit Base, which may increase the amount of
the Annual Benefit Payment and lengthen the period of time over which these
withdrawals can be taken. We reserve the right to prohibit an Optional Reset
election if we no longer offer this benefit.
An Optional Reset will:
.. Reset your Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Benefit Base equal to the
Account Balance on the date of the reset;
.. Reset your Annual Benefit Payment equal to the Account Balance on the date
of the reset multiplied by the GWB withdrawal rate (7%); and
.. Reset the Enhanced GWB charge equal to the then current level we charge for
the same benefit at the time of the reset, up to the maximum charge of
1.00%.
You may elect either a one-time Optional Reset or Automatic Annual Resets. A
one-time Optional Reset is permitted only if: (1) your Account Value is larger
than the Benefit Base immediately before the reset, and (2) the reset occurs
prior to the 86th birthday of the owner (or oldest joint owner or Annuitant if
the Contract is owned by a non-natural person).
We must receive your request for a one-time Optional Reset in accordance with
our administrative procedures (currently we require You to submit your request
in writing) before the applicable Contract Anniversary. The Optional Reset will
take effect on the next Contract Anniversary following our receipt of your
written request.
112
If You elect Automatic Annual Resets, a reset will occur automatically on any
Contract Anniversary if: (1) your Account Balance is larger than the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount immediately before the reset, and (2) the Contract
Anniversary is prior to the 86th birthday of the owner (or oldest joint owner
or Annuitant if the Contract is owned by a non-natural person). The same
conditions will apply to each Automatic Annual Reset.
In the event that the charge applicable to Contract purchases at the time of
the Automatic Annual Reset is higher than your current Enhanced GWB rider
charge, we will notify You in writing a minimum of 30 days in advance of the
applicable Contract Anniversary and inform You that You may choose to decline
the Automatic Annual Reset. You may discontinue Automatic Annual Resets by
notifying us in writing (or by any other method acceptable to us), prior to the
Contract Anniversary on which a reset may otherwise occur. If You discontinue
the Automatic Annual Resets, no reset will occur automatically on any
subsequent Contract Anniversary unless You make a new election under the terms
described above. (If You discontinue Automatic Annual Resets, the Enhanced GWB
rider (and the rider charge) will continue, and You may choose to elect a
one-time Optional Reset or reinstate Automatic Annual Resets.)
It is possible to elect a one-time Optional Reset when the Account Balance is
larger than the Benefit Base but smaller than the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
(By contrast, an Automatic Annual Reset will never occur if the Account Balance
is smaller than the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.) If You elect a one-time
Optional Reset when the Account Balance before the reset was less than the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, You would lock in a higher Benefit Base which
would increase the total amount You are guaranteed to receive through
withdrawals under the Enhanced GWB rider, and extend the period of time over
which You could make those withdrawals. However, You would also decrease the
Annual Benefit Payment and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount. You should
consider electing a one-time Optional Reset when your Account Balance is
smaller than the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount only if You are willing to accept
the decrease in the Annual Benefit Payment and Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount in
return for locking in the higher Benefit Base. Otherwise, You should only elect
a one-time Optional Reset when your Account Balance is larger than the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount.
Any benefit of a one-time Optional Reset or Automatic Annual Reset also depends
on the current Enhanced GWB rider charge. If the current charge in effect at
the time of the reset is higher than the charge You are paying, it may not be
beneficial to elect a reset because we will begin applying the higher current
charge at the time of the reset (even if a one-time Optional Reset results in a
decrease of your Annual Benefit Payment and/or your Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount).
For Contracts issued prior to JULY 16, 2007, You may elect an Optional Reset
beginning with the third Contract Anniversary (as long as it is prior to the
owner's 86th birthday) and at any subsequent Contract Anniversary prior to the
owner's 86th birthday as long as it has been at least three years since the
last Optional Reset. Automatic Annual Resets are not available.
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. We will apply a Withdrawal Charge to withdrawals from
purchase payments of up to 7% of purchase payments taken in the first seven
years following receipt of the applicable purchase payment.
TAXES. Withdrawals of taxable amounts will be subject to ordinary income tax
and, if made prior to age 59 1/2, a 10% Federal tax penalty may apply.
CANCELLATION OF THE ENHANCED GWB. You may elect to cancel the Enhanced GWB in
accordance with our administrative procedures (currently we require You to
submit your cancellation request in writing to our Administrative Office)
during the 90-day period following your fifth Contract Anniversary. Such
cancellation will take effect upon our receipt of your request. If You cancel
the Enhanced GWB, You may not re-elect it. Upon cancellation, the Enhanced GWB
charge will no longer apply. The Contract, however, will continue.
113
TERMINATION OF THE ENHANCED GWB. The Enhanced GWB will terminate upon the
earliest of:
(1)the date You make a full withdrawal of your Account Balance (a pro rata
portion of the charge will apply); (You are still eligible to receive annual
payments until the Benefit Base declines to zero, provided the withdrawal
did not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment and the provisions and conditions
of the optional benefit have been met.)
(2)the date You apply all of your Account Balance to a pay-out option (a pro
rata portion of the charge will apply);
(3)the date there are insufficient amounts to deduct the Enhanced GWB charge
from your Account Balance (whatever Account Balance is available will be
applied to pay the annual Enhanced GWB benefit charge); (You are still
eligible to receive annual payments until the Benefit Base declines to zero,
provided your withdrawals did not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment and the
provisions and conditions of the rider have been met.)
(4)the date we receive due proof of the owner's death and a Beneficiary claim
form, except where the Beneficiary or joint owner is the spouse of the owner
and the spouse elects to continue the Contract and the spouse is less than
85 years old, or the Annuitant dies if the owner is a non-natural person;
note: (a) if the spouse elects to continue the Contract (so long as the
spouse is less than 85 years old and the Enhanced GWB is in effect at the
time of continuation), all terms and conditions of the Enhanced GWB will
apply to the surviving spouse; and (b) we will not terminate the benefit
until we receive both due proof of the owner's death and a Beneficiary claim
form (from certain Beneficiaries, such as a trust, we may require additional
information, such as the trust document), which means we will continue to
deduct the Enhanced GWB charge until we receive this information;
(5)the effective date of cancellation of the rider;
(6)a change of the Contract Owner or joint Contract Owner (or the Annuitant if
the Contract Owner is a non-natural person) for any reason (currently we
follow our administrative procedures regarding termination for a change of
Contract Owner or Joint Contract Owner or Annuitant, if a non-natural person
owns the Contract) (a pro rata portion of the charge will apply); or
(7)the termination of the Deferred Annuity (a pro rata portion of the charge
will apply).
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. If You take a full withdrawal of your Account Balance
and the withdrawal does not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment, or your Account
Balance is reduced to zero because You do not have a sufficient Account Balance
to pay the Enhanced GWB charge and your Benefit Base after the withdrawal is
greater than zero, we will commence making payments to the owner or joint owner
(or to the Annuitant if the owner is a non-natural person) on a monthly basis
(or any mutually agreed upon frequency, but not less frequently than annually)
until the Benefit Base is exhausted. Your withdrawal rights then come to an
end. Currently, there is no minimum dollar amount for the payments; however, we
reserve the right to accelerate any payment, in a lump sum, that is less than
$500 (see below). The total annual payments cannot exceed the Annual Benefit
Payment, except to the extent required under the Internal Revenue Code. If You
or the joint owner (or the Annuitant if the owner is a non-natural person)
should die while these payments are being made, your Beneficiary will receive
these payments. No other death benefit will be paid.
If the owner or joint owner (or the Annuitant if the owner is a non-natural
person) should die while the Enhanced GWB is in effect, your Beneficiary may
elect to receive the Benefit Base as a death benefit in lieu of any other
contractual death benefits. Otherwise, the provisions of those death benefits
will determine the amount of the death benefit and no benefit will be payable
under the Enhanced GWB.
If the Beneficiary elects the Benefit Base as a death benefit, we will pay the
remaining Benefit Base on a monthly basis (or any mutually agreed-upon
frequency, but no less frequently than annually) until the Benefit Base is
exhausted. Except as may be required by the Internal Revenue Code, an annual
payment will not exceed the Annual Benefit Payment. If your Beneficiary dies
while such payments are made, we will continue making the payments to the
Beneficiary's estate unless we have agreed to another payee in writing. If the
Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, any death benefit must be paid out
114
over a time period and in a manner that satisfies Section 72(s) of the Internal
Revenue Code. If the owner (or the Annuitant, if the owner is not a natural
person) dies prior to the "annuity starting date" (as defined under the
Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder), the period over which the
Benefit Base is paid as a death benefit cannot exceed the remaining life
expectancy of the payee under the appropriate IRS tables. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, if the payee is a non-natural person, the Benefit Base must
be paid out within 5 years from the date of death. Payments under this death
benefit must begin within 12 months following the date of death.
We reserve the right to accelerate any payment, in a lump sum, that is less
than $500 or to comply with requirements under the Internal Revenue Code
(including minimum distribution requirements for IRAs and other Contracts
subject to Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Non-Qualified
Contracts subject to Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code). If You
terminate the Enhanced GWB because (1) You make a total withdrawal of your
Account Balance; (2) your Account Balance is insufficient to pay the Enhanced
GWB charge; or (3) the Contract Owner or joint owner (or the Annuitant, if the
owner is a non-natural person) dies, except where the Beneficiary or joint
owner is the spouse of the owner and the spouse elects to continue the Contract
and the spouse is less than 85 years old, You may not make additional purchase
payments under the Contract.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the Enhanced GWB are restricted as described in "Your
Investment Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I,
GMIB Plus I, GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
THE ENHANCED GWB AND ANNUITIZATION. Since the annuity date at the time You
purchase the Deferred Annuity is the later of age 90 of the Annuitant or 10
years after issue of your Deferred Annuity, You must make an election if You
would like to extend your annuity date to the latest date permitted (subject to
restrictions that may apply in your state and our current established
administrative procedures). If You elect to extend your annuity date to the
latest date permitted, and that date is reached, your Deferred Annuity must be
annuitized (See "Pay-Out Options (or Income Options)"), or You must make a
complete withdrawal of your Account Balance. If You annuitize at the latest
date permitted, You must elect one of the following options:
(1)Annuitize the Account Balance under the Deferred Annuity's pay-out option
provisions; or
(2)Elect to receive the Annual Benefit Payment under the Enhanced GWB paid
each year until the Benefit Base is depleted. These payments will be
equal in amount, except for the last payment that will be in an amount
necessary to reduce the Benefit Base to zero.
If You do not select an a pay-out option or elect to receive payments under the
Enhanced GWB, we will annuitize your Deferred Annuity under the Lifetime
Annuity with a 10 Year Guarantee Period income payment type. However, if we do,
we will adjust your income payment or the pay-out option, if necessary, so your
aggregate income payments will not be less than what You would have received
under the Enhanced GWB.
CHARGES. The Enhanced GWB is available for an additional charge of 0.55% of
the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount each Contract Anniversary, prior to taking
into account any Optional Reset. As described above, this charge may change as
a result of an Optional Reset. We will not continue to assess the charge if
your Benefit Base equals zero. The charge is made by withdrawing amounts on a
pro-rata basis from your Fixed Account balance, Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program balance and Separate Account balance. We take amounts from the Separate
Account by canceling accumulation units from your Separate Account balance.
(The Fixed Account is not available in the C Class Deferred Annuity purchased
after April 30, 2003 or a Deferred Annuity issued in New York State and
Washington State with this optional benefit. The Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging
Program is not available in the C and Bonus Class Deferred Annuity.)
115
EXAMPLES
The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefit. The investment results shown are hypothetical and are not
representative of past or future performance. Actual investment results may be
more or less than those shown and will depend upon a number of factors,
including investment allocations and the investment experience of the
Investment Divisions chosen. The examples do not reflect the deduction of fees
and charges, Withdrawal Charges and applicable income taxes and penalties.
A. How Withdrawals Affect the Benefit Base
1. An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base
would be $105,000. ($100,000 X 5%). Assume that the Account Balance grew
to $110,000 because of market performance. If a subsequent withdrawal of
$10,000 were made, the Benefit Base would be reduced to $105,000 -
$10,000 = $95,000. Assume the withdrawal of $10,000 exceeded the Annual
Benefit Payment. Since the Account Balance of $100,000 exceeds the
Benefit Base of $95,000, no further reduction to the Benefit Base is made.
2. An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base
would be $105,000. Assume that the Account Balance shrank to $90,000
because of market performance. If a subsequent withdrawal of $10,000 were
made, the Benefit Base would be reduced to $95,000 and the Account
Balance would be reduced to $80,000. Assume the withdrawal of $10,000
exceeded the Annual Benefit Payment. Since the Account Balance of $80,000
is less than the Benefit Base of $95,000, a further reduction of the
$15,000 difference is made, bringing the Benefit Base to $80,000.
B. How Withdrawals and Subsequent Purchase Payments Affect the Annual Benefit
Payment
An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base would
be $105,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $7,350. If $7,000
withdrawals were then made for each of the next five years, the Benefit Base
would be decreased to $70,000. If a subsequent purchase payment of $10,000 were
made the next day, the Benefit Base would be increased to $70,000 + $10,000 +
(5% X $10,000) = $80,500. The Annual Benefit Payment would be reset to the
greater of a) $7,350 (the Annual Benefit Payment before the second purchase
payment) and b) $5,635 (7% multiplied by the Benefit Base after the second
purchase payment). In this case, the Annual Benefit Payment would remain at
$7,350.
C. How Withdrawals Affect the Annual Benefit Payment
1. An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base
would be $105,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $7,350.
If a withdrawal of $9,000 was made the next day, and negative market
performance reduced the Account Balance by an additional $1,000, the
Account Balance would be reduced to $100,000 - $9,000 - $1,000 = $90,000.
Since the withdrawal of $9,000 exceeded the Annual Benefit Payment of
$7,350, the Annual Benefit Payment would be reset to the lower of a)
$7,350 (the Annual Benefit Payment before the withdrawal) and b) $6,300
(7% multiplied by the Account Balance after the withdrawal). In this case
the Annual Benefit Payment would be reset to $6,300.
2. An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base
would be $105,000 and the initial Annual Benefit Payment would be $7,350.
If a withdrawal of $10,000 was made two years later after the Account
Balance had increased to $150,000, the Account Balance would be reduced
to $140,000. Since the withdrawal of $10,000 exceeded the Annual Benefit
Payment of $7,350, the Annual Benefit Payment would be reset to the lower
of a) $7,350 (the Annual Benefit Payment before the withdrawal) and b)
$9,800 (7% multiplied by the Account Balance after the withdrawal). In
this case the Annual Benefit Payment would remain at $7,350.
D. How Withdrawals and Subsequent Purchase Payments Affect the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount
An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000 and the initial Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount and initial Benefit Base would both be $105,000. Assume that
over the next five years, withdrawals reduced the Benefit Base to $70,000. If a
116
subsequent purchase payment of $10,000 was made, the Benefit Base would be
increased to $70,000 + $10,000 + (5% X $10,000) = $80,500. The Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would be reset to the greater of a) $105,000 (the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount before the second purchase payment) and b) $80,500 (the
Benefit Base after the second purchase payment). In this case, the Guaranteed
Withdrawal Amount would remain at $105,000.
E. Putting It All Together
1. When Withdrawals Do Not Exceed the Annual Benefit Payment
An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base would
be $105,000, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $105,000, and the Annual
Benefit Payment would be $7,350. Assume that the Benefit Base was reduced to
$82,950 due to 3 years of withdrawing $7,350 each year and assume that the
Account Balance was further reduced to $50,000 at year four due to poor market
performance. If You withdrew $7,350 at this time, your Account Balance would be
reduced to $50,000 - $7,350 = $42,650. Your Benefit Base would be reduced to
$82,950 - $7,350 = $75,600. Since the withdrawal of $7,350 did not exceed the
Annual Benefit Payment, there would be no additional reduction to the Benefit
Base. The Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would remain at $105,000 and the Annual
Benefit Payment would remain at $7,350.
[CHART]
Annual Benefit Cumulative Account Benefit
Payment Withdrawals Balance Base
------- ----------- ------- -------
0 0 0 100,000 105,000
1 7,350 7,350 85,000 97,650
2 7,350 7,350 68,000 90,300
3 7,350 7,350 50,000 82,950
4 7,350 7,350 42,650 75,600
5 7,350 7,350 35,300 68,250
6 7,350 7,350 27,950 60,900
7 7,350 7,350 20,600 53,550
8 7,350 7,350 13,250 46,200
9 7,350 7,350 5,900 38,850
10 7,350 7,350 0 31,500
11 7,350 7,350 0 24,150
12 7,350 7,350 0 16,800
13 7,350 7,350 0 9,450
14 7,350 7,350 0 2,100
15 2,100 2,100 0 0
16
17
18
2. When Withdrawals Do Exceed the Annual Benefit Payment
An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Benefit Base would
be $105,000, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $105,000, and the Annual
Benefit Payment would be $7,350. Assume that the Benefit Base was reduced to
$82,950 due to 3 years of withdrawing $7,350 each year. Assume the Account
Balance was further reduced to $50,000 at year four due to poor market
performance. If You withdrew $10,000 at this time, your Account Balance would
be reduced to $50,000 - $10,000 = $40,000. Your Benefit Base would be reduced
to $82,950 - $10,000 = $72,950. Since the withdrawal of $10,000 exceeded the
Annual Benefit Payment of $7,350 and the resulting Benefit Base would be
greater than the resulting Account Balance, there would be an additional
reduction to the Benefit Base. The Benefit Base after the withdrawal would be
set equal to the Account Balance after the withdrawal = $40,000. The Annual
Benefit Payment would be set equal to the lesser of $7,350 and 7% X $40,000 =
$2,800. The Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would remain at $105,000, but this
amount now no longer would be guaranteed to be received over time. The new
Benefit Base of $40,000 would be now the amount guaranteed to be available to
be withdrawn over time.
117
[CHART]
Annual Benefit Cumulative Account Benefit
Payment Withdrawals Balance Base
------- ----------- ------- -------
0 $0 $0 $100,000 $105,000
1 7,350 7,350 85,000 97,650
2 7,350 7,350 68,000 90,300
3 7,350 7,350 50,000 82,950
4 7,350 10,000 40,000 40,000
5 2,800 2,800 37,200 37,200
6 2,800 2,800 34,400 34,400
7 2,800 2,800 31,600 31,600
8 2,800 2,800 28,800 28,800
9 2,800 2,800 26,000 26,000
10 2,800 2,800 23,200 23,200
11 2,800 2,800 20,400 20,400
12 2,800 2,800 17,600 17,600
13 2,800 2,800 14,800 14,800
14 2,800 2,800 12,000 12,000
15 2,800 2,800 9,200 9,200
16 2,800 2,800 6,400 6,400
17 2,800 2,800 3,600 3,600
18 2,800 2,800 800 800
F. Annual Benefit Payment Continuing When Account Balance Reaches Zero
An initial purchase payment is made of $100,000. The initial Account Balance
would be $100,000, the initial Benefit Base would be $105,000 and the Annual
Benefit Payment would be $7,350 ($105,000 X 7%).
Assume that the Benefit Base was reduced to $31,500 due to 10 years of
withdrawing $7,350 each year. Assume that the Account Balance was further
reduced to $0 at year 11 due to poor market performance. We would commence
making payments to You (equal on an annual basis, to the Annual Benefit
Payment) until the Benefit Base is exhausted.
In this situation (assuming there are monthly payments), there would be 51
payments of $612.50 and a final payment of $262.50, which, in sum, would
deplete the $31,500 Benefit Base. The total amount withdrawn over the life of
the Contract would then be $105,000.
[CHART]
Annual Benefit Payment Benefit Base Account Balance
---------------------- ------------ ---------------
1 $7,350 $105,000 $100,000
2 7,350 97,650 73,000
3 7,350 90,300 52,750
4 7,350 82,950 37,562.50
5 7,350 75,600 26,171.88
6 7,350 68,250 17,628.91
7 7,350 60,900 11,221.68
8 7,350 53,550 6,416.26
9 7,350 46,200 2,812.20
10 7,350 38,850 109.14
11 7,350 31,500 0
12 7,350 24,150 0
13 7,350 16,800 0
14 7,350 9,450 0
15 2,100 2,100 0
16 0 0 0
118
G. How the Optional Reset Works if Elected on the 3rd Contract Anniversary (may
be elected prior to age 86)
Assume that a Contract had an initial purchase payment of $100,000 and the fee
is .55%. The initial Account Balance would be $100,000, the initial Benefit
Base would be $105,000, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $105,000 and
the Annual Benefit Payment would be $7,350.
The Account Balance on the third Contract Anniversary grew due to market
performance to $148,350. Assume the fee remains at .55%. If an Optional Reset
is elected or Automatic Annual Resets are in effect, the charge would remain at
..55%, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Benefit Base would be reset to
$148,350, and the Annual Benefit Payment would become 7% X $148,350 = $10,385.
The Account Balance on the sixth Contract Anniversary grew due to market
performance to $179,859. Assume the fee has been increased to .60%. If an
Optional Reset is elected or Automatic Annual Resets are in effect, the charge
would increase to .60%, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Benefit Base
would both be reset to $179,859, and the Annual Benefit Payment would become 7%
X $179,859 = $12,590.
The Account Balance on the ninth Contract Anniversary grew due to market
performance to $282,582. Assume the fee is still .60%. If an Optional Reset is
elected or Automatic Annual Resets are in effect, the charge would remain at
..60%, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and the Benefit Base would both be reset
to $282,582, and the Annual Benefit Payment would become 7% X $282,582= $19,781.
The period of time over which the Annual Benefit Payment may be taken would be
lengthened.
[CHART]
Annual Benefit Cumulative
Payment Withdrawals Account Balance
-------------- ----------- ---------------
1 $ 7,350 $ 7,350 $105,000
2 7,350 14,700 125,000
3 7,350 22,050 130,000
4 10,385 32,435 148,350
5 10,385 42,819 185,000
6 10,385 53,204 195,000
7 12,590 65,794 179,859
8 12,590 78,384 210,000
9 12,590 90,974 223,000
10 19,781 110,755 282,582
11 19,781 130,535 270,000
12 19,781 150,316 278,000
119
H. How an Optional Reset May Increase the Benefit Base While Decreasing the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount and Annual Benefit Payment
Assume that a Contract had an initial purchase payment of $100,000. The initial
Account Balance would be $100,000, the initial Benefit Base would be $105,000,
the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be $105,000 and the Annual Benefit
Payment would be $7,350.
Assume that the Benefit Base is reduced to $70,000 due to 5 years of
withdrawing $7,000 each year, but also assume that, due to positive market
performance, the Account Balance at the end of 5 years is $80,000. If a
one-time Optional Reset is elected, the Benefit Base would be reset from
$70,000 to $80,000, the Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount would be reduced from
$105,000 to $80,000, and the Annual Benefit Payment would be reduced from
$7,350 to $5,600 ($80,000 X 7%). (If You elect Automatic Annual Resets, a rest
will not occur if the Account Balance is lower than the Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount.)
Under these circumstances, the Optional Reset increases the Benefit Base (the
remaining amount of money You are guaranteed to receive) by $10,000, but also
reduces the Annual Benefit Payment, thereby lengthening the period of time over
which You will receive the money. This Optional Reset also reduces the
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount, against which the benefit charge is calculated.
If the benefit charge rate does not increase in connection with the Optional
Reset, the reduced Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount will result in a reduction in
the amount of the annual benefit charge.
DESCRIPTION OF THE GWB I
The GWB I is no longer available for sale. The GWB I is the same as the
Enhanced GWB described above with the following differences: (1) there is no
favorable treatment of required minimum distributions; (2) the GWB charge
continues even if your Benefit Base equals zero; (3) You may only elect the
Optional Reset once every five Contract years instead of every Contract Year;
(4) the GWB I charge is 0.50% and the maximum GWB I charge upon an Optional
Reset is 0.95%; (5) You do not have the ability to cancel the benefit following
your fifth Contract Anniversary; and (6) we include Withdrawal Charges for the
purposes of determining whether your annual withdrawals exceeded your Annual
Benefit Payment.
By endorsement, the GWB I has been enhanced so that items (1) and (2) above no
longer apply and the interval between Optional Resets in item (3) has been
decreased to every three Contract Years. You may now elect an Optional Reset
under the GWB I starting with the third Contract Anniversary (as long as it is
prior to the owner's 86th birthday), and You may elect an Optional Reset at any
subsequent Contract Anniversary prior to the owner's 86th birthday, as long as
it has been at least three years since the last Optional Reset. Automatic
annual resets are not available.
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the GWB I are restricted as described in "Your Investment
Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I,
GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
GMAB
The GMAB guarantees that your Account Balance will not be less than a minimum
amount at the end of a specified number of years (the "Maturity Date"). If your
Account Balance is less than the minimum guaranteed amount at the Maturity
Date, we will apply an additional amount to increase your Account Balance so
that it is equal to the guaranteed amount. This benefit is intended to protect
You against poor investment performance during the accumulation or "pay-in"
phase of your Deferred Annuity.
The GMAB is no longer available for sale.
If You have elected the GMAB, we require You to allocate your purchase payments
and all of your Account Balance to one of the asset allocation Investment
Divisions available in your Deferred Annuity (the MetLife Moderate to
Aggressive and
120
the MetLife Aggressive Allocation Investment Divisions are not available for
this purpose). You may also allocate purchase payments to the Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program, if available, provided that any amounts transferred
from the program to an Investment Division must be transferred to the one
Investment Division You have chosen. The Fixed Account is not available. No
transfers are permitted while this optional benefit is in effect. The asset
allocation Investment Division You choose will determine the percentage of
purchase payments that equal the guaranteed amount. The asset allocation
Investment Divisions available, if You choose the GMAB, and the percentage of
purchase payments that determine the guaranteed amount and the number of years
to the Maturity Date for each, are:
GUARANTEED AMOUNT
INVESTMENT DIVISION* (% OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS) YEARS TO MATURITY DATE
-------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division............. 130% 10 years
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Investment Division. 120% 10 years
MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division................. 110% 10 years
-----------
* You can learn more about these Investment Divisions in the Prospectus under
the section "Your Investment Choices" and the attached prospectus for these
portfolios.
You may elect the GMAB when You purchase the Deferred Annuity through age 80.
You may not have this benefit and another living benefit or the EDB I in effect
at the same time.
BENEFIT DESCRIPTION. The GMAB guarantees that at the Maturity Date, your
Account Balance will at least be equal to a percentage of the purchase payments
You made during the first 120 days that You held the Deferred Annuity (the
"Eligibility Period"), less reductions for any withdrawals (and related
Withdrawal Charges) that You made at any time before the Maturity Date. The
percentage of purchase payments made that determines the guaranteed amount
range from 110% to 130%, depending on the asset allocation Investment Division
You selected. This guaranteed amount is the "Guaranteed Accumulation Amount."
The Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is used only to determine the amount of any
benefit payable under the GMAB and the amount of the annual charge for the
GMAB. There is a maximum Guaranteed Accumulation Amount (currently $5 million).
Purchase payments made after this maximum Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is
reached will not increase the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount above the maximum.
However, if You make a withdrawal during the GMAB Eligibility Period that
reduces the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount below the maximum, then purchase
payments made after the withdrawal and during the Eligibility Period will
increase the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount until it reaches the maximum. Only
purchase payments made during the first 120 days that You hold the Deferred
Annuity are taken into consideration in determining the Guaranteed Accumulation
Amount. Contract owners who anticipate making purchase payments after 120 days
should understand that such payments will not increase the Guaranteed
Accumulation Amount. Purchase payments made after 120 days are added to your
Account Balance and impact whether or not a benefit is due under the GMAB at
the Maturity Date.
At issue, the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is equal to a percentage of your
initial purchase payment. Subsequent purchase payments made during the
Eligibility Period increase the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount by the target
percentage of the asset allocation Investment Division You have selected. When
You make a withdrawal, the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is reduced in the
same proportion that the amount of the withdrawal (including any related
Withdrawal Charge) bears to the Account Balance. Purchase payment credits
(I.E., bonus payments) are not considered to be purchase payments in the
calculation of the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount.
The Guaranteed Accumulation Amount does not represent an amount of money
available for withdrawal and is used to calculate any benefits under the
Contract prior to the Maturity Date.
EXAMPLE:
Assume your Account Balance is $100,000 and your Guaranteed Accumulation Amount
is $120,000, prior to making a $10,000 withdrawal from the Deferred Annuity.
The withdrawal amount is 10% of the Account Balance. Therefore, after
121
the withdrawal, your Account Balance would be $90,000 and your Guaranteed
Accumulation Amount would be $108,000 (90% of $120,000).
At the Maturity Date, after deduction of the annual charge for the GMAB, we
will compare your Account Balance to the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount. If the
Account Balance is less than the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount, we will
contribute to your Account Balance the amount needed to make it equal the
Guaranteed Accumulation Amount. (This added amount is the "Guaranteed
Accumulation Payment.") The Guaranteed Accumulation Payment is allocated
entirely to the Investment Division You have selected. (No portion of the
Guaranteed Accumulation Payment is allocated to the Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging Program.)
If your Account Balance is greater than or equal to the Guaranteed Accumulation
Amount at the Maturity Date, then no Guaranteed Accumulation Payment will be
paid into your Account Balance. The GMAB terminates at the Maturity Date. We no
longer assess the charge after that date, and the related investment
requirements and restrictions will no longer apply.
If your Account Balance is reduced to zero for any reason other than a full
withdrawal of the Account Balance or application of your Account Balance to a
pay-out option prior to the Maturity Date, but your Deferred Annuity has a
positive Guaranteed Accumulation Amount remaining, the Deferred Annuity and the
GMAB will remain in force. No charge for the GMAB will be deducted or accrue
while there is an insufficient Account Balance to cover the deductions for the
charge. At the Maturity Date, the Guaranteed Accumulation Payment will be paid
into the Account Balance.
Purchase payments made after the 120 day Eligibility Period may have a
significant impact on whether or not a Guaranteed Accumulation Payment is due
at the Maturity Date. Even if the purchase payments You made during the 120 day
Eligibility Period lose significant value, if the Account Balance, which
includes all purchase payments, is equal to or greater than the target
percentage amount of your purchase payments made during the first 120 day
period (depending on which asset allocation investment You have selected), then
no Guaranteed Accumulation Payment is made. Therefore, the GMAB may not be
appropriate for You, if You intend to make additional purchase payments after
the end of the Eligibility Period.
EXAMPLE
Assume that You make one $10,000 purchase payment during the 120 Eligibility
Period and You select the MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division.
Therefore, the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is $11,000 (110% of your purchase
payment). At the Maturity Date, your Account Balance is $0. The Guaranteed
Accumulation Amount payable is $11,000 ($11,000-$0 = $11,000).
In contrast, assume that You make one $10,000 purchase payment during the 120
day Eligibility Period and You select the MetLife Moderate Allocation
Investment Division. Therefore, the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount is $11,000.
Also assume that on the day before the Maturity Date your Account Balance is
$0. Assume that You decide to make one purchase payment on the day before the
Maturity Date of $11,000. At the Maturity Date, assume that there has not been
any positive or negative investment experience for the one day between your
purchase payment and the Maturity Date. Consequently, your Account Balance is
$11,000. We would not pay a Guaranteed Accumulation Payment, because the
Account Balance of $11,000 would equal the Guaranteed Accumulation Amount of
$11,000 ($11,000-$11,000 = $0.)
RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Subsequent purchase payment
restrictions under the GMAB are restricted as described in "Your Investment
Choices -- Restrictions on Subsequent Purchase Payments -- GMIB I, GMIB Plus I,
GMIB Plus II, GWB I, Enhanced GWB, LWG I, LWG II, GMAB and EDB I."
TERMINATION. The GMAB will terminate at the earliest of: (1) the Maturity
Date; (2) the date You take a total withdrawal of your Account Balance (A
pro-rata portion of the charge will be applied); (3) the date You cancel this
122
benefit, as described below; (4) the date You apply all of your Account Balance
to a pay-out option (A pro-rata portion of the charge will be applied); and
(5) the date of death of the owner or joint owner (or Annuitant if the owner is
a non-natural person) unless the Beneficiary is the spouse of the owner and
elects to continue the Deferred Annuity under the spousal continuation
provisions of the Deferred Annuity.
Once the GMAB is terminated, the GMAB charge will no longer be deducted and the
related investment requirements and limitations will no longer apply. If the
GMAB is terminated before the Maturity Date, the Guaranteed Accumulation
Payment will not be paid.
CANCELLATION. You have a one-time right to cancel this optional benefit in
accordance with our administrative procedures (currently we require You to
submit your request to cancel in writing at our Administrative Office) during
the 90 day period after your fifth Contract Anniversary. Such cancellation will
take effect upon our receipt of your request. Once You have cancelled the
benefit, You will no longer be eligible to receive the Guaranteed Accumulation
Payment or be bound by the investment requirements and restrictions and we will
no longer deduct the charge for this benefit.
CHARGE. The GMAB is available for an additional charge of 0.75% of the
Guaranteed Accumulation Amount determined at the end the prior Contract Year
and deducted each Contract Anniversary, by withdrawing amounts on a pro-rata
basis from your Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program and Separate Account
balance. (We take the amount from the Separate Account by canceling
accumulation units from your Separate Account balance.)
GMAB AND DECEDENT CONTRACTS. If You are purchasing this Contract with a
nontaxable transfer of the death benefit proceeds of any annuity Contract or
IRA (or any other tax-qualified arrangement) of which You are the Beneficiary
and You are "stretching" the distribution under Internal Revenue Service
required distribution rules, You may not purchase the GMAB.
123
SUMMARY OF LIVING BENEFITS
The chart below highlights certain differences among the living benefits.
Please refer to the detailed descriptions above for specific information about
the features, costs and restrictions associated with the riders.*
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Guarantees Withdrawal Guarantees
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GMIB Plus II LWG II Enhanced GWB
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LifetimeIncome Yes Yes No
(after waiting period) (if first withdrawal on or
after age 59 1/2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BenefitInvolves Annuitization Yes No No
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WithdrawalsPermitted (1) Prior to annuitization Yes Yes
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WaitingPeriod Must wait 10 years to None None
annuitize under rider: (age 59 1/2 for lifetime
Optional Step-Up (2) withdrawals)
restarrs waiting period;
withdrawals available
immediately
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reset/Step-Up Yes Yes Yes
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May Invest in Investment Choices Prior to annuitization Yes Yes
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Allocation Requirements Yes Yes No
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abilityto Cancel Rider Yes, after 10 years, can Yes, at 5th, 10th & 15th Yes, within 90 days after
take lump-sum option Contract Anniversary, 5th Contract Anniversary
under the GPO provisions annually thereafter; or,
lump-sum option under
the GPA provisions after
15 years
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DeathBenefit Prior to annuitization, Contract death benefit or Ability to receive Benefit
Contract death benefit alternate rider death Base in series of
available (3) benefit available; ability payments instead of
to receive Remaining Contract death benefit
Guaranteed Withdrawal
Amount in series of
payments instead of
Contract death benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CurrentCharges (4) GMIB Plus II LWG II: 1.25% (Single Enhanced GWB: 0.55%
1.00% Life version) or 1.50%
(Joint Life version)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------
* For a description of the following riders (GMIB Plus I, GMIB II, GMIB I, LWG
I, GWB, GMAB) that are not longer available, please see "Living Benefits"
above.
/1/ Withdrawals will reduce the living and death benefits and Account Balance.
/2/ For GMIB Plus I, the Optional Step-Up is called the "Optional Reset."
/3/ If the Contract is annuitized, income payments may be guaranteed for a
certain period of time (depending on the income payment type selected) and
therefore payable upon death of the Annuitant. See "Pay-Out Options (or
Income Options)" and the rider descriptions for more information.
/4/ Certain charges may increase upon a Reset or Step-Up. Generally, charges
are assessed as a percentage of the guaranteed benefit rather than Account
Balance. For example, the charge for GMIB II is 0.50% of the Income Base.
See the "Charges" section and the individual rider descriptions for more
information.
/5/ For Contracts issued in New York State, the charge for GMIB Plus II is
0.95% of the Income Base.
124
PAY-OUT OPTIONS (OR INCOME OPTIONS)
You may convert your Deferred Annuity into a regular stream of income after
your "pay-in" or "accumulation" phase. The pay-out phase is often referred
to as either "annuitizing" your Contract or taking an income annuity. When You
select your pay-out option, You will be able to choose from the range of
options we then have available. You have the flexibility to select a stream of
income to meet your needs. If You decide You want a pay-out option, we withdraw
some or all of your Account Balance (less any premium taxes and applicable
Contract fees), then we apply the net amount to the option. See "Income Taxes"
for a discussion of partial annuitization. You are required to hold your
Deferred Annuity for at least 30 days from the date we issue the Contract
before You annuitize. When You purchase the Deferred Annuity, the annuity date
will be the later of the first day of the calendar month after the Annuitant's
95th birthday (90th birthday in New York State) or 10 years from the date your
Deferred Annuity was issued. You can change or extend the annuity date at any
time before the annuity date with 30 days prior notice to us (subject to
restrictions that may apply in your state and our current established
administrative procedures). Although guaranteed annuity rates for the Bonus
Class are the same as those for the other classes of the Deferred Annuity,
current rates for the Bonus Class may be lower than the other classes of the
Deferred Annuity. You must convert at least $5,000 of your Account Balance to
receive income payments. PLEASE BE AWARE THAT ONCE YOUR CONTRACT IS ANNUITIZED,
YOU ARE INELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE THE DEATH BENEFIT YOU HAVE SELECTED.
ADDITIONALLY, IF YOU HAVE SELECTED A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH AS A GMIB, A GWB, OR
THE GMAB, ANNUITIZING YOUR CONTRACT TERMINATES THE OPTIONAL BENEFIT, INCLUDING
ANY DEATH BENEFIT PROVIDED BY THE RIDER AND ANY GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL OPTION OR
GUARANTEED PRINCIPAL ADJUSTMENT (FOR GMIB PLUS I AND GMIB PLUS II OR LWGS,
RESPECTIVELY) OR GUARANTEED ACCUMULATION PAYMENT (FOR THE GMAB) THAT MAY ALSO
BE PROVIDED BY THE OPTIONAL BENEFIT.
When considering a pay-out option, You should think about whether You want:
.. Payments guaranteed by us for the rest of your life (or for the rest of two
lives) or the rest of your life (or for the rest of two lives) with a
guaranteed period; and
.. A fixed dollar payment or a variable payment.
Your income option provides You with a regular stream of payments for either
your lifetime or your lifetime with a guaranteed period.
You may choose the frequency of your income payments (choosing less frequent
payments will result in each income payment being larger). For example, You may
receive your payments on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis.
Your income payment amount will depend upon your choices. For lifetime options,
the age and sex (where permitted), of the measuring lives (Annuitants) will
also be considered. For example, if You select a pay-out option guaranteeing
payments for your lifetime and your spouse's lifetime, your payments will
typically be lower than if You select a pay-out option with payments over only
your lifetime. Income payment types that guarantee that payments will be made
for a certain number of years regardless of whether the Annuitant or joint
Annuitant is alive (such as Lifetime Income Annuity with a Guarantee Period and
Lifetime Income Annuity for Two with a Guarantee Period, as defined below)
result in income payments that are smaller than with income payment types
without such a guarantee (such as Lifetime Income Annuity and Lifetime Income
Annuity for Two, as defined below). In addition, to the extent the income
payment type has a guarantee period, choosing a shorter guarantee period will
result in each income payment being larger.
If You do not tell us otherwise, your Fixed Account balance and Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging Program balance will be used to provide a Fixed Income Option
and your Separate Account balance will be used to provide a variable pay-out
option.
125
We do not guarantee that your variable payments will be a specific amount of
money. You may choose to have a portion of the payment fixed and guaranteed
under the Fixed Income Option. Should our current annuity rates for a fixed
pay-out option for your class of the Deferred Annuity provide for greater
payments than those guaranteed in your Contract, the greater payment will be
made.
INCOME PAYMENT TYPES
Currently, we provide You with a wide variety of income payment types to
suit a range of personal preferences. You decide the income pay-out type
when You decide to take a pay-out option. Your decision is irrevocable.
There are three people who are involved in payments under your pay-out option:
.. Contract owner: the person or entity which has all rights including the
right to direct who receives payment.
.. Annuitant: the natural person whose life is the measure for determining the
duration and the dollar amount of payments.
.. Beneficiary: the person who receives continuing payments or a lump sum
payment, if any, if the Contract Owner dies.
Many times, the Contract Owner and the Annuitant are the same person.
When deciding how to receive income, consider:
.. The amount of income You need;
.. The amount You expect to receive from other sources;
.. The growth potential of other investments; and
.. How long You would like your income to be guaranteed.
The following income payment types are currently available. We may make
available other income payment types if You so request and we agree. Where
required by state law or under a qualified retirement plan, the Annuitant's sex
will be not taken into account in calculating income payments. Annuity rates
will not be less than the rates guaranteed in the Contract at the time of
purchase for the AIR and income payment type elected. Due to underwriting,
administrative or Internal Revenue Code considerations, the choice of the
percentage reduction and/or the duration of the guarantee period may be
limited. Tax rules with respect to decedent Contracts may prohibit election of
Lifetime Income Annuity for Two income types and/or may also prohibit payments
for as long as the owner's life in certain circumstances.
LIFETIME INCOME ANNUITY: A variable income that is paid as long as the
Annuitant is living.
LIFETIME INCOME ANNUITY WITH A GUARANTEE PERIOD: A variable income that
continues as long as the Annuitant is living but is guaranteed to be paid for a
number of years. If the Annuitant dies before all of the guaranteed payments
have been made, payments are made to the Contract Owner of the annuity (or the
Beneficiary, if the Contract Owner dies during the guarantee period) until the
end of the guarantee period. No payments are made once the guarantee period has
expired and the Annuitant is no longer living.
LIFETIME INCOME ANNUITY FOR TWO: A variable income that is paid as long as
either of the two Annuitants is living. After one Annuitant dies, payments
continue to be made as long as the other Annuitant is living. In that event,
payments may be the same as those made while both Annuitants were living or may
be a smaller percentage that is selected when the annuity is first converted to
an income stream. No payments are made once both Annuitants are no longer
living.
LIFETIME INCOME ANNUITY FOR TWO WITH A GUARANTEE PERIOD: A variable income that
continues as long as either of the two Annuitants is living but is guaranteed
to be paid (unreduced by any percentage selected) for a number of
126
years. If both Annuitants die before all of the guaranteed payments have been
made, payments are made to the Contract Owner of the annuity (or the
Beneficiary, if the Contract Owner dies during the guarantee period) until the
end of the guaranteed period. If one Annuitant dies after the guarantee period
has expired, payments continue to be made as long as the other Annuitant is
living. In that event, payments may be the same as those made while both
Annuitants were living or may be a smaller percentage that is selected when the
annuity is first converted to an income stream. No payments are made once the
guarantee period has expired and both Annuitants are no longer living.
ALLOCATION
You decide how your money is allocated among the Fixed Income Option and the
Investment Divisions.
MINIMUM SIZE OF YOUR INCOME PAYMENT
Your initial income payment must be at least $100. This means that the
amount used from a Deferred Annuity to provide a pay-out option must be
large enough to produce this minimum initial income payment. We may reduce the
frequency of your income payments to produce a payment of at least $100, in
which case your payment will be made at least annually.
THE VALUE OF YOUR INCOME PAYMENTS
AMOUNT OF INCOME PAYMENTS
Variable Income Payments from an Investment Division will depend upon the
number of annuity units held in that Investment Division (described below) and
the Annuity Unit Value (described later) as of the 10th day prior to a payment
date.
The initial variable income payment is computed based on the amount of the
purchase payment applied to the specific Investment Division (net any
applicable premium tax owed or Contract charge), the AIR, the age of the
measuring lives and the income payment type selected. The initial payment
amount is then divided by the Annuity Unit Value for the Investment Division to
determine the number of annuity units held in that Investment Division. The
number of annuity units held remains the same for duration of the Contract if
no reallocations are made.
The dollar amount of subsequent variable income payments will vary with the
amount by which investment performance less the Separate Account Charge is
greater or less than the AIR.
Each Deferred Annuity provides that, when a pay-out option is chosen, the
payment will not be less than the payment produced by the then current Fixed
Income Option purchase rates for that Contract class. The purpose of this
provision is to assure the owner that, at retirement, if the Fixed Income
Option purchase rates for new Contracts are significantly more favorable than
the rates guaranteed by a Deferred Annuity of the same class, the owner will be
given the benefit of the higher rates.
ANNUITY UNITS
Annuity units are credited to You when You first convert your Deferred Annuity
into an income stream or make a reallocation of your income payment into an
Investment Division during the pay-out phase. Before we determine the number of
annuity units to credit to You, we reduce your Account Balance by any premium
taxes and the Annual Contract Fee, if applicable. (The premium taxes and the
Annual Contract Fee are not applied against reallocations.) We then compute an
initial income payment amount using the AIR, your income payment type and the
age and sex (where permitted) of the measuring lives. We then divide the
initial income payment (allocated to an Investment Division) by the Annuity
Unit Value on the date of the transaction. The result is the number of annuity
units credited for that Investment
127
Division. The initial variable income payment is a hypothetical payment which
is calculated based on the AIR. This initial variable income payment is used to
establish the number of annuity units. It is not the amount of your actual
first variable income payment unless your first income payment happens to be
within 10 days after the date You convert your Deferred Annuity into an income
stream. When You reallocate an income payment from an Investment Division,
annuity units supporting that portion of your income payment in that Investment
Division are liquidated.
AIR
Your income payments are determined by using the AIR to benchmark the
investment experience of the Investment Divisions You select. We currently
offer an AIR of 3% and 4%. The higher your AIR, the higher your initial
variable income payment will be. Your next payment will increase approximately
in proportion to the amount by which the investment experience (for the time
period between the payments) for the underlying Portfolio minus the Basic Death
Benefit Separate Account charge (the resulting number is the net investment
return) exceeds the AIR (for the time period between the payments). Likewise,
your next payment will decrease to the approximate extent the investment
experience (for the time period between the payments) for the underlying
Portfolio minus the Basic Death Benefit Separate Account (the net investment
return) charge is less than the AIR (for the time period between the payments).
A lower AIR will result in a lower initial variable income payment, but
subsequent variable income payments will increase more rapidly or decline more
slowly than if You had elected a higher AIR as changes occur in the investment
experience of the Investment Divisions.
The amount of each variable income payment is determined 10 days prior to your
income payment date. If your first income payment is scheduled to be paid less
than 10 days after You convert your Deferred Annuity to an income stream, then
the amount of that payment will be determined on the date You convert your
Deferred Annuity to a pay-out option.
VALUATION
This is how we calculate the Annuity Unit Value for each Investment Division:
.. First, we determine the change in investment experience (which reflects the
deduction for any investment-related charge) for the underlying Portfolio
from the previous trading day to the current trading day;
.. Next, we subtract the daily equivalent of the Basic Death Benefit Separate
Account charge for each day since the last day the Annuity Unit Value was
calculated; the resulting number is the net investment return.
.. Then, we multiply by an adjustment based on your AIR for each day since the
last Annuity Unit Value was calculated; and
.. Finally, we multiply the previous Annuity Unit Value by this result.
REALLOCATION PRIVILEGE
During the pay-out phase of the Deferred Annuity, You may make reallocations
among Investment Divisions or from the Investment Divisions to the Fixed
Income Option. Each reallocation must be at least $500 or, if less, your entire
income payment allocated to the Investment Division. Once You reallocate your
income payment into the Fixed Income Option, You may not later reallocate it
into an Investment Division. There is no Withdrawal Charge to make a
reallocation.
For us to process a reallocation, You must tell us:
.. The percentage of the income payment to be reallocated;
.. The Investment Divisions (or Fixed Income Option) to which You want to
reallocate your income payment; and
.. The Investment Divisions from which You want to reallocate your income
payment.
We may require that You use our original forms to make reallocations.
128
Reallocations will be made at the end of the business day, at the close of the
Exchange, if received in Good Order prior to the close of the Exchange, on that
business day. All other reallocation requests will be processed on the next
business day.
When You request a reallocation from an Investment Division to the Fixed Income
Option, the payment amount will be adjusted at the time of reallocation. Your
payment may either increase or decrease due to this adjustment. The adjusted
payment will be calculated in the following manner.
.. First, we update the income payment amount to be reallocated from the
Investment Division based upon the applicable Annuity Unit Value at the
time of the reallocation;
.. Second, we use the AIR to calculate an updated annuity purchase rate based
upon your age, if applicable, and expected future income payments at the
time of the reallocation;
.. Third, we calculate another updated annuity purchase rate using our current
annuity purchase rates for the Fixed Income Option on the date of your
reallocation;
.. Finally, we determine the adjusted payment amount by multiplying the
updated income amount determined in the first step by the ratio of the
annuity purchase rate determined in the second step divided by the annuity
purchase rate determined in the third step.
When You request a reallocation from one Investment Division to another,
annuity units in one Investment Division are liquidated and annuity units in
the other Investment Division are credited to You. There is no adjustment to
the income payment amount. Future income payment amounts will be determined
based on the Annuity Unit Value for the Investment Division to which You have
reallocated.
You generally may make a reallocation on any day the Exchange is open. At a
future date we may limit the number of reallocations You may make, but never to
fewer than one a month. If we do so, we will give You advance written notice.
We may limit a Beneficiary's ability to make a reallocation.
Here are examples of the effect of a reallocation on the income payment:
.. Suppose You choose to reallocate 40% of your income payment supported by
Investment Division A to the Fixed Income Option and the recalculated
income payment supported by Investment Division A is $100. Assume that the
updated annuity purchase rate based on the AIR is $125, while the updated
annuity purchase rate based on fixed income annuity pricing is $100. In
that case, your income payment from the Fixed Income Option will be
increased by $40 x ($125/$100) or $50, and your income payment supported by
Investment Division A will be decreased by $40. (The number of annuity
units in Investment Division A will be decreased as well.)
.. Suppose You choose to reallocate 40% of your income payment supported by
Investment Division A to Investment Division B and the recalculated income
payment supported by Investment Division A is $100. Then, your income
payment supported by Investment Division B will be increased by $40 and
your income payment supported by Investment Division A will be decreased by
$40. (Changes will also be made to the number of annuity units in both
Investment Divisions as well.)
Please see the "Transfer Privilege" section regarding our transfer restriction
policies and procedures.
CHARGES
You pay the Basic Death Benefit Separate Account charge for your Contract
class during the pay-out phase of the Deferred Annuity. In addition, You pay
the applicable investment-related charge during the pay-out phase of your
Deferred Annuity. During the pay-out phase, we reserve the right to deduct the
$30 Annual Contract Fee. If we do so, it will be deducted pro-rata from each
income payment. The Separate Account charge You pay will not reduce the number
of annuity units credited to You. Instead, we deduct the charges as part of the
calculation of the Annuity Unit Value.
129
GENERAL INFORMATION
ADMINISTRATION
All transactions will be processed in the manner described below.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Send your purchase payments, by check, cashier's check or certified check, made
payable to "MetLife," to MetLife Preference Plus Select, P.O. Box 371537,
Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7537. (We reserve the right to receive purchase payments
by other means acceptable to us.) We do not accept cash, money orders or
traveler's checks. We will provide You with all necessary forms. We must have
all documents in Good Order to credit your purchase payments. If You send your
purchase payments or transaction requests to an address other than the one we
have designated for receipt of such purchase payments or requests, we may
return the purchase payment to You, or there may be delay in applying the
purchase payment or transaction to your Contract.
We reserve the right to refuse purchase payments made via a personal check in
excess of $100,000. Purchase payments over $100,000 may be accepted in other
forms, including but not limited to, EFT/wire transfers, certified checks,
corporate checks, and checks written on financial institutions. The form in
which we receive a purchase payment may determine how soon subsequent
disbursement requests may be fulfilled.
Purchase payments (including any portion of your Account Balance under a
Deferred Annuity which You apply to a pay-out option) are effective and valued
as of the close of the Exchange on the day we receive them in Good Order at
your Administrative Office, except when they are received:
.. On a day when the Accumulation Unit Value/Annuity Unit Value is not
calculated, or
.. After the close of the Exchange.
In those cases, the purchase payments will be effective the next day the
Accumulation Unit Value or Annuity Unit Value, as applicable, is calculated.
We reserve the right to credit your initial purchase payment to You within two
days after its receipt at your Administrative Office or MetLife sales office,
if applicable. However, if You fill out our forms incorrectly or incompletely
or other documentation is not completed properly or otherwise not in Good
Order, we have up to five business days to credit the payment. If the problem
cannot be resolved by the fifth business day, we will notify You and give You
the reasons for the delay. At that time, You will be asked whether You agree to
let us keep your money until the problem is resolved. If You do not agree or we
cannot reach You by the fifth business day, your money will be returned.
CONFIRMING TRANSACTIONS
You will receive a written statement confirming that a transaction was recently
completed. Certain transactions made on a periodic basis, such as
check-o-matic, Systematic Withdrawal Program payments, and automated investment
strategy transfers, may be confirmed quarterly. Unless You inform us of any
errors within 60 days of receipt, we will consider these communications to be
accurate and complete.
PROCESSING TRANSACTIONS
We permit You to request transactions by mail and telephone. We make Internet
access available to You. We may suspend or eliminate telephone or Internet
privileges at any time, without prior notice. We reserve the right not to
accept requests for transactions by facsimile.
130
If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, Federal
anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We
may also be required to block a Contract owner's account and, consequently,
refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or death
benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental
authority.
BY TELEPHONE OR INTERNET
You may obtain information and initiate a variety of transactions by telephone
or the Internet virtually 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, unless prohibited by
state law. Some of the information and transactions accessible to You include:
.. Account Balance
.. Unit Values
.. Current rates for the Fixed Account
.. Transfers
.. Changes to investment strategies
.. Changes in the allocation of future purchase payments.
Your transaction must be in Good Order and completed prior to the close of the
Exchange on one of our business days if You want the transaction to be valued
and effective on that day. Transactions will not be valued and effective on a
day when the Accumulation or Annuity Unit Value is not calculated or after the
close of the Exchange. We will value and make effective these transactions on
our next business day.
We have put into place reasonable security procedures to insure that
instructions communicated by telephone or Internet are genuine. For example,
all telephone calls are recorded. Also, You will be asked to provide some
personal data prior to giving your instructions over the telephone or through
the Internet. When someone contacts us by telephone or Internet and follows our
security procedures, we will assume that You are authorizing us to act upon
those instructions. Neither the Separate Account nor MetLife will be liable for
any loss, expense or cost arising out of any requests that we or the Separate
Account reasonably believe to be authentic. In the unlikely event that You have
trouble reaching us, requests should be made in writing to your Administrative
Office.
Response times for the telephone or Internet may vary due to a variety of
factors, including volumes, market conditions and performance of the systems.
We are not responsible or liable for:
.. any inaccuracy, error, or delay in or omission of any information You
transmit or deliver to us; or
.. any loss or damage You may incur because of such inaccuracy, error, delay
or omission; non-performance; or any interruption of information beyond our
control.
AFTER YOUR DEATH
If we are presented with notification of your death before any requested
transaction is completed (including transactions under automated investment
strategies, the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program, the minimum
distribution program and the Systematic Withdrawal Program), we will cancel the
request. As described above, the death benefit will be determined when we
receive due proof of death and an election for the payment method. If the
Beneficiary is your spouse, the spouse may be substituted as the Contract Owner
of the Deferred Annuity and continue the Contract. We permit the Beneficiary of
a Traditional IRA Deferred Annuity to hold the Deferred Annuity in your name
for his/her benefit. If You are receiving income payments, we will cancel the
request and continue making payments to your Beneficiary if your income type so
provides. Or, depending on the income type, we may continue making payments to
a joint Annuitant.
131
ABANDONED PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS
Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare non-ERISA
("Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974") annuity contracts to be
abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from the
contract's maturity date or the date the death benefit is due and payable. For
example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but, if after a
thorough search, we are still unable to locate the beneficiary of the death
benefit, or the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death benefit in
a timely manner, the death benefit will be paid to the abandoned property
division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or
You last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of
domicile. (Escheatment is the formal, legal name for this process.) However,
the state is obligated to pay the death benefit (without interest) if your
beneficiary steps forward to claim it with the proper documentation. To prevent
your Contract's proceeds from being paid to the state abandoned or unclaimed
property office, it is important that you update your Beneficiary designations,
including addresses, if and as they change. Please call 1-800-638-7732 to make
such changes.
MISSTATEMENT
We may require proof of age or sex (where permitted) of the Owner, Annuitant or
Beneficiary before making any payments under this Contract that are measured by
the Owner's, Annuitant's or Beneficiary's life. If the age or sex (where
permitted) of the measuring life has been misstated, the amount payable will be
the amount that would have been provided at the correct age and sex (where
permitted).
Once income payments have begun, any overpayments or underpayments will be made
up in one sum with the next income payment in a manner agreed to by us. Any
overpayments will be deducted first from future income payments. In certain
states we may be required to pay interest on any underpayment.
THIRD PARTY REQUESTS
Generally, we only accept requests for transactions or information from You. In
addition, we reserve the right not to accept or to process transactions
requested on your behalf by third parties. This includes processing
transactions by an agent You designate, through a power of attorney or other
authorization, who has the ability to control the amount and timing of
transfers/reallocations for a number of other Contract owners and who
simultaneously makes the same request or series of requests on behalf of other
Contract owners.
VALUATION -- SUSPENSION OF PAYMENTS
We separately determine the Accumulation Unit Value and Annuity Unit Value, as
applicable, for each Investment Division once each day when the Exchange is
open for trading. If permitted by law, we may change the period between
calculations but we will give You 30 days notice.
When You request a transaction, we will process the transaction on the basis of
the Accumulation Unit Value or Annuity Unit Value next determined after receipt
of the request. Subject to our procedure, we will make withdrawals and
transfers/reallocations at a later date, if You request. If your withdrawal
request is to elect a variable pay-out option under your Deferred Annuity, we
base the number of annuity units You receive on the next available Annuity Unit
Value.
We reserve the right to suspend or postpone payment for a withdrawal or
transfer/reallocation when:
.. rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission so permit (trading on the
Exchange is restricted, the Exchange is closed other than for customary
weekend or holiday closings or an emergency exists which makes pricing or
sale of securities not practicable); or
.. during any other period when the Securities and Exchange Commission by
order so permits.
132
ADVERTISING PERFORMANCE
We periodically advertise the performance of the Investment Divisions. You
may get performance information from a variety of sources including your
quarterly statements, your MetLife representative, the Internet, annual reports
and semiannual reports. All performance numbers are based upon historical
earnings. These numbers are not intended to indicate future results.
We may state performance in terms of "yield," "change in Accumulation Unit
Value/Annuity Unit Value," "average annual total return" or some combination of
these terms.
YIELD is the net income generated by an investment in a particular Investment
Division for 30 days or a month. These figures are expressed as percentages.
This percentage yield is compounded semiannually; for the money market
Investment Division, we state yield for a seven day period.
CHANGE IN ACCUMULATION/ANNUITY UNIT VALUE ("Non-Standard Performance") is
calculated by determining the percentage change in the value of an accumulation
(or annuity) unit for a certain period. These numbers may also be annualized.
Change in Accumulation/Annuity Unit Value may be used to demonstrate
performance for a hypothetical investment (such as $10,000) over a specified
period. These performance numbers reflect the deduction of the Separate Account
charges (with the Basic Death Benefit), the additional Separate Account charge
for the American Funds Bond, American Funds Growth, American Funds
Growth-Income and American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment
Divisions and the Annual Contract Fee; however, yield and change in
Accumulation/Annuity Unit Value performance do not reflect the possible
imposition of Withdrawal Charges and the charge for the EDB I, the Earnings
Preservation Benefit, GMIBs, the GWBs or GMAB. Withdrawal charges would reduce
performance experience.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN ("Standard Performance") calculations reflect the
Separate Account charge, the additional Separate Account charge for the
American Funds Growth, American Funds Growth-Income, American Funds Bond, and
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Divisions and the Annual
Contract Fee and applicable Withdrawal Charges since the Investment Division
inception date, which is the date the corresponding Portfolio or predecessor
Portfolio was first offered under the Separate Account that funds the Deferred
Annuity. These figures also assume a steady annual rate of return. They assume
that combination of optional benefits (including the greater of Annual Step-Up
or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit) that would produce the greatest total
Separate Account charge.
Performance figures will vary among the various classes of the Deferred
Annuities and the Investment Divisions as a result of different Separate
Account charges and Withdrawal Charges.
We may calculate performance for certain investment strategies including Equity
Generator and each asset allocation model of the Index Selector. We calculate
the performance as a percentage by presuming a certain dollar value at the
beginning of a period and comparing this dollar value with the dollar value
based on historical performance at the end of that period. We assume the
Separate Account charge reflects the Basic Death Benefit. The information does
not assume the charges for the EDB I, the Earnings Preservation Benefit, GMIBs,
GMAB or the GWBs. This percentage return assumes that there have been no
withdrawals or other unrelated transactions.
For purposes of presentation of Non-Standard Performance, we may assume the
Deferred Annuities were in existence prior to the inception date of the
Investment Divisions in the Separate Account that funds the Deferred Annuity.
In these cases, we calculate performance based on the historical performance of
the underlying Metropolitan Fund, Met Investors Fund and American Funds(R)
Portfolios since the Portfolio inception date. We use the actual accumulation
unit or annuity unit data after the inception date. Any performance data that
includes all or a portion of the time between the Portfolio inception date and
the Investment Division inception date is hypothetical. Hypothetical returns
indicate what the performance data would have been if the Deferred Annuity had
been introduced as of the Portfolio inception date.
133
We may also present average annual total return calculations which reflect all
Separate Account charges and applicable Withdrawal Charges since the Portfolio
inception date. We use the actual accumulation unit or annuity unit data after
the inception date. Any performance data that includes all or a portion of the
time between the Portfolio inception date and the Investment Division inception
date is hypothetical. Hypothetical returns indicate what the performance data
would have been if the Deferred Annuities had been introduced as of the
Portfolio inception date.
Past performance is no guarantee of future results.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of Account Balances over a
specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios. These
presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate Account charge, the Annual
Contract Fee, if any, and the weighted average of investment-related charges
for all Portfolios to depict investment-related charges.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of Account Balances for a
specific Portfolio based upon the assumed rates of return previously described,
the deduction of the Separate Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if
any, and the investment-related charges for the specific Portfolio to depict
investment-related charges.
We may demonstrate the hypothetical historical value of each optional benefit
for a specified period based on historical net asset values of the Portfolios
and the annuity purchase rate, if applicable, either for an individual for whom
the illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if any, the investment-related
charge and the charge for the optional benefit being illustrated.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of each optional benefit over a
specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios, the
annuity purchase rate, if applicable, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if any, the weighted average of
investment-related charges for all Portfolios to depict investment-related
charges and the charge for the optional benefit being illustrated.
We may demonstrate hypothetical values of income payments over a specified
period based on historical net asset values of the Portfolios and the
applicable annuity purchase rate, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge, the investment-related charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if
any.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of income payments over a
specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios, the
applicable annuity purchase rate, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge, the Annual Contract Fee, if any, and the weighted average of
investment-related charges for all Portfolios to depict investment-related
charges.
Any illustration should not be relied on as a guarantee of future results.
CHANGES TO YOUR DEFERRED ANNUITY
We have the right to make certain changes to your Deferred Annuity, but
only as permitted by law. We make changes when we think they would best
serve the interest of annuity Contract owners or would be appropriate in
carrying out the purposes of the Deferred Annuity. If the law requires, we will
also get your approval and the approval of any appropriate regulatory
authorities. Examples of the changes we may make include:
.. To operate the Separate Account in any form permitted by law.
134
.. To take any action necessary to comply with or obtain and continue any
exemptions under the law (including favorable treatment under the Federal
income tax laws) including limiting the number, frequency or types of
transfers/reallocations permitted.
.. To transfer any assets in an Investment Division to another Investment
Division, or to one or more separate accounts, or to our general account,
or to add, combine or remove Investment Divisions in the Separate Account.
.. To substitute for the Portfolio shares in any Investment Division, the
shares of another class of the Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund or
the shares of another investment company or any other investment permitted
by law.
.. To make any necessary technical changes in the Deferred Annuities in order
to conform with any of the above-described actions.
If any changes result in a material change in the underlying investments of an
Investment Division in which You have a balance or an allocation, we will
notify You of the change. You may then make a new choice of Investment
Divisions. For Deferred Annuities issued in Pennsylvania, we will ask your
approval before making any technical changes.
VOTING RIGHTS
Based on our current view of applicable law, You have voting interests under
your Deferred Annuity concerning Metropolitan Fund, Met Investors Fund or
American Funds(R) proposals that are subject to a shareholder vote. Therefore,
You are entitled to give us instructions for the number of shares which are
deemed attributable to your Deferred Annuity.
We will vote the shares of each of the underlying Portfolios held by the
Separate Account based on instructions we receive from those having a voting
interest in the corresponding Investment Divisions. However, if the law or the
interpretation of the law changes, we may decide to exercise the right to vote
the Portfolio's shares based on our own judgment.
You are entitled to give instructions regarding the votes attributable to your
Deferred Annuity in your sole discretion.
There are certain circumstances under which we may disregard voting
instructions. However, in this event, a summary of our action and the reasons
for such action will appear in the next semiannual report. If we do not receive
your voting instructions, we will vote your interest in the same proportion as
represented by the votes we receive from other investors. The effect of this
proportional voting is that a small number of Contract Owners may control the
outcome of a vote. Shares of the Metropolitan Fund, the Met Investors Fund or
the American Funds(R) that are owned by our general account or by any of our
unregistered separate accounts will be voted in the same proportion as the
aggregate of:
.. The shares for which voting instructions are received, and
.. The shares that are voted in proportion to such voting instructions.
However, if the law or the interpretation of the law changes, we may decide to
exercise the right to vote the Portfolio's shares based on our judgment.
WHO SELLS THE DEFERRED ANNUITIES
MetLife Investors Distribution Company (''MLIDC'') is the principal underwriter
and distributor of the securities offered through this Prospectus. MLIDC, which
is our affiliate, also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of
some of the other variable annuity Contracts and variable life insurance
policies we and our affiliated companies issue. We reimburse MLIDC for expenses
MLIDC incurs in distributing the Deferred Annuities (e.g., commissions payable
to the retail broker-dealers who sell the Deferred Annuities, including our
affiliated broker-dealers). MLIDC does not retain any fees under the Deferred
Annuities.
135
MLIDC's principal executive offices are located at 5 Park Plaza, Suite 1900,
Irvine, CA 92614. MLIDC is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (''SEC'') under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
well as the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a
member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). FINRA provides
background information about broker-dealers and their registered
representatives through FINRA BrokerCheck. You may contact the FINRA
BrokerCheck Hotline at 1-800-289-9999, or log on to www.finra.org. An investor
brochure that includes information describing FINRA BrokerCheck is available
through the Hotline or on-line.
Deferred Annuities are sold through MetLife licensed sales representatives who
are associated with MetLife Securities, Inc. (''MSI''), our affiliate and a
broker-dealer, which is paid compensation for the promotion and sale of the
Deferred Annuities. The Deferred Annuities are also sold through the registered
representatives of our other affiliated broker-dealers. MSI and our affiliated
broker-dealers are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are also members of FINRA. The Deferred
Annuities may also be sold through other registered broker-dealers. Deferred
Annuities also may be sold through the mail or over the Internet.
There is no front-end sales load deducted from purchase payments to pay sales
commissions. Distribution costs are recovered through the Separate Account
charge. MetLife sales representatives who are not in our MetLife Resources
division ("non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representatives") must meet a
minimum level of sales of proprietary products in order to maintain employment
with us. Sales representatives in our MetLife Resources division must meet a
minimum level of sales production in order to maintain employment with us.
Non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representatives and MetLife Resources sales
representatives receive cash payments for the products they sell and service
based upon a 'gross dealer concession' model. With respect to the Deferred
Annuity, the gross dealer concession ranges from 1.0% to 7.15% of each purchase
payment (depending on the class purchased) and, starting as early as the second
Contract Year, ranges from 0.00% to 1.00% (depending on the class purchased) of
the Account Balance each year the Contract is in force for servicing the
Deferred Annuity. Gross dealer concession may also be paid when the Contract is
annuitized. The amount of this gross dealer concession payable upon
annuitization depends on several factors, including the number of years the
Contract has been in force. Compensation to the sales representative is all or
part of the gross dealer concession. Compensation to sales representatives in
the MetLife Resources division is based upon premiums and purchase payments
applied to all products sold and serviced by the representative. Compensation
to non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representatives is determined based upon
a formula that recognizes premiums and purchase payments applied to proprietary
products sold and serviced by the representative as well as certain premiums
and purchase payments applied to non-proprietary products sold by the
representative. Proprietary products are those issued by us or our affiliates.
Because one of the factors determining the percentage of gross dealer
concession that applies to non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representative's
compensation is sales of proprietary products, these sales representatives have
an incentive to favor the sale of proprietary products. Because non-MetLife
Resources MetLife sales managers' compensation is based on the sales made by
the representatives they supervise, these sales managers also have an incentive
to favor the sales of proprietary products.
Non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representatives and MetLife Resources sales
representatives and their managers and the sales representatives and managers
of our affiliates may be eligible for additional cash compensation, such as
bonuses, equity awards (such as stock options), training allowances,
supplemental salary, financial arrangements, marketing support, medical and
other insurance benefits, and retirement benefits and other benefits based
primarily on the amount of proprietary products sold. Because additional cash
compensation paid to non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales representatives and
MetLife Resources sales representatives and their managers and the sales
representatives and their managers of our affiliates is based primarily on the
sales of proprietary products, non-MetLife Resources MetLife sales
representatives and MetLife Resources sales representatives and their managers
and the sales representatives and their managers of our affiliates have an
incentive to favor the sale of proprietary products.
136
Sales representatives who meet certain productivity, persistency, and length of
service standards and/or their managers may be eligible for additional cash
compensation. Moreover, managers may be eligible for additional cash
compensation based on the sales production of the sales representatives that
the manager supervises.
Our sales representatives and their managers may be eligible for non-cash
compensation incentives, such as conferences, trips, prizes and awards. Other
non-cash compensation payments may be made for other services that are not
directly related to the sale of products. These payments may include support
services in the form of recruitment and training of personnel, production of
promotional services and other support services.
Other incentives and additional cash compensation provide sales representatives
and their managers with an incentive to favor the sale of proprietary products.
The business unit responsible for the operation of our distribution system is
also paid.
MLIDC also pays compensation for the sale of the Deferred Annuities by
affiliated broker-dealers. The compensation paid to affiliated broker-dealers
for sales of the Deferred Annuities is generally not expected to exceed, on a
present value basis, the aggregate amount of total compensation that is paid
with respect to sales made through MetLife representatives. (The total
compensation includes payments that we make to our business unit that is
responsible for the operation of the distribution systems through which the
Deferred Annuities are sold.) These firms pay their sales representatives all
or a portion of the commissions received for their sales of Deferred Annuities;
some firms may retain a portion of commissions. The amount that selling firms
pass on to their sales representatives is determined in accordance with their
internal compensation programs. Those programs may also include other types of
cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits. Sales representatives of
affiliated broker-dealers and their managers may be eligible for various cash
benefits and non-cash compensation (as described above) that we may provide
jointly with affiliated broker-dealers. Because of the receipt of this cash and
non-cash compensation, sales representatives and their managers of our
affiliated broker-dealers have an incentive to favor the sale of proprietary
products.
MLIDC may also enter into preferred distribution arrangements with certain
affiliated selling firms such as New England Securities Corporation, Walnut
Street Securities, Inc. and Tower Square Securities, Inc. These arrangements
are sometimes called "shelf space" arrangements. Under these arrangements,
MLIDC may pay separate, additional compensation to the broker-dealer firm for
services the selling firm provides in connection with the distribution of the
Contracts.
These services may include providing us with access to the distribution network
of the selling firm, the hiring and training of the selling firm's sales
personnel, the sponsoring of conferences and seminars by the selling firm, or
general marketing services performed by the selling firm. The selling firm may
also provide other services or incur other costs in connection with
distributing the Contracts.
MLIDC also pays compensation for the sale of Contracts by unaffiliated
broker-dealers. The compensation paid to unaffiliated broker-dealers for sales
of the Deferred Annuities is generally not expected to exceed, on a present
value basis, the aggregate amount of total compensation that is paid with
respect to sales made through MetLife representatives. (The total compensation
includes payments that we make to our business unit that is responsible for the
operation of the distribution systems through which the Deferred annuities are
sold.) Broker-dealers pay their sales representatives all or a portion of the
commissions received for their sales of the Contracts. Some firms may retain a
portion of commissions. The amount that the broker-dealer passes on to its
sales representatives is determined in accordance with its internal
compensation programs. Those programs may also include other types of cash and
non-cash compensation and other benefits. We and our affiliates may also
provide sales support in the form of training, sponsoring conferences,
defraying expenses at vendor meetings, providing promotional literature and
similar services. An unaffiliated broker-dealer or sales representative of an
unaffiliated broker-dealer may receive different compensation for selling one
product over another and/or may be inclined to favor one product provider over
another product provider due to differing
137
compensation rates. Ask your sales representative further information about
what your sales representative and the broker-dealer for which he or she works
may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.
We pay American Funds Distributors, Inc., principal underwriter for the
American Funds Insurance Series, a percentage of Purchase Payments allocated to
the following portfolios for the services it provides in marketing the
portfolios' shares in connection with the contract: the American Funds Global
Small Capitalization Portfolio, the American Funds Growth-Income Portfolio, the
American Funds(R) Bond Portfolio, the American Funds(R) Growth Portfolio, the
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Portfolio, the American Funds(R) Balanced
Allocation Portfolio, and the American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Portfolio.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our financial statements and the financial statements of the Separate Account
have been included in the SAI.
YOUR SPOUSE'S RIGHTS
If You received your Contract through a qualified retirement plan and your plan
is subject to ERISA (the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and
You are married, the income payments, withdrawal and loan provisions, and
methods of payment of the death benefit under your Deferred Annuity may be
subject to your spouse's rights.
If your benefit is worth $5,000 or less, your plan may provide for distribution
of your entire interest in a lump sum without your spouse's consent.
For details or advice on how the law applies to your circumstances, consult
your tax adviser or attorney.
WHEN WE CAN CANCEL YOUR DEFERRED ANNUITY
We may cancel your Deferred Annuity only if we do not receive any purchase
payments from You for 24 consecutive months (36 consecutive months in New York
State) and your Account Balance is less than $2,000. Accordingly, no Deferred
Annuity will be terminated due solely to negative investment performance. We
will only do so to the extent allowed by law. If we do so, we will return the
full Account Balance. Federal tax law may impose additional restrictions on our
right to cancel your Traditional IRA, Roth IRA SEP and SIMPLE IRA Deferred
Annuity. We will not terminate the Deferred Annuity if it includes an LWG or a
GMAB. In addition, we will not terminate any Deferred Annuity that includes a
GWB or a GMIB or a guaranteed death benefit if at the time the termination
would otherwise occur the Income Base/Benefit Base of the optional benefit, or
the guaranteed amount under any death benefit, is greater than the Account
Balance. For all other Deferred Annuities, we reserve the right to exercise
this termination provision, subject to obtaining any required regulatory
approvals. We will not exercise this provision, under Deferred Annuities issued
in New York. However, if your plan determines to terminate the Deferred Annuity
at a time when You have an Income Base/Benefit Base of the optional benefit or
a guaranteed amount under any death benefit that is greater than the Account
Balance, You forfeit any Income Base/Benefit Base of the optional benefit or
any guaranteed amount under any death benefit You have accrued upon termination
of the Deferred Annuity.
138
INCOME TAXES
The following information on taxes is a general discussion of the subject.
It is not intended as tax advice. The Internal Revenue Code ("Code") is
complex and subject to change regularly. Failure to comply with the tax law may
result in significant adverse tax consequences and IRS penalties. Consult your
own tax adviser about your circumstances, any recent tax developments, and the
impact of state income taxation. For purposes of this section, we address
Deferred Annuities and income payments under the Deferred Annuities together.
You are responsible for determining whether your purchase of a Deferred
Annuity, withdrawals, income payments and any other transactions under your
Deferred Annuity satisfy applicable tax law. We are not responsible for
determining if your employer's plan or arrangement satisfies the requirements
of the Code and/or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Where otherwise permitted under the Deferred Annuity, the transfer of ownership
of a Deferred Annuity, the designation or change in designation of an
Annuitant, payee or other Beneficiary who is not also a Contract Owner, the
selection of certain maturity dates, the exchange of a Deferred Annuity, or the
receipt of a Deferred Annuity in an exchange, may result in income tax and
other tax consequences, including additional withholding, estate tax, gift tax
and generation skipping transfer tax, that are not discussed in this
Prospectus. The SAI may contain additional information. Please consult your tax
adviser.
PUERTO RICO TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 2011 (the "2011 PR Code") taxes
distributions from non-qualified annuity Contracts differently than in the U.S.
Distributions that are not in the form of an annuity (including partial
surrenders and period certain payments) are treated under the 2011 PR Code
first as a return of investment. Therefore, a substantial portion of the
amounts distributed generally will be excluded from gross income for Puerto
Rico tax purposes until the cumulative amount paid exceeds your tax basis. The
amount of income on annuity distributions (payable over your lifetime) is also
calculated differently under the 2011 PR Code. Since U.S. source income
generated by a Puerto Rico bona fide resident is subject to U.S. income tax and
the Internal Revenue Service issued guidance in 2004 which indicated that the
income from an annuity Contract issued by a U.S. life insurer would be
considered U.S. source income, the timing of recognition of income from an
annuity Contract could vary between the two jurisdictions. Although the 2011 PR
Code provides a credit against the Puerto Rico income tax for U.S. income taxes
paid, an individual may not get full credit because of the timing differences.
You should consult with a personal tax adviser regarding the tax consequences
of purchasing an annuity Contract and/or any proposed distribution,
particularly a partial distribution or election to annuitize.
ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to
U.S. Federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity Contracts at
a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be
subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by the
purchaser's country of citizenship or residence. Prospective purchasers are
advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S. state and
foreign taxation with respect to purchasing an annuity Contract.
MetLife does not expect to incur Federal, state or local income taxes on the
earnings or realized capital gains attributable to the Separate Account.
However, if we do incur such taxes in the future, we reserve the right to
charge amounts allocated to the Separate Account for these taxes.
To the extent permitted under Federal tax law, we may claim the benefit of the
corporate dividends received deduction and of certain foreign tax credits
attributable to taxes paid by certain of the Portfolios to foreign
jurisdictions.
139
GENERAL
Deferred annuities are a means of setting aside money for future needs-
usually retirement. Congress recognizes how important saving for retirement
is and has provided special rule in the Code.
All IRAs receive tax deferral under the Code. Although there are no additional
tax benefits by funding your IRA with an annuity, it does offer You additional
insurance benefits such as availability of a guaranteed income for life.
Under current Federal income tax law, the taxable portion of distributions and
withdrawals from variable annuity Contracts are subject to ordinary income tax
and are not eligible for the lower tax rates that apply to long term capital
gains and qualifying dividends.
WITHDRAWALS
When money is withdrawn from your Contract (whether by You or your
Beneficiary), the amount treated as taxable income and taxed as ordinary income
differs depending on the type of: annuity You purchase (e.g., Non-Qualified or
IRA); and payment method or income payment type You elect. If You meet certain
requirements, your Roth IRA earnings are free from Federal income taxes.
We will withhold a portion of the amount of your withdrawal for income taxes,
unless You elect otherwise. The amount we withhold is determined by the Code.
WITHDRAWALS BEFORE AGE 59 1/2
Because these products are intended for retirement, if You make a taxable
withdrawal before age 59 1/2 You may incur a 10% Federal income tax penalty, in
addition to ordinary income taxes. Also, please see the section below titled
"Separate Account Charges" for further information regarding withdrawals.
As indicated in the chart below, some taxable distributions prior to age 59 1/2
are exempt from the penalty. Some of these exceptions include amounts received:
Type of Contract
--------------------
Non Trad. Roth SIMPLE
Qualified IRA IRA IRA/1/ SEP
--------- ----- ---- ------ ---
In a series of substantially equal periodic payments ("SEPP") made annually (or more
frequently) for life or life expectancy/2/ x x x x x
After You die x x x x x
After You become totally disabled (as defined in the Code) x x x x x
To pay deductible medical expenses x x x x
To pay medical insurance premiums if You are unemployed x x x x
For qualified higher education expenses, or x x x x
For qualified first time home purchases up to $10,000 x x x x
After December 31, 1999 for IRS levies x x x x
Certain immediate income annuities providing a series of SEPP made annually (or more
frequently) over the specified payment period/2/ x
1 For SIMPLE IRAs the tax penalty for early withdrawals is generally
increased to 25% for withdrawals within the first two years of your
participation in the SIMPLE IRA.
2 If you own a variable annuity contract with a GMIB and elect to receive
distributions in accordance with the SEPP exception, the commencement of
income payments under the GMIB if your Contract lapses and there remains
any income base may be considered an impermissible modification of the
payment stream under certain circumstances.
140
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM FOR SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS (SEPP)
AND INCOME OPTIONS
If You are considering using the Systematic Withdrawal Program or selecting an
income option for the purpose of meeting the SEPP exception to the 10% tax
penalty, consult with your tax adviser. It is not clear whether certain
withdrawals or income payments under a variable annuity will satisfy the SEPP
exception.
If You receive systematic payments that You intend to qualify for the SEPP
exception, any modifications (except due to death or disability) to your
payment before age 59 1/2 or within five years after beginning SEPP payments,
whichever is later, will result in the retroactive imposition of the 10%
penalty with interest. Such modifications may include additional purchase
payments or withdrawals (including tax-free transfers or rollovers of income
payments) from the Deferred Annuity.
SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGES
It is conceivable that the charges for certain benefits such as any of the
guaranteed death benefits (including but not limited to the Earnings
Preservation Benefit) and certain living benefits (e.g. GWB and the GMIB) could
be considered to be taxable each year as deemed distributions from the Contract
to pay for non-annuity benefits. We currently treat these charges as an
intrinsic part of the annuity Contract and do not report these as taxable
income. However, it is possible that this may change in the future if we
determine that this is required by the IRS. If so, the charge could also be
subject to a 10% Federal income tax penalty if the taxpayer is under age 59 1/2.
NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES
.. Purchase payments to Non-Qualified Contracts are on an "after-tax" basis,
so You only pay income taxes on your earnings. Generally, these earnings
are taxed when received from the Contract.
.. Under the Code, withdrawals need not be made by a particular age. However,
it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may determine that the
Deferred Annuity must be surrendered or income payments must commence by a
certain age (e.g., 85 or older) or your Contract may require that You
commence payments by a certain age.
.. Your Non-Qualified Contract may be exchanged for another Non-Qualified
annuity or a qualified long term care Contract under Section 1035 without
paying income taxes if certain Code requirements are met. Once income
payments have commenced, You may not be able to transfer withdrawals to
another non-qualified annuity Contract or a qualified long term care
Contract in a tax-free Section 1035 exchange.
.. Pursuant to IRS guidance, a direct transfer of less than the entire account
value from one non-qualified annuity to another non-qualified annuity (a
"partial exchange") may be recharacterized by the IRS if there is a
withdrawal or surrender within the 180-day period following the partial
exchange. Certain exceptions may apply. It is not clear whether this
guidance applies to a partial exchange involving qualified long-term care
contracts. Consult your own independent tax advisor prior to a partial
exchange.
.. Consult your tax adviser prior to changing the Annuitant or prior to
changing the date You determine to commence income payments if permitted
under the terms of your Contract. It is conceivable that the IRS could
consider such actions to be a taxable exchange of annuity Contracts.
.. Where otherwise permitted under the Deferred Annuity, pledges, assignments
and other types of transfers of all or a portion of your Account Balance
generally result in the immediate taxation of the gain in your Deferred
Annuity. This rule may not apply to certain transfers between spouses.
.. Deferred annuities issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurance
company or affiliates to an owner in the same year are combined for tax
purposes. As a result, a greater portion of your withdrawals may be
considered taxable income than You would otherwise expect.
141
.. When a non-natural person owns a Non-Qualified Contract, the annuity will
generally not be treated as an annuity for tax purposes and thus loses the
benefit of tax deferral. Corporations and certain other entities are
generally considered non-natural persons. However, an annuity owned by a
non-natural person as agent for an individual will be treated as an annuity
for tax purposes.
.. In those limited situations where the annuity is beneficially owned by a
non-natural person and the annuity qualifies as such for Federal income tax
purposes, the entity may have a limited ability to deduct interest
expenses. Certain income annuities under Section 72(u)(4) of the Code
purchased with a single payment consisting of substantially equal periodic
payments with an annuity starting date within 12 months of purchase may
also be considered annuities for Federal income tax purposes where owned by
a non- natural person.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Although the Code does not limit the amount of your purchase payments, your
Contract may limit them.
PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS
Generally, when You (or your Beneficiary in the case of a death benefit) make a
partial withdrawal from your Non-Qualified annuity, the Code treats such a
partial withdrawal as: first coming from earnings (and thus subject to income
tax); and then from your purchase payments (which are not subject to income
tax). This rule does not apply to payments made pursuant to an income pay-out
option under your Contract. In the case of a full withdrawal, the withdrawn
amounts are treated as first coming from your non-taxable return of purchase
payment and then from a taxable payment of earnings.
INCOME PAYMENTS
Income payments are subject to an "exclusion ratio" or "excludable amount"
which determines how much of each payment is treated as: a non-taxable return
of your purchase payments and a taxable payment of earnings.
Income payments and amounts received on the exercise of a withdrawal or partial
withdrawal option under your Non-Qualified Annuity may not be transferred in a
tax-free exchange into another annuity Contract or qualified long term care
Contract. In accordance with our procedures, such amounts will instead be
taxable under the rules for income payment or withdrawals, whichever is
applicable.
Generally, once the total amount treated as a return of your purchase payment
equals the amount of such purchase payment (reduced by any refund or guarantee
feature as required by Federal tax law), all remaining income payments are
fully taxable. If You die before the purchase payment is returned, the
unreturned amount may be deductible on your final income tax return or
deductible by your Beneficiary if income payments continue after your death. We
will tell You what your purchase payment was and to what extent an income
payment includes a non-taxable return of your purchase payment.
Starting in 2011, if your Contract allows and You elect to apply less than the
entire Account Value of your Contract to a pay-out option provided under the
Contract ("partial annuitization"), an exclusion ratio will apply to the
annuity payments You receive, provided the payout period is for 10 years or
more, or for the life of one or more individuals. Your after-tax purchase
payments in the Contract will be allocated pro rata between the annunitized
portion of the Contract and the portion that remains deferred. Consult your tax
adviser before You partially annuitize your Contract.
The IRS has not specifically approved the use of a method to calculate an
excludable amount with respect to a variable income annuity where transfers/
reallocations are permitted between Investment Divisions or from an Investment
Division into a fixed option.
142
We generally will tell You how much of each income payment is a return of
non-taxable purchase payments. We will determine such excludable amount for
each income payment under the Contract as a whole by using the rules applicable
to variable income payments in general (I.E., by dividing your after-tax
purchase price, as adjusted for any refund or guarantee feature by the number
of expected income payments from the appropriate IRS table). However, it is
possible that the IRS could conclude that the taxable portion of income
payments under a Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity is an amount greater (or
lesser) than the taxable amount determined by us and reported by us to You and
the IRS.
Generally, once the total amount treated as a non-taxable return of your
purchase payment equals your purchase payment, then all remaining payments are
fully taxable. We will withhold a portion of the taxable amount of your income
payment for income taxes, unless You elect otherwise. The amount we withhold is
determined by the Code.
If the amount of income payments received in any calendar year is less than the
excludable amount applicable to the year, the excess is not allowable as a
deduction. However, You may generally elect the year in which to begin to apply
this excess ratably to increase the excludable amount attributable to future
years. Consult your tax adviser as to the details and consequences of making
such election. Also, consult your tax adviser as to the tax treatment of any
unrecovered after-tax cost in the year that the Contract terminates.
DEATH BENEFITS
The death benefit under an annuity is generally taxable to the recipient in the
same manner as if paid to the Contract Owner (under the rules for withdrawals
or income payments, whichever is applicable).
If You die before the annuity starting date, as defined under Treasury
Regulations, payments must begin for a period and in a manner allowed by the
Code (and any regulations thereunder) to your Beneficiary within one year of
the date of your death or, if not, payment of your entire interest in the
Contract must be made within five years of the date of your death. If your
spouse is your Beneficiary, he or she may elect to continue as owner of the
Contract.
Under federal tax rules a same-sex spouse is treated as a non-spouse
Beneficiary.
If You die on or after the annuity starting date, as defined under Treasury
Regulations, payments must continue to be made at least as rapidly as before
your death in accordance with the income type selected.
If You die before all purchase payments are returned, the unreturned amount may
be deductible on your final income tax return or excluded from income by your
Beneficiary if income payments continue after your death.
In the case of joint Contract owners, the above rules will be applied on the
death of any Contract Owner.
Where the Contract Owner is not a natural person, these rules will be applied
on the death of any Annuitant (or on the change in Annuitant, if permitted
under the Contract). Naming a non-natural person, such as a trust or estate, as
a Beneficiary under the Contract will generally eliminate the Beneficiary's
ability to stretch or a spousal Beneficiary's ability to continue the Contract
and the living and/or death benefits.
If death benefit payments are being made to your designated Beneficiary and
he/she dies prior to receiving the entire remaining interest in the Contract,
such remaining interest will be paid out at least as rapidly as under the
distribution method being used at the time of your designated Beneficiary's
death.
After your death, if your designated Beneficiary dies prior to electing a
method for the payment of the death benefit, the remaining interest in the
Contract will be paid out in a lump sum. In all cases, such payments will be
made within five years of the date of your death.
143
NEW MEDICARE TAX
Beginning January 1, 2013, a new 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will be imposed
on the "net investment income" of certain individuals whose income exceeds
certain threshold amounts (Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010). For purposes of this tax, net investment income will include income from
non-qualified annuity contracts (as well as interest, dividends and certain
other items).
The new 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on the lesser of:
1. the taxpayer's "net investment income," (from non-qualified annuities,
interest, dividends, etc., offset by specified allowable deductions), or
2. the taxpayer's modified adjusted gross income in excess of a specified
income threshold ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly, $125,000 for
married couples filing separately, and $200,000 otherwise).
"Net investment income" in Item 1 does not include distributions from
tax-qualified plans (i.e., IRAs, Roth IRAs and qualified arrangements described
in Code Sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), or 457(b)), but such income will
increase modified adjusted gross income in Item 2.
The IRS has issued proposed guidance regarding this income surtax. You should
consult your tax adviser regarding the applicability of this tax to income You
would receive under this annuity Contract.
GUARANTEED WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS
If You have purchased the GWB I, Enhanced GWB or LWG, where otherwise made
available, note the following:
The tax treatment of withdrawals under such a benefit is uncertain. It is
conceivable that the amount of potential gain could be determined based on the
remaining amounts guaranteed to be available for withdrawal at the time of the
withdrawal if greater than the Account Balance (prior to Withdrawal Charges).
This could result in a greater amount of taxable income in certain cases. In
general, at the present time, MetLife intends to report such withdrawals using
the Account Balance rather than the remaining benefit to determine gain.
However, in cases where the maximum permitted withdrawal in any year under any
version of the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit exceeds the Account Balance, the
portion of the withdrawal treated as taxable gain (not to exceed the amount of
the withdrawal) should be measured as the difference between the maximum
permitted withdrawal amount under the benefit and the remaining after-tax basis
immediately preceding the withdrawal.
In the event that the Account Balance goes to zero, and either the Remaining
Guaranteed Withdrawal Amount is paid out in fixed installments or the Annual
Benefit Payment is paid for life, we will treat such payments as income annuity
payments under the tax law and allow recovery of any remaining basis ratably
over the expected number of payments.
MetLife reserves the right to change its tax reporting practices where we
determine that it is not in accordance with IRS guidance (whether formal or
informal).
DIVERSIFICATION
In order for your Non-Qualified Deferred Annuity to be considered an annuity
Contract for Federal income tax purposes, we must comply with certain
diversification standards with respect to the investments underlying the
Contract. We believe that we satisfy and will continue to satisfy these
diversification standards. Inadvertent failure to meet these standards may be
correctable. Failure to meet these standards would result in immediate taxation
to Contract owners of gains under their Contract.
INVESTOR CONTROL
In certain circumstances, owners of variable annuity Contracts have been
considered to be the owners of the assets of the underlying Separate Account
for Federal Income tax purposes due to their ability to exercise investment
control over
144
those assets. When this is the case, the Contract owners have been currently
taxed on income and gains attributable to the variable account assets. There is
little guidance in this area, and some features of the Contract, such as the
number of funds available and the flexibility of the Contract Owner to allocate
premium payments and transfer amounts among the funding options have not been
addressed in public rulings. While we believe that the Contract does not give
the Contract owner investment control over Separate Account assets, we reserve
the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent a Contract Owner from
being treated as the owner of the Separate Account assets supporting the
Contract.
CHANGES TO TAX RULES AND INTERPRETATIONS
Changes in applicable tax rules and interpretations can adversely affect the
tax treatment of your Contract. These changes may take effect retroactively.
Examples of changes that could create adverse tax consequences include:
.. Possible taxation of transfers/reallocations between Investment Divisions
or transfers/reallocations from an Investment Division to the Fixed Account
or Fixed Income Option.
.. Possible taxation as if You were the Contract Owner of your portion of the
Separate Account's assets.
.. Possible limits on the number of funding options available or the frequency
of transfers/reallocations among them.
We reserve the right to amend your Deferred Annuity where necessary to maintain
its status as a variable annuity Contract under Federal tax law and to protect
You and other Contract owners in the Investment Divisions from adverse tax
consequences.
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
(TRADITIONAL IRA, ROTH IRA, SIMPLE IRA AND SEPS)
The sale of a Contract for use with an IRA may be subject to special disclosure
requirements of the IRS. Purchasers of a Contract for use with IRAs will be
provided with supplemental information required by the IRS or other appropriate
agency. A Contract issued in connection with an IRA may be amended as necessary
to conform to the requirements of the Code.
IRA Contracts may not invest in life insurance. The Deferred Annuity offers
death benefits and optional benefits that in some cases may exceed the greater
of the purchase payments or the Account Balance which could conceivably be
characterized as life insurance.
The IRS has approved the form of the Traditional and SIMPLE IRA endorsement for
use with the Contract and certain riders, including riders providing for death
benefits in excess of premiums paid. Please be aware that the IRA Contract
issued to You may differ from the form of the Traditional IRA approved by the
IRS because of several factors such as different riders and state insurance
department requirements. The Roth IRA tax endorsement is based on the IRS model
form 5305-RB (rev 0302).
Consult your tax adviser prior to the purchase of the Contract as a Traditional
IRA, Roth IRA, SIMPLE IRA or SEP.
Generally, except for Roth IRAs, IRAs can accept deductible (or pre-tax)
purchase payments. Deductible or pre-tax purchase payments will be taxed when
distributed from the Contract.
You must be both the Contract Owner and the Annuitant under the Contract. Your
IRA annuity is not forfeitable and You may not transfer, assign or pledge it to
someone else. You are not permitted to borrow from the Contract. You can
transfer your IRA proceeds to a similar IRA, certain eligible retirement plans
of an employer (or a SIMPLE IRA to a Traditional IRA or eligible retirement
plan after two years of participation in your employer's SIMPLE IRA plan)
without incurring Federal income taxes if certain conditions are satisfied.
145
TRADITIONAL IRA ANNUITIES
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Purchase payments (except for permissible rollovers and direct transfers) are
generally not permitted after the calendar year in which You attain age 69 1/2.
Except for permissible rollovers and direct transfers, purchase payments to
Traditional and Roth IRAs for individuals under age 50 are limited in the
aggregate to the lesser of 100% of compensation or the deductible amount
established each year under the Code. A purchase payment up to the deductible
amount can also be made for a non-working spouse provided the couple's
compensation is at least equal to their aggregate contributions. See the SAI
for additional information. Also, see IRS Publication 590 available at
www.irs.gov.
.. Individuals age 50 or older can make an additional "catch-up" purchase
payment (assuming the individual has sufficient compensation).
.. If You or your spouse are an active participant in a retirement plan of an
employer, your deductible contributions may be limited.
.. Purchase payments in excess of these amounts may be subject to a penalty
tax.
.. If contributions are being made under a SEP or a SAR-SEP plan of your
employer, additional amounts may be contributed as permitted by the Code
and the terms of the employer's plan.
.. These age and dollar limits do not apply to tax-free rollovers or transfers
from other IRAs or other eligible retirement plans.
.. If certain conditions are met, You can change your Traditional IRA purchase
payment to a Roth IRA before You file your income tax return (including
filing extensions).
WITHDRAWALS AND INCOME PAYMENTS
Withdrawals (other than tax free transfers or rollovers to other individual
retirement arrangements or eligible retirement plans) and income payments are
included in income except for the portion that represents a return of non-
deductible purchase payments. This portion is generally determined based on a
ratio of all non-deductible purchase payments to the total values of all your
Traditional IRAs. We will withhold a portion of the taxable amount of your
withdrawal for income taxes, unless You elect otherwise. The amount we withhold
is determined by the Code. Also see general section titled "Withdrawals" above.
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR IRAS
Generally, for IRAs (see "Roth IRA Annuities"), You must begin receiving
withdrawals by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which You
reach age 70 1/2. Complex rules apply to the calculation of these withdrawals.
A tax penalty of 50% applies to withdrawals which should have been taken but
were not. It is not clear whether income payments under a variable annuity will
satisfy these rules. Consult your tax adviser prior to choosing a pay-out
option.
For after-death required minimum distributions ("RMD"), the five year rule is
applied without regard to calendar year 2009 due to the 2009 RMD waiver. For
instance, for a Contract owner who died in 2007, the five year period would end
in 2013 instead of 2012. The RMD rules are complex, so consult with your tax
adviser because the application of these rules to your particular circumstances
may have been impacted by the 2009 RMD waiver.
In general the amount of required minimum distribution (including death benefit
distributions discussed below) must be calculated separately with respect to
each IRA, but then the aggregate amount of the required distribution may be
generally taken under the tax law for the IRAs from any one or more of the
taxpayer's IRAs.
146
In general, Income Tax regulations permit income payments to increase based not
only with respect to the investment experience of the underlying funds but also
with respect to actuarial gains. Additionally, these regulations permit
payments under income annuities to increase due to a full withdrawal or to a
partial withdrawal under certain circumstances.
The regulations also require that the value of all benefits under a deferred
annuity including death benefits in excess of cash value must be added to the
account value in computing the amount required to be distributed over the
applicable period. The new rules are not entirely clear and You should consult
your own tax advisers as to how these rules affect your own Contract. We will
provide You with additional information regarding the amount that is subject to
minimum distribution under this new rule.
If You intend to receive your minimum distributions which are payable over the
joint lives of You and a Beneficiary who is not your spouse (or over a period
not exceeding the joint life expectancy of You and your non-spousal
Beneficiary), be advised that Federal tax rules may require that payments be
made over a shorter period or may require that payments to the Beneficiary be
reduced after your death to meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
rules and avoid the 50% excise tax. Under Federal tax rules, a same-sex spouse
is treated as a non-spouse Beneficiary. Consult your tax adviser.
DEATH BENEFITS
The death benefit is taxable to the recipient in the same manner as if paid to
the Contract Owner (under the rules for withdrawals or income payments,
whichever is applicable).
Generally, if You die before RMD withdrawals have begun, we must make payment
of your entire interest by December 31st of the year that is the fifth
anniversary of your death or begin making payments over a period and in a
manner allowed by the Code to your Beneficiary by December 31st of the year
after your death. Consult your tax adviser because the application of these
rules to your particular circumstances may have been impacted by the 2009 RMD
waiver (see "Minimum Distribution Requirements for IRAs" section for additional
information).
If your spouse is your Beneficiary, and your Contract permits, your spouse may
delay the start of these payments until December 31 of the year in which You
would have reached age 70 1/2. Alternatively, if your spouse is your
Beneficiary, he or she may elect to continue as "Contract Owner" of the
Contract.
Naming a non-natural person, such as a trust or estate, as a Beneficiary under
the Contract will generally eliminate the Beneficiary's ability to stretch or a
spousal Beneficiary's ability to continue the Contract and the living and/or
death benefits.
Under federal tax rules, a same-sex spouse is treated as a non-spouse
beneficiary.
If You die after required distributions begin, payments of your entire
remaining interest must be made in a manner and over a period as provided under
the Code (and any applicable regulations).
If the Contract is issued in your name after your death for the benefit of your
designated Beneficiary with a purchase payment which is directly transferred to
the Contract from another IRA account or IRA annuity You owned, the death
benefit must continue to be distributed to your Beneficiary's Beneficiary in a
manner at least as rapidly as the method of distribution in effect at the time
of your Beneficiary's death.
SIMPLE IRAS AND SEPS ANNUITIES
The Code provides for certain contribution limitations and eligibility
requirements under SIMPLE IRAs and SEP arrangements. The minimum distribution
requirements are generally the same as Traditional IRAs. There are some
147
differences in the contribution limits and the tax treatment of certain
premature distribution rules, transfers and rollovers. Some of these
differences are explained below. Please see the SAI for additional information
on contribution limits.
ROLLOVERS INTO YOUR SIMPLE IRA.
You may make rollovers and direct transfers into your SIMPLE IRA annuity
Contract from another SIMPLE IRA annuity Contract or account. No other
contributions, rollovers or transfers can be made to your SIMPLE IRA. You may
not make Traditional IRA contributions or Roth IRA contributions to your SIMPLE
IRA. You may not make eligible rollover contributions from other types of
qualified retirement plans to your SIMPLE IRA.
ROLLOVERS FROM YOUR SIMPLE IRA.
Tax-free 60-day rollovers and direct transfers from a SIMPLE IRA can only be
made to another SIMPLE IRA annuity or account during the first two years that
You participate in the SIMPLE IRA plan. After this two year period, tax-free
60-day rollovers and transfers may be made from your SIMPLE IRA into a
Traditional IRA annuity or account, as well as into another SIMPLE IRA.
ROTH IRA ANNUITIES
GENERAL
Roth IRAs are different from other IRAs because You have the opportunity to
enjoy tax-free earnings. However, You can only make after-tax purchase payments
to a Roth IRA.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Roth IRA purchase payments for individuals under age 50 are non-deductible and
are limited, in a manner similar to IRAs, to the lesser of 100% of compensation
or the annual deductible IRA amount. This limit includes contributions to all
your Traditional and Roth IRAs for the year. Individuals age 50 or older can
make an additional "catch- up" purchase payment each year (assuming the
individual has sufficient compensation).
You may contribute up to the annual purchase payment limit if your modified
adjusted gross income does not exceed certain limits. Purchase payments are
phased out depending on your modified adjusted gross income and your filing
status. See the SAI for additional information. Also, see IRS Publication 590
available at www. irs.gov.
Further, with respect to Traditional IRA amounts which were converted to a Roth
IRA, such conversion must have occurred at least five years prior to purchase
of this Contract. Consult your independent tax adviser.
Annual purchase payments limits do not apply to a rollover from a Roth IRA to
another Roth IRA or a conversion from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. You can
contribute to a Roth IRA after age 70 1/2. If certain conditions are met, You
can change your Roth IRA contribution to a Traditional IRA before You file your
income return (including filing extensions).
Beginning in 2008, Roth IRAs may also accept a rollover from other types of
eligible retirement plans (e.g., 403(b), 401(a) and 457(b) plans of a state or
local government employer) if Code requirements are met. The taxable portion of
the proceeds are subject to income tax in the year of the rollover distribution
occurs, unless it is from a designated Roth account.
If You exceed the purchase payment limits You may be subject to a tax penalty.
148
WITHDRAWALS
Generally, withdrawals of earnings from Roth IRAs are free from Federal Income
tax if they meet the following two requirements:
.. The withdrawal is made at least five taxable years after your first
purchase payment to a Roth IRA; and
.. The withdrawal is made: on or after the date You reach age 59 1/2; upon
your death or disability; or for a qualified first-time home purchase (up
to $10,000).
Withdrawals of earnings which do not meet these requirements are taxable and a
10% Federal Income tax penalty may apply if made before age 59 1/2. See the
withdrawals chart above in the section titled "Withdrawals Before Age 59 1/2".
Consult your tax adviser to determine if an exception applies.
Withdrawals from a Roth IRA are made first from purchase payments and then from
earnings. Generally, You do not pay income tax on withdrawals of purchase
payments. However, withdrawals of the taxable amounts converted from a non-Roth
IRA or eligible retirement plan prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10%
Federal Income tax penalty (unless You meet an exception) if made within 5
taxable years of such conversion. See the withdrawals chart above in the
section titled "Withdrawals Before Age 59 1/2".
The order in which money is withdrawn from a Roth IRA is as follows (all Roth
IRAs owned by a taxpayer are combined for withdrawal purposes):
.. The first money withdrawn is any annual (non-conversion/rollover)
contributions to the Roth IRA and rollovers of after-tax amounts from other
Roth plans. These are received tax and penalty free.
.. The next money withdrawn is from conversion/rollover contributions from a
non-Roth IRA or an eligible retirement plan (other than a designated Roth
account), on a first-in, first-out basis. For these purposes, distributions
are treated as coming first from the portion of the conversion/rollover
contribution that was subject to income tax as a result of the conversion.
As previously discussed, depending upon when it occurs, withdrawals of the
taxable amounts converted may be subject to a penalty tax, or result in the
acceleration of inclusion of income.
.. The next money withdrawn is from earnings in the Roth IRA. This is received
tax-free if it meets the requirements previously discussed; otherwise it is
subject to Federal income tax and an additional 10% Federal Income tax
penalty may apply if You are under age 59 1/2.
.. We may be required to withhold a portion of your withdrawal for income
taxes, unless You elect otherwise. The amount will be determined by the
Code.
CONVERSION
You may convert/rollover a Traditional IRA or an eligible retirement plan
(other than a designated Roth account) to a Roth IRA.
Except to the extent You have non-deductible contributions, the amount
converted from an existing IRA or eligible retirement plan (other than a
designated Roth account) into a Roth IRA is taxable. Generally, the 10%
withdrawal penalty does not apply to conversions/rollovers. (See exception
discussed previously.)
For conversions occurring in 2010, the taxable amount distributed (or treated
as distributed) in 2010 and then converted into a Roth IRA may be included in
your taxable income ratably over 2011 and 2012 and does not have to be included
in your taxable income in 2010.
149
Caution: The IRS issued guidance in 2005 requiring that the taxable amount
converted be based on the fair market value of the entire annuity Contract
being converted or redesignated into a Roth IRA. Such fair market value, in
general, is to be determined by taking into account the value of all benefits
(both living benefits and death benefits) in addition to the account balance;
as well as adding back certain loads and charges incurred during the prior 12
month period. Your Contract may include such benefits, and applicable charges.
Accordingly, taxpayers considering redesignating a Traditional IRA annuity into
a Roth IRA annuity should consult their own tax adviser prior to converting.
The taxable amount may exceed the account value at date of conversion.
Amounts converted from a Traditional IRA or an eligible retirement plan (other
than a designated Roth account) to a Roth IRA generally will be subject to
income tax withholding. The amount withheld is determined by the Code.
If You mistakenly convert or otherwise wish to change your Roth IRA
contribution to a Traditional IRA contribution, the tax law allows You to
reverse your conversion provided You do so before You file your tax return for
the year of the contribution and if certain conditions are met.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS
RMD rules that apply to other types of IRAs while You are alive do not apply to
Roth IRAs. However, in general, the same rules with respect to minimum
distributions required to be made to a Beneficiary after your death under
Traditional IRAs do apply to Roth IRAs. Consult your tax adviser because the
application of these rules to your particular circumstances may have been
impacted by the 2009 RMD waiver.
Note that where payments under a Roth Income Annuity have begun prior to your
death the remaining interest in the Contract must be paid to your designated
Beneficiary by the end of the fifth year following your death or over a period
no longer than the Beneficiary's remaining life expectancy at the time You die.
DEATH BENEFITS
Generally, when You die we must make payment of your entire interest by the
December 31st of the year that is the fifth anniversary of your death or begin
making payments over a period and in a manner allowed by the Code to your
Beneficiary by December 31st of the year after your death.
If your spouse is your Beneficiary, your spouse may delay the start of required
payments until December 31st of the year in which You would have reached age
70 1/2.
If your spouse is your Beneficiary, he or she may elect to continue as
"Contract Owner" of the Contract.
Naming a non-natural person, such as a trust or estate, as a Beneficiary under
the Contract will generally eliminate the Beneficiary's ability to stretch or a
spousal Beneficiary's ability to continue the Contract and the living and/or
death benefits.
150
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the ordinary course of business, MetLife, similar to other life insurance
companies, is involved in lawsuits (including class action lawsuits),
arbitrations and other legal proceedings. Also, from time to time, state and
Federal regulators or other officials conduct formal and informal examinations
or undertake other actions dealing with various aspects of the financial
services and insurance industries. In some legal proceedings involving
insurers, substantial damages have been sought and/or material settlement
payments have been made.
It is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate outcome of any
pending legal proceeding or regulatory action. However, MetLife does not
believe any such action or proceeding will have a material adverse effect upon
the Separate Account or upon the ability of MLIDC to perform its Contract with
the Separate Account or of MetLife to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
151
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT
OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PAGE
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.................... 2
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER............................................ 2
DISTRIBUTION AND PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER AGREEMENT................. 2
EXPERIENCE FACTOR................................................ 2
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS......................................... 3
CALCULATING THE ANNUITY UNIT VALUE............................... 5
ADVERTISEMENT OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT............................ 6
VOTING RIGHTS.................................................... 9
ERISA............................................................ 10
TAXES--SIMPLE IRAS ELIGIBILITY AND CONTRIBUTIONS................. 11
WITHDRAWALS...................................................... 11
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES TABLES.................................. 12
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................... 1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF METLIFE.................................. F-1
152
APPENDIX A
PREMIUM TAX TABLE
If You are a resident of one of the following jurisdictions, the percentage
amount listed by that jurisdiction is the premium tax rate applicable to your
annuity.
Non-Qualified IRA and SEP
Annuities Annuities(1)
------------- ------------
California........ 2.35% 0.5%
Florida (2)....... 1.0% 1.0%
Maine............. 2.0% --
Nevada............ 3.5% --
Puerto Rico (3)... 1.0% 1.0%
South Dakota (4).. 1.25% --
West Virginia..... 1.0% 1.0%
Wyoming........... 1.0% --
---
/1/Premium tax rates applicable to IRA and SEP annuities purchased for
use in connection with individual retirement trust or custodial
accounts meeting the requirements of Section 408(a) of the Code are
included under the column heading "IRA and SEP Annuities."
/2/Annuity premiums are exempt from taxation provided the tax savings are
passed back to the Contract holders. Otherwise, they are taxable at 1%.
/3/We will not deduct premium taxes paid by us to Puerto Rico from
purchase payments, account balances, withdrawals, death benefits or
income payments.
/4/Special rate applies for large case annuity policies. Rate is 8/100 of
1% for that portion of the annuity considerations received on a
Contract exceeding $500,000 annually. Special rate on large case
policies is not subject to retaliation.
153
APPENDIX B
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES FOR EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION
These tables show fluctuations in the Accumulation Unit Values for two of the
possible mixes offered within the Deferred Annuity for each Investment Division
from year end to year end. A different share class of the Metropolitan Fund and
Met Investors Fund Portfolios was available prior to May 1, 2004. Lower
Separate Account charges for the American Funds(R) Investment Divisions were in
effect prior to May 1, 2004. The accumulation unit values prior to May 1, 2004
reflect the lower 12b-1 Plan fees for the Metropolitan Fund and the Met
Investors Fund Portfolios and lower Separate Account charges for the American
Funds(R) Investment Divisions then in effect. Values after April 30, 2004
reflect the higher 12b-1 Plan fees and Separate Account charges currently in
place. In addition, different charges for certain optional benefits were in
effect prior to May 1, 2003. Therefore, the accumulation unit values prior to
May 1, 2003, for Deferred Annuities with these optional benefits reflect the
lower charges then in effect. Values after April 30, 2003, reflect the higher
charges currently in place. A lower charge for the GMIB when it was purchased
with either of the optional death benefits was in effect from May 1, 2004
through April 30, 2005. A lower charge for the GMIB Plus I was in effect prior
to February 26, 2007. Lower charges for the GMIB Plus II, EDB I and LWG II were
in effect prior to February 24, 2009 and/or May 4, 2009. These lower charges
are not reflected in the tables below. The information in these tables has been
derived from the Separate Account's full financial statements or other reports
(such as the annual report). The first table shows the Deferred Annuity mix
that bears the total highest charge, and the second table shows the Deferred
Annuity mix that bears the total lowest charge. The mix with the total highest
charge has these features: Bonus Class, the Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5%
Annual Increase Death Benefit, Earnings Preservation Benefit. Charges for the
EDB I, the optional GMIBs, the optional GWBs, and the optional GMAB are made by
canceling accumulation units and, therefore, these charges are not reflected in
the Accumulation Unit Value. However, purchasing the EDB I in lieu of the
optional Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase Death Benefit and the
optional GMIB Plus II with the Earnings Preservation Benefit will result in a
higher overall charge. The mix with the total lowest charge has these features:
B Class and no optional benefit. All other possible mixes for each Investment
Division within the Deferred Annuity appear in the SAI, which is available upon
request without charge by calling 1-800-638-7732.
PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT DEFERRED ANNUITIES
HIGHEST POSSIBLE MIX
2.30 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (4/30/2012)............................................ 2012 $10.12 $10.40 0.00
American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Investment Division (Class
C) (4/28/2008)................................................... 2008 10.00 6.96 412.25
2009 6.96 8.80 11,907.08
2010 8.80 9.65 6,042.41
2011 9.65 9.23 11,987.26
2012 9.23 10.24 11,987.26
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2) (5/1/2006)...... 2006 13.48 14.05 2,260.99
2007 14.05 14.17 9,257.00
2008 14.17 12.53 7,101.80
2009 12.53 13.77 7,029.29
2010 13.77 14.30 4.73
2011 14.30 14.81 0.00
2012 14.81 15.23 0.00
154
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Division+
(Class 2)........................................................ 2003 $ 10.29 $ 15.42 0.00
2004 15.42 18.19 13,630.80
2005 18.19 22.25 19,596.91
2006 22.25 26.94 24,763.77
2007 26.94 31.92 28,149.24
2008 31.92 14.47 23,694.86
2009 14.47 22.78 22,122.14
2010 22.78 27.21 6,180.50
2011 27.21 21.47 0.00
2012 21.47 24.76 0.00
American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Investment Division (Class C)
(4/28/2008)...................................................... 2008 9.99 6.32 111,993.18
2009 6.32 8.27 114,287.06
2010 8.27 9.18 96,059.48
2011 9.18 8.54 74,611.13
2012 8.54 9.70 3,236.88
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ (Class 2)............... 2003 70.14 93.63 0.00
2004 93.63 102.78 11,491.63
2005 102.78 116.54 11,889.33
2006 116.54 125.35 12,469.33
2007 125.35 137.40 11,555.27
2008 137.40 75.11 10,853.89
2009 75.11 102.18 8,780.01
2010 102.18 118.33 1,750.10
2011 118.33 110.54 0.00
2012 110.54 127.14 0.00
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+ (Class 2)........ 2003 56.39 72.87 0.00
2004 72.87 78.48 11,225.16
2005 78.48 81.05 10,819.00
2006 81.05 91.12 13,217.06
2007 91.12 93.39 13,454.75
2008 93.39 56.63 10,951.54
2009 56.63 72.52 10,577.71
2010 72.52 78.85 2,314.64
2011 78.85 75.54 0.00
2012 75.54 86.59 0.00
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Investment Division (Class
C) (4/28/2008)................................................... 2008 10.01 7.63 11,468.33
2009 7.63 9.21 32,417.74
2010 9.21 9.89 24,077.26
2011 9.89 9.68 2,044.05
2012 9.68 10.49 58,864.32
AQR Global Risk Balanced Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2012). 2012 11.05 11.38 0.00
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division (formerly
Artio International Stock Investment Division) (Class E)......... 2003 8.38 10.47 0.00
155
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division (formerly
Artio International Stock Investment Division) (Class B)......... 2004 $10.51 $11.93 206.73
2005 11.93 13.71 6,088.01
2006 13.71 15.58 11,733.97
2007 15.58 16.76 7,917.55
2008 16.76 9.13 5,767.09
2009 9.13 10.87 4,565.85
2010 10.87 11.36 4,828.95
2011 11.36 8.86 1,587.82
2012 8.86 10.34 570.89
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division (Class E) 2003 11.92 12.05 0.00
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division (Class B) 2004 11.81 12.08 68,675.99
2005 12.08 12.03 104,347.97
2006 12.03 12.20 175,669.65
2007 12.20 12.72 164,982.41
2008 12.72 13.13 106,196.81
2009 13.13 13.47 96,300.15
2010 13.47 13.91 89,993.46
2011 13.91 14.59 48,329.35
2012 14.59 14.77 41,735.30
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class E).......... 2003 21.56 29.63 0.00
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class B).......... 2004 29.05 32.02 470.09
2005 32.02 34.56 351.47
2006 34.56 35.96 342.15
2007 35.96 42.25 1,604.22
2008 42.25 22.36 5,150.56
2009 22.36 32.57 4,551.30
2010 32.57 36.61 4,237.52
2011 36.61 34.61 653.21
2012 34.61 37.44 192.85
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 37.72 38.96 0.00
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 35.93 37.01 4,465.70
2005 37.01 36.95 7,893.69
2006 36.95 37.60 8,645.26
2007 37.60 38.96 12,697.65
2008 38.96 36.67 9,177.68
2009 36.67 39.13 8,186.58
2010 39.13 41.33 8,240.76
2011 41.33 42.94 3,474.55
2012 42.94 45.01 2,281.43
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 26.49 31.17 0.00
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 30.09 32.27 6,385.61
2005 32.27 32.43 15,553.06
2006 32.43 34.94 17,189.51
2007 34.94 36.06 6,540.78
2008 36.06 26.44 4,369.81
2009 26.44 30.23 3,973.04
2010 30.23 32.30 3,538.65
2011 32.30 32.70 1,896.79
2012 32.70 35.82 674.46
156
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 $ 9.88 $10.14 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class B)............ 2007 63.00 63.16 368.02
2008 63.16 38.69 807.79
2009 38.69 45.07 693.76
2010 45.07 49.53 796.37
2011 49.53 48.53 199.13
2012 48.53 53.78 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 40.18 51.07 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 49.31 54.09 253.57
2005 54.09 54.62 367.03
2006 54.62 60.76 366.86
2007 60.76 63.54 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 7.87 10.42 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 10.49 11.51 18,591.97
2005 11.51 11.87 20,493.04
2006 11.87 13.83 18,855.81
2007 13.83 13.93 27,445.10
2008 13.93 8.83 22,432.06
2009 8.83 9.59 13,124.41
2010 9.59 10.20 12,861.88
2011 10.20 10.18 2,392.56
2012 10.18 11.33 332.33
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2004)....................................................... 2004 21.29 23.19 1,500.34
2005 23.19 24.19 2,741.85
2006 24.19 24.56 6,579.00
2007 24.56 28.42 8,317.88
2008 28.42 17.58 14,557.19
2009 17.58 23.46 10,163.65
2010 23.46 27.39 9,946.90
2011 27.39 24.31 7,167.21
2012 24.31 27.10 4,717.63
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)
(formerly FI Large Cap Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006).. 2006 15.66 15.75 0.00
2007 15.75 15.96 0.00
2008 15.96 8.58 0.00
2009 8.58 8.92 0.00
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E) (5/1/2003).... 2003 18.93 18.72 82.45
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class B)............... 2004 18.23 18.06 0.00
2005 18.06 18.11 0.00
2006 18.11 18.51 0.00
2007 18.51 18.96 0.00
2008 18.96 19.01 6,331.55
2009 19.01 18.62 5,711.69
2010 18.62 18.20 5,714.17
2011 18.20 17.78 5,711.71
2012 17.78 17.38 0.00
BlackRock Strategic Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 10.58 15.50 0.00
157
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Clarion Global Real Estate Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2004) 2004 $ 9.99 $12.75 17,259.85
2005 12.75 14.12 62,406.06
2006 14.12 18.99 103,829.51
2007 18.99 15.77 80,509.83
2008 15.77 8.98 43,231.44
2009 8.98 11.83 40,055.85
2010 11.83 13.43 24,505.95
2011 13.43 12.39 14,183.25
2012 12.39 15.25 1,028.99
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 20.22 25.83 0.00
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 26.22 28.05 4,134.00
2005 28.05 30.16 14,938.08
2006 30.16 33.70 22,597.68
2007 33.70 34.36 22,729.70
2008 34.36 20.30 13,575.92
2009 20.30 26.12 11,771.85
2010 26.12 28.52 9,907.88
2011 28.52 26.68 6,085.03
2012 26.68 29.36 2,283.99
FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 10.39 13.66 0.00
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)..................... 2003 17.15 21.24 0.00
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class B)..................... 2004 20.84 23.36 1,782.38
2005 23.36 25.22 5,676.29
2006 25.22 27.52 10,229.10
2007 27.52 27.95 5,072.74
2008 27.95 16.63 4,622.22
2009 16.63 19.74 3,951.38
2010 19.74 22.05 3,895.47
2011 22.05 20.17 2,813.46
2012 20.17 22.76 429.42
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 8.74 11.54 0.00
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division (Class B)......... 2004 11.75 13.56 6,279.34
2005 13.56 15.14 13,426.94
2006 15.14 19.07 21,768.49
2007 19.07 18.43 37,386.16
2008 18.43 10.64 17,901.75
2009 10.64 16.13 14,682.63
2010 16.13 18.35 16,577.67
2011 18.35 15.38 9,337.47
2012 15.38 19.42 1,730.62
Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 1.01 1.04 0.00
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 8.39 11.41 0.00
158
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)............. 2004 $ 11.10 $ 11.82 1,582.34
2005 11.82 12.51 7,237.93
2006 12.51 13.96 9,838.79
2007 13.96 15.15 5,026.02
2008 15.15 9.07 1,675.61
2009 9.07 11.86 1,727.70
2010 11.86 14.63 3,246.29
2011 14.63 14.14 212.11
2012 14.14 16.34 208.00
Janus Forty Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2007).............. 2007 116.32 141.83 1,112.92
2008 141.83 80.39 6,337.55
2009 80.39 112.23 5,447.79
2010 112.23 119.98 4,669.92
2011 119.98 108.41 1,571.12
2012 108.41 129.79 529.50
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class B)...................... 2005 3.88 4.64 3,987.32
2006 4.64 4.65 9,269.22
2007 4.65 5.06 11,750.99
2008 5.06 3.14 18,853.62
2009 3.14 4.28 15,098.89
2010 4.28 4.65 16,993.57
2011 4.65 4.56 1,981.35
2012 4.56 5.15 672.28
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division) (Class E)................................... 2003 3.36 4.13 0.00
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Oppenheimer Capital
Appreciation Investment Division) (Class B) (5/1/2005)........... 2005 7.65 8.25 0.00
2006 8.25 8.68 0.00
2007 8.68 9.70 2,709.85
2008 9.70 5.12 4,618.19
2009 5.12 7.19 3,783.20
2010 7.19 7.69 1,895.10
2011 7.69 7.41 158.67
2012 7.41 8.31 0.00
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division) (Class B)................................... 2004 4.07 4.22 3,585.58
2005 4.22 3.84 4,660.68
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Janus Growth Investment Division) (Class E)............ 2003 5.21 6.62 0.00
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(Class B)........................................................ 2003 5.46 6.62 0.00
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division) (Class B). 2004 6.41 6.93 2,180.74
2005 6.93 7.69 9,274.78
2006 7.69 7.38 14,905.88
2007 7.38 7.38 9,416.59
2008 7.38 4.39 9,644.05
2009 4.39 5.71 4,797.99
2010 5.71 6.91 3,802.41
2011 6.91 6.97 2,883.18
2012 6.97 8.07 335.51
159
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (formerly MFS(R)
Investors Trust Investment Division) (Class E)................... 2006 $ 8.78 $ 9.35 496.66
2007 9.35 8.60 454.92
2008 8.60 3.81 454.01
2009 3.81 5.14 453.99
2010 5.14 5.39 465.61
2011 5.39 5.72 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (formerly MFS(R)
Investors Trust Investment Division) (Class B)................... 2003 6.31 7.49 0.00
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division (Class E)......... 2004 7.35 8.10 813.14
2005 8.10 8.46 0.00
2006 8.46 8.81 0.00
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division (Class B)......... 2003 16.05 21.38 0.00
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2004 21.40 24.10 117.66
2005 24.10 25.13 2,403.10
2006 25.13 28.58 7,496.79
2007 28.58 31.18 8,345.65
2008 31.18 19.48 7,015.22
2009 19.48 24.73 6,016.67
2010 24.73 30.75 4,921.81
2011 30.75 30.15 3,835.33
2012 30.15 33.67 429.08
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2003 6.16 8.71 0.00
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (formerly Loomis
Sayles High Yield Bond Investment Division) (Class E)............ 2004 8.57 9.43 2,857.38
2005 9.43 9.62 1,790.05
2006 9.62 10.32 5,012.27
2007 10.32 10.52 3,786.65
2008 10.52 6.03 3,041.61
2009 6.03 7.64 1,815.08
2010 7.64 9.81 2,282.53
2011 9.81 9.85 225.77
2012 9.85 10.68 0.00
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (Class E)........... 2003 14.43 16.83 0.00
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (Class B)........... 2003 9.94 11.59 0.00
2004 11.59 12.26 6,995.83
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2004 14.84 15.72 5,296.69
2005 15.72 15.59 9,814.85
2006 15.59 16.63 11,157.25
2007 16.63 17.31 19,214.94
2008 17.31 13.77 18,982.21
2009 13.77 18.41 17,167.88
2010 18.41 20.32 10,542.47
2011 20.32 20.75 6,844.46
2012 20.75 22.90 663.91
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2012 22.79 23.30 0.00
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E) (formerly
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment Division) (Class E).... 2012 22.43 22.92 2,854.89
160
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B) (formerly
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment Division) (Class B).... 2003 $12.92 $17.22 0.00
Invesco Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)................... 2004 17.66 20.48 9,930.93
2005 20.48 22.40 23,315.35
2006 22.40 24.35 33,167.26
2007 24.35 24.55 34,211.63
2008 24.55 12.60 24,143.27
2009 12.60 18.19 19,651.37
2010 18.19 22.41 17,533.27
2011 22.41 20.44 8,148.49
2012 20.44 22.54 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 21.61 27.98 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 27.27 29.42 5,359.15
2005 29.42 31.55 13,128.60
2006 31.55 34.58 13,048.19
2007 34.58 31.40 10,632.92
2008 31.40 16.53 9,683.33
2009 16.53 22.81 9,928.94
2010 22.81 25.58 7,417.85
2011 25.58 26.62 7,451.42
2012 26.62 29.03 968.59
Met/Franklin Income Investment Division (Class B) (4/28/2008)...... 2008 9.99 7.93 218.39
2009 7.93 9.91 5,230.87
2010 9.91 10.83 10,361.15
2011 10.83 10.81 0.00
2012 10.81 11.88 85.12
Met/Franklin Low Duration Total Return Investment Division (Class
B) (5/2/2011).................................................... 2011 9.98 9.70 0.00
2012 9.70 9.90 0.00
Met/Franklin Mutual Shares Investment Division (Class B)
(4/28/2008)...................................................... 2008 9.99 6.55 0.00
2009 6.55 8.00 1,120.63
2010 8.00 8.68 2,803.17
2011 8.68 8.44 209.41
2012 8.44 9.39 0.00
Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Investment Division
(Class B) (4/28/2008)............................................ 2008 9.99 6.99 0.00
2009 6.99 8.78 1,691.37
2010 8.78 9.44 7.31
2011 9.44 9.06 0.00
2012 9.06 10.28 0.00
Met/Templeton Growth Investment Division (Class B) (4/28/2008)..... 2008 9.99 6.52 0.00
2009 6.52 8.46 0.00
2010 8.46 8.90 0.00
2011 8.90 8.10 0.00
2012 8.10 9.67 109.09
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Investment Division (Class B).......... 2011 11.52 9.80 13,700.12
2012 9.80 11.18 12,052.85
161
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Investment Division (formerly MetLife
Aggressive Allocation Investment Division) (Class B) (5/1/2005).. 2005 $ 9.99 $11.08 66.32
2006 11.08 12.52 22,474.20
2007 12.52 12.64 24,687.28
2008 12.64 7.35 21,574.44
2009 7.35 9.45 36,464.21
2010 9.45 10.68 34,750.74
2011 10.68 11.55 0.00
MetLife Balanced Plus Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2012).... 2012 9.91 10.30 0.00
MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2005)....................................................... 2005 9.99 10.23 2,651.88
2006 10.23 10.69 2,557.48
2007 10.69 11.03 2,357.64
2008 11.03 9.23 3,329.81
2009 9.23 10.87 12,640.10
2010 10.87 11.69 12,602.11
2011 11.69 11.79 2,131.99
2012 11.79 12.58 0.00
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (5/1/2005)............................................. 2005 9.99 10.45 42,338.63
2006 10.45 11.17 186,748.34
2007 11.17 11.45 213,396.47
2008 11.45 8.77 140,729.65
2009 8.77 10.60 129,842.31
2010 10.60 11.55 102,168.09
2011 11.55 11.41 20,295.40
2012 11.41 12.42 25,152.38
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division (Class E).......... 2003 8.45 11.14 0.00
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division (Class B).......... 2004 11.25 12.53 29,621.98
2005 12.53 13.72 34,678.10
2006 13.72 14.72 40,318.22
2007 14.72 15.47 34,384.52
2008 15.47 9.62 32,274.06
2009 9.62 12.85 27,712.70
2010 12.85 15.83 22,143.89
2011 15.83 15.13 11,560.20
2012 15.13 17.35 3,700.78
MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2005)....................................................... 2005 9.99 10.68 26,758.05
2006 10.68 11.67 135,735.37
2007 11.67 11.90 384,431.59
2008 11.90 8.30 210,997.07
2009 8.30 10.26 201,032.98
2010 10.26 11.35 179,503.37
2011 11.35 10.94 128,655.59
2012 10.94 12.11 118,762.91
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (5/1/2005)............................................. 2005 9.99 10.90 3,633.02
2006 10.90 12.17 295,572.42
2007 12.17 12.35 397,849.27
2008 12.35 7.83 104,859.66
2009 7.83 9.88 126,014.39
2010 9.88 11.07 85,467.68
2011 11.07 10.41 53,725.29
2012 10.41 11.74 22,790.02
162
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 $24.56 $30.72 0.00
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 29.89 32.20 64,157.86
2005 32.20 32.84 82,221.18
2006 32.84 36.97 92,276.05
2007 36.97 37.93 85,289.32
2008 37.93 23.25 84,347.16
2009 23.25 28.61 71,716.73
2010 28.61 32.01 63,378.77
2011 32.01 31.80 31,444.34
2012 31.80 35.87 14,187.01
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 7.18 9.27 0.00
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division (Class B)........ 2004 9.46 10.80 4,438.20
2005 10.80 12.29 5,803.58
2006 12.29 15.20 8,237.59
2007 15.20 16.83 20,401.23
2008 16.83 9.48 16,044.22
2009 9.48 12.19 13,178.08
2010 12.19 13.27 14,416.07
2011 13.27 11.58 2,698.77
2012 11.58 13.20 515.21
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2004)....... 2004 31.54 34.09 166.11
2005 34.09 34.27 847.21
2006 34.27 37.49 504.29
2007 37.49 38.14 8,629.69
2008 38.14 28.94 6,112.80
2009 28.94 33.46 6,808.48
2010 33.46 35.90 2,357.63
2011 35.90 35.84 132.21
2012 35.84 38.99 0.00
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)......................... 2003 9.35 11.46 0.00
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class B)......................... 2004 11.54 12.38 11,105.37
2005 12.38 11.90 18,025.09
2006 11.90 13.71 15,566.56
2007 13.71 12.86 24,430.23
2008 12.86 8.33 12,126.59
2009 8.33 9.81 10,686.78
2010 9.81 10.66 10,556.28
2011 10.66 10.49 18,744.75
2012 10.49 11.92 315.62
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division (formerly Lazard Mid Cap
Investment Division) (Class E)................................... 2003 9.57 11.82 0.00
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division (formerly Lazard Mid Cap
Investment Division) (Class B)................................... 2004 12.27 13.17 492.49
2005 13.17 13.91 521.73
2006 13.91 15.59 805.23
2007 15.59 14.82 3,369.92
2008 14.82 8.93 3,398.11
2009 8.93 11.94 2,095.94
2010 11.94 14.34 2,077.73
2011 14.34 13.28 270.47
2012 13.28 13.66 270.47
163
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division (formerly Morgan Stanley
EAFE(R) Index Investment Division) (Class E)..................... 2003 $ 6.81 $ 9.14 0.00
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division (formerly Morgan Stanley
EAFE(R) Index Investment Division) (Class B)..................... 2004 9.10 10.52 54,022.71
2005 10.52 11.61 60,495.83
2006 11.61 14.23 64,630.68
2007 14.23 15.37 70,746.36
2008 15.37 8.68 60,820.49
2009 8.68 10.88 53,870.09
2010 10.88 11.48 47,299.74
2011 11.48 9.80 23,190.21
2012 9.80 11.30 14,725.72
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)........ 2010 11.43 13.20 3,708.10
2011 13.20 12.00 1,301.57
2012 12.00 12.82 480.01
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (formerly FI Mid
Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class B))................. 2004 13.73 15.37 893.10
2005 15.37 16.02 3,485.86
2006 16.02 17.47 8,070.45
2007 17.47 18.45 8,128.61
2008 18.45 8.03 7,520.42
2009 8.03 10.49 4,004.17
2010 10.49 11.31 0.00
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (formerly FI Mid
Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class E))................. 2003 10.39 13.66 0.00
2004 13.66 15.62 15,648.31
2005 15.62 16.29 15,342.07
2006 16.29 17.78 11,503.36
2007 17.78 18.80 8,808.99
2008 18.80 8.19 9,063.38
2009 8.19 10.71 6,659.68
2010 10.71 11.55 0.00
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class B)............. 2004 15.56 17.40 22,097.11
2005 17.40 17.67 44,679.62
2006 17.67 20.11 47,952.92
2007 20.11 18.93 45,574.31
2008 18.93 11.36 31,573.50
2009 11.36 12.53 26,631.27
2010 12.53 14.86 25,275.69
2011 14.86 15.32 11,940.15
2012 15.32 16.43 1,961.11
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 9.57 12.19 0.00
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 11.95 13.70 2,158.26
2005 13.70 15.53 2,542.63
2006 15.53 17.67 9,884.47
2007 17.67 18.34 8,128.40
2008 18.34 10.65 9,320.55
2009 10.65 14.55 9,028.03
2010 14.55 16.49 8,516.20
2011 16.49 14.76 5,883.98
2012 14.76 17.48 87.51
164
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2006)....................................................... 2006 $10.70 $10.74 11,668.63
2007 10.74 11.63 5,173.12
2008 11.63 10.58 52,328.27
2009 10.58 12.20 59,007.34
2010 12.20 12.85 42,735.27
2011 12.85 13.96 26,096.84
2012 13.96 14.89 13,879.69
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)................... 2003 11.07 11.30 0.00
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class B)................... 2004 11.33 11.67 15,237.83
2005 11.67 11.66 36,721.36
2006 11.66 11.91 38,133.46
2007 11.91 12.52 34,418.86
2008 12.52 12.29 35,120.75
2009 12.29 14.17 31,646.98
2010 14.17 14.98 42,914.23
2011 14.98 15.11 23,741.63
2012 15.11 16.13 14,419.09
Pyramis(R) Government Income Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 10.67 10.77 0.00
RCM Technology Investment Division (Class E)....................... 2003 2.92 4.49 0.00
RCM Technology Investment Division (Class B)....................... 2004 4.04 4.19 476.42
2005 4.19 4.54 2,929.51
2006 4.54 4.68 8,407.27
2007 4.68 6.01 42,291.29
2008 6.01 3.26 43,620.83
2009 3.26 5.07 40,382.60
2010 5.07 6.33 36,613.79
2011 6.33 5.57 7,905.03
2012 5.57 6.10 641.52
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 9.03 12.88 0.00
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 12.82 14.59 34,337.97
2005 14.59 14.87 37,915.77
2006 14.87 17.09 33,144.79
2007 17.09 16.41 33,390.67
2008 16.41 10.64 24,804.11
2009 10.64 13.06 20,687.61
2010 13.06 16.16 18,681.62
2011 16.16 15.12 5,528.29
2012 15.12 17.14 2,158.83
Schroders Global Multi-Asset Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 1.01 1.06 0.00
SSgA Growth ETF Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006)........... 2006 10.64 11.28 0.00
2007 11.28 11.65 12,944.63
2008 11.65 7.63 614.50
2009 7.63 9.62 505.52
2010 9.62 10.74 650.95
2011 10.74 10.27 642.79
2012 10.27 11.54 637.66
165
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006) 2006 $10.45 $11.03 0.00
2007 11.03 11.36 245.33
2008 11.36 8.32 1,439.57
2009 8.32 10.15 1,728.44
2010 10.15 11.14 5,809.92
2011 11.14 11.00 1,947.00
2012 11.00 12.13 1,976.56
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 8.39 10.71 0.00
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2004 10.62 11.44 2,945.42
2005 11.44 11.89 7,481.91
2006 11.89 13.12 6,550.37
2007 13.12 13.99 10,385.59
2008 13.99 7.93 12,169.18
2009 7.93 11.09 10,461.41
2010 11.09 12.65 6,889.79
2011 12.65 12.20 12,528.63
2012 12.20 14.14 1,888.93
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 4.47 5.98 0.00
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)......... 2004 6.09 6.87 22,926.76
2005 6.87 7.69 42,374.54
2006 7.69 7.98 56,689.17
2007 7.98 9.18 41,537.89
2008 9.18 5.40 48,436.73
2009 5.40 7.68 45,199.89
2010 7.68 9.58 42,154.34
2011 9.58 9.21 22,667.44
2012 9.21 10.23 250.88
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 8.27 11.37 0.00
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2004 11.60 12.30 1,150.84
2005 12.30 13.31 1,258.39
2006 13.31 13.48 6,599.94
2007 13.48 14.42 3,920.01
2008 14.42 8.97 4,219.15
2009 8.97 12.16 6,530.70
2010 12.16 16.00 8,053.92
2011 16.00 15.87 4,312.19
2012 15.87 17.97 2,203.92
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Investment
Division (Class E)............................................... 2003 15.91 17.50 0.00
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Investment
Division (Class B)............................................... 2004 17.12 18.04 11,888.85
2005 18.04 18.09 30,125.39
2006 18.09 18.53 34,601.97
2007 18.53 18.78 31,440.86
2008 18.78 15.55 23,086.19
2009 15.55 20.05 18,905.10
2010 20.05 22.04 25,124.00
2011 22.04 22.79 18,850.56
2012 22.79 24.79 7,419.46
Western Asset Management U.S. Government Investment Division
(Class E)........................................................ 2003 14.56 14.45 0.00
166
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management U.S. Government Investment Division
(Class B)........................................................ 2004 $ 14.15 $ 14.40 9,018.77
2005 14.40 14.27 21,812.04
2006 14.27 14.49 16,953.71
2007 14.49 14.73 18,818.23
2008 14.73 14.32 21,805.55
2009 14.32 14.57 18,691.73
2010 14.57 15.02 17,270.73
2011 15.02 15.45 7,246.18
2012 15.45 15.56 547.23
At 2.55 Separate Account Charge:
American Funds Bond Investment Division (Class 2)(k)............... 2006 13.36 13.92 5,946.69
2007 13.92 14.02 7,845.31
2008 14.02 12.39 4,754.23
2009 12.39 13.60 3,374.12
2010 13.60 14.11 3,029.74
2011 14.11 14.59 2,685.16
2012 14.59 14.99 1,451.34
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Division
(Class 2)........................................................ 2004 15.33 18.07 15,247.27
2005 18.07 22.08 29,683.18
2006 22.08 26.71 44,812.05
2007 26.71 31.61 52,489.35
2008 31.61 14.32 47,184.56
2009 14.32 22.52 42,773.75
2010 22.52 26.87 38,481.76
2011 26.87 21.18 16,878.39
2012 21.18 24.40 6,976.44
American Funds Growth Investment Division (Class 2)................ 2004 91.79 100.65 7,212.98
2005 100.65 114.01 12,716.12
2006 114.01 122.51 16,853.27
2007 122.51 134.15 16,934.86
2008 134.15 73.26 14,663.23
2009 73.26 99.56 13,515.46
2010 99.56 115.19 12,913.96
2011 115.19 107.49 6,492.23
2012 107.49 123.52 3,444.63
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division (Class 2)......... 2004 71.43 76.85 7,041.60
2005 76.85 79.29 13,993.24
2006 79.29 89.06 19,606.13
2007 89.06 91.18 23,431.93
2008 91.18 55.23 16,761.80
2009 55.23 70.67 15,064.49
2010 70.67 76.76 12,576.45
2011 76.76 73.46 5,286.13
2012 73.46 84.12 1,344.56
167
PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT DEFERRED ANNUITIES
LOWEST POSSIBLE MIX
1.25 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
AllianceBernstein Global Dynamic Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (4/30/2012)............................................ 2012 $ 10.23 $ 10.59 60,586,664.86
American Funds(R) Balanced Allocation Investment Division (Class
C) (4/28/2008)................................................... 2008 10.00 7.01 5,363,317.01
2009 7.01 8.96 18,010,048.59
2010 8.96 9.92 29,542,398.60
2011 9.92 9.59 34,428,136.42
2012 9.59 10.76 34,368,920.55
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2) (5/1/2006)...... 2006 14.82 15.56 365,887.51
2007 15.56 15.85 768,194.65
2008 15.85 14.17 554,431.26
2009 14.17 15.73 461,528.53
2010 15.73 16.51 417,970.90
2011 16.51 17.28 297,207.79
2012 17.28 17.95 249,373.50
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Division+
(Class 2)........................................................ 2003 10.81 16.37 793,521.46
2004 16.37 19.51 1,684,630.59
2005 19.51 24.12 1,942,621.89
2006 24.12 29.51 2,014,130.80
2007 29.51 35.33 2,066,061.06
2008 35.33 16.19 1,676,113.20
2009 16.19 25.75 1,627,893.35
2010 25.75 31.09 1,542,372.20
2011 31.09 24.79 1,329,857.31
2012 24.79 28.89 1,090,983.82
American Funds(R) Growth Allocation Investment Division (Class C)
(4/28/2008)...................................................... 2008 9.99 6.36 11,381,509.85
2009 6.36 8.42 21,656,706.19
2010 8.42 9.44 22,320,507.44
2011 9.44 8.88 21,607,932.95
2012 8.88 10.19 20,505,386.56
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ (Class 2)............... 2003 85.50 115.34 484,308.87
2004 115.34 127.95 832,307.70
2005 127.95 146.61 850,455.08
2006 146.61 159.35 855,979.03
2007 159.35 176.52 789,249.89
2008 176.52 97.52 685,332.95
2009 97.52 134.07 644,152.88
2010 134.07 156.90 606,411.59
2011 156.90 148.11 516,594.10
2012 148.11 172.17 436,720.84
168
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+ (Class 2)........ 2003 $ 68.74 $ 89.76 634,858.72
2004 89.76 97.69 1,040,319.53
2005 97.69 101.96 992,089.03
2006 101.96 115.83 915,468.87
2007 115.83 119.97 847,614.09
2008 119.97 73.52 701,937.54
2009 73.52 95.15 648,730.37
2010 95.15 104.55 616,925.22
2011 104.55 101.21 542,332.49
2012 101.21 117.25 459,521.06
American Funds(R) Moderate Allocation Investment Division (Class
C) (4/28/2008)................................................... 2008 10.01 7.69 11,825,226.62
2009 7.69 9.37 31,832,639.17
2010 9.37 10.17 47,689,050.02
2011 10.17 10.06 52,439,006.83
2012 10.06 11.02 50,094,945.18
AQR Global Risk Balanced Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2012). 2012 11.17 11.59 81,387,523.32
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division (formerly
Artio International Stock Investment Division) (Class E)......... 2003 9.47 11.96 635,794.86
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division (formerly
Artio International Stock Investment Division) (Class B)......... 2004 12.05 13.78 230,542.93
2005 13.78 16.00 882,635.15
2006 16.00 18.37 1,788,847.70
2007 18.37 19.96 2,326,601.22
2008 19.96 10.99 3,102,643.46
2009 10.99 13.23 3,503,823.36
2010 13.23 13.96 3,594,551.26
2011 13.96 11.01 3,776,314.57
2012 11.01 12.98 3,507,363.06
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division (Class E) 2003 12.45 12.72 5,134,183.52
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division (Class B) 2004 12.51 12.89 3,850,658.98
2005 12.89 12.96 11,887,466.57
2006 12.96 13.29 16,455,776.79
2007 13.29 14.00 20,099,380.29
2008 14.00 14.61 17,439,769.63
2009 14.61 15.14 22,571,032.66
2010 15.14 15.81 27,080,597.56
2011 15.81 16.75 28,884,760.83
2012 16.75 17.14 29,905,111.71
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class E).......... 2003 25.16 34.93 154,691.04
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class B).......... 2004 34.38 38.15 48,586.98
2005 38.15 41.61 126,036.87
2006 41.61 43.76 228,956.11
2007 43.76 51.95 383,639.24
2008 51.95 27.79 600,156.98
2009 27.79 40.90 831,307.99
2010 40.90 46.45 916,289.80
2011 46.45 44.39 925,176.40
2012 44.39 48.52 892,201.48
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 46.31 48.33 536,896.98
169
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 $44.66 $46.31 301,057.28
2005 46.31 46.72 1,046,108.64
2006 46.72 48.05 1,637,036.48
2007 48.05 50.31 1,973,936.78
2008 50.31 47.86 1,847,352.77
2009 47.86 51.61 2,153,908.25
2010 51.61 55.08 2,703,572.45
2011 55.08 57.83 2,858,684.31
2012 57.83 61.27 2,913,383.40
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 31.50 37.46 752,001.31
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 36.28 39.19 277,202.91
2005 39.19 39.79 535,541.81
2006 39.79 43.33 698,275.54
2007 43.33 45.19 830,380.34
2008 45.19 33.48 880,343.66
2009 33.48 38.69 925,517.53
2010 38.69 41.77 895,833.32
2011 41.77 42.73 867,922.79
2012 42.73 47.31 849,024.44
BlackRock Global Tactical Strategies Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 9.98 10.32 85,443,566.94
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class B)............ 2007 80.94 81.72 197,425.91
2008 81.72 50.59 268,816.94
2009 50.59 59.56 357,508.56
2010 59.56 66.14 351,775.03
2011 66.14 65.49 389,135.33
2012 65.49 73.35 352,713.46
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 49.33 63.36 303,829.18
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 61.39 67.81 63,985.52
2005 67.81 69.20 115,756.61
2006 69.20 77.79 153,608.48
2007 77.79 81.62 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 7.93 10.60 462,050.50
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 10.72 11.84 507,414.37
2005 11.84 12.34 1,191,101.20
2006 12.34 14.52 4,017,678.88
2007 14.52 14.79 6,203,097.15
2008 14.79 9.47 6,677,973.23
2009 9.47 10.39 8,380,701.11
2010 10.39 11.18 9,038,984.13
2011 11.18 11.27 9,709,297.06
2012 11.27 12.68 9,104,671.74
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2004)....................................................... 2004 23.52 25.80 71,095.54
2005 25.80 27.20 179,456.51
2006 27.20 27.91 329,519.56
2007 27.91 32.64 677,955.31
2008 32.64 20.41 1,381,085.09
2009 20.41 27.51 1,948,378.56
2010 27.51 32.46 2,151,515.42
2011 32.46 29.12 2,541,342.82
2012 29.12 32.81 2,406,118.40
170
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)
(formerly FI Large Cap Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006).. 2006 $17.34 $17.56 64,686.86
2007 17.56 17.98 159,771.44
2008 17.98 9.77 298,616.98
2009 9.77 10.19 0.00
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E) (5/1/2003).... 2003 23.28 23.18 24,871.02
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class B)............... 2004 22.66 22.60 51,565.74
2005 22.60 22.91 104,247.78
2006 22.91 23.65 220,864.59
2007 23.65 24.48 423,149.02
2008 24.48 24.81 1,019,197.09
2009 24.81 24.56 1,111,335.11
2010 24.56 24.26 1,344,514.09
2011 24.26 23.96 1,804,163.17
2012 23.96 23.66 2,197,866.28
BlackRock Strategic Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 10.86 16.08 2,552,703.05
Clarion Global Real Estate Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2004) 2004 9.99 12.84 1,489,317.40
2005 12.84 14.37 4,338,464.48
2006 14.37 19.52 7,835,572.48
2007 19.52 16.39 8,113,130.91
2008 16.39 9.44 7,850,669.54
2009 9.44 12.56 8,085,427.70
2010 12.56 14.40 7,970,798.69
2011 14.40 13.43 8,200,052.38
2012 13.43 16.71 7,497,653.11
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 22.03 28.44 448,782.09
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 28.98 31.22 499,387.83
2005 31.22 33.91 2,131,611.21
2006 33.91 38.29 3,988,041.56
2007 38.29 39.45 5,074,167.58
2008 39.45 23.56 5,669,478.45
2009 23.56 30.64 6,659,881.00
2010 30.64 33.80 7,609,124.88
2011 33.80 31.96 7,861,376.38
2012 31.96 35.54 7,323,440.01
FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 11.04 14.68 490,905.38
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)..................... 2003 18.98 23.76 129,119.95
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class B)..................... 2004 23.39 26.41 85,618.72
2005 26.41 28.81 420,979.54
2006 28.81 31.77 1,116,072.48
2007 31.77 32.61 1,237,524.46
2008 32.61 19.61 1,167,465.68
2009 19.61 23.52 1,179,028.29
2010 23.52 26.55 1,100,221.92
2011 26.55 24.55 1,076,680.63
2012 24.55 27.99 978,906.09
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 8.85 11.81 324,128.40
171
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ --------------
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division (Class B)......... 2004 $ 12.08 $ 14.03 517,942.94
2005 14.03 15.83 2,479,089.48
2006 15.83 20.15 5,230,310.81
2007 20.15 19.67 6,878,657.12
2008 19.67 11.48 5,848,438.73
2009 11.48 17.59 7,094,853.93
2010 17.59 20.22 9,180,544.61
2011 20.22 17.12 10,899,004.55
2012 17.12 21.86 10,001,942.39
Invesco Balanced-Risk Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 1.01 1.04 145,166,223.98
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 8.50 11.68 213,981.76
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)............. 2004 11.40 12.23 88,967.34
2005 12.23 13.08 249,141.21
2006 13.08 14.75 379,516.68
2007 14.75 16.18 570,283.63
2008 16.18 9.79 657,668.14
2009 9.79 12.94 943,098.40
2010 12.94 16.12 847,369.93
2011 16.12 15.75 883,526.54
2012 15.75 18.39 836,820.13
Janus Forty Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2007).............. 2007 151.43 185.95 110,979.76
2008 185.95 106.51 712,494.40
2009 106.51 150.27 1,163,014.01
2010 150.27 162.35 1,298,644.78
2011 162.35 148.24 1,179,824.64
2012 148.24 179.35 1,110,485.64
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class B)...................... 2005 4.09 4.92 412,176.02
2006 4.92 4.99 1,003,446.89
2007 4.99 5.49 1,164,068.68
2008 5.49 3.44 1,376,073.02
2009 3.44 4.74 3,200,189.21
2010 4.74 5.21 4,846,933.72
2011 5.21 5.15 7,348,067.70
2012 5.15 5.88 12,237,786.15
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division) (Class E)................................... 2003 3.46 4.29 639,387.86
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Oppenheimer Capital
Appreciation Investment Division) (Class B) (5/1/2005)........... 2005 7.99 8.69 173,317.48
2006 8.69 9.23 620,638.28
2007 9.23 10.42 1,169,995.30
2008 10.42 5.56 1,627,935.42
2009 5.56 7.90 2,343,856.14
2010 7.90 8.53 2,771,815.26
2011 8.53 8.31 2,875,553.19
2012 8.31 9.35 0.00
Jennison Growth Investment Division (formerly Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division) (Class B)................................... 2004 4.25 4.44 114,586.68
2005 4.44 4.05 152,249.83
172
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Janus Growth Investment Division) (Class E)............ 2003 $ 5.30 $ 6.80 0.00
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(Class B)........................................................ 2003 5.57 6.80 310,403.07
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division) (Class B). 2004 6.63 7.22 157,905.31
2005 7.22 8.09 441,946.14
2006 8.09 7.86 854,039.26
2007 7.86 7.93 829,924.69
2008 7.93 4.77 784,974.04
2009 4.77 6.27 889,731.52
2010 6.27 7.66 1,184,792.59
2011 7.66 7.82 4,333,191.00
2012 7.82 9.15 4,198,132.99
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (formerly MFS(R)
Investors Trust Investment Division) (Class E)................... 2006 9.45 10.14 752,191.91
2007 10.14 9.42 819,936.03
2008 9.42 4.22 972,413.11
2009 4.22 5.75 1,433,098.82
2010 5.75 6.10 2,182,977.19
2011 6.10 6.49 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (formerly MFS(R)
Investors Trust Investment Division) (Class B)................... 2003 6.56 7.87 308,442.38
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division (Class E)......... 2004 7.74 8.59 58,522.26
2005 8.59 9.07 300,403.79
2006 9.07 9.49 378,586.99
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division (Class B)......... 2003 17.58 23.67 113,829.25
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2004 23.77 26.96 62,988.78
2005 26.96 28.40 282,001.02
2006 28.40 32.65 807,342.10
2007 32.65 35.99 1,230,226.05
2008 35.99 22.73 1,465,820.56
2009 22.73 29.16 1,718,288.85
2010 29.16 36.64 1,647,067.79
2011 36.64 36.31 1,663,955.46
2012 36.31 40.97 1,536,877.57
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2003 6.27 8.96 528,179.62
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (formerly Loomis
Sayles High Yield Bond Investment Division) (Class E)............ 2004 8.85 9.80 157,161.05
2005 9.80 10.11 469,945.62
2006 10.11 10.95 779,710.51
2007 10.95 11.28 982,451.23
2008 11.28 6.54 1,137,061.65
2009 6.54 8.37 1,330,724.17
2010 8.37 10.86 1,216,411.01
2011 10.86 11.02 1,198,514.84
2012 11.02 12.07 1,029,058.32
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (Class E)........... 2003 10.57 12.45 0.00
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (Class B)........... 2003 10.57 12.45 906,935.62
2004 12.45 13.31 1,418,152.43
173
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2004 $16.14 $17.21 433,517.32
2005 17.21 17.26 1,644,680.08
2006 17.26 18.60 3,053,153.34
2007 18.60 19.57 4,120,667.18
2008 19.57 15.73 3,918,705.43
2009 15.73 21.25 4,795,673.99
2010 21.25 23.71 5,207,933.54
2011 23.71 24.46 5,522,429.14
2012 24.46 27.28 5,370,333.81
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2012 26.26 27.03 977,900.79
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E) (formerly
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment Division) (Class E).... 2012 25.84 26.59 6,561,328.53
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B) (formerly
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment Division) (Class B).... 2003 13.49 18.18 832,486.66
Invesco Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)................... 2004 18.71 21.85 745,718.74
2005 21.85 24.15 2,759,258.03
2006 24.15 26.52 4,556,951.22
2007 26.52 27.03 5,637,167.55
2008 27.03 14.02 5,869,624.31
2009 14.02 20.45 6,093,473.84
2010 20.45 25.46 6,870,168.76
2011 25.46 23.47 7,124,065.55
2012 23.47 25.96 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 23.93 31.30 1,040,971.04
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 30.62 33.26 377,040.95
2005 33.26 36.04 1,158,798.80
2006 36.04 39.92 1,544,583.01
2007 39.92 36.63 1,646,083.75
2008 36.63 19.49 1,530,577.09
2009 19.49 27.17 1,570,093.26
2010 27.17 30.80 1,517,144.93
2011 30.80 32.39 1,530,638.68
2012 32.39 35.69 1,486,443.05
Met/Franklin Income Investment Division (Class B) (4/28/2008)...... 2008 9.99 7.99 717,060.40
2009 7.99 10.09 1,736,399.97
2010 10.09 11.14 3,115,137.26
2011 11.14 11.24 4,545,106.28
2012 11.24 12.48 4,504,444.08
Met/Franklin Low Duration Total Return Investment Division (Class
B) (5/2/2011).................................................... 2011 9.98 9.77 371,470.99
2012 9.77 10.07 757,543.49
Met/Franklin Mutual Shares Investment Division (Class B)
(4/28/2008)...................................................... 2008 9.99 6.60 472,356.75
2009 6.60 8.14 1,350,684.01
2010 8.14 8.93 2,282,456.12
2011 8.93 8.77 2,997,757.80
2012 8.77 9.87 2,797,219.63
Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Investment Division
(Class B) (4/28/2008)............................................ 2008 9.99 7.04 2,102,778.94
2009 7.04 8.93 4,026,633.31
2010 8.93 9.71 4,308,306.30
2011 9.71 9.42 4,215,602.89
2012 9.42 10.80 4,034,161.72
174
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ --------------
Met/Templeton Growth Investment Division (Class B) (4/28/2008)..... 2008 $ 9.99 $ 6.57 235,437.29
2009 6.57 8.61 687,554.56
2010 8.61 9.15 1,068,648.57
2011 9.15 8.42 1,415,850.80
2012 8.42 10.16 1,346,063.32
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Investment Division (Class B).......... 2011 12.27 10.51 3,213,867.32
2012 10.51 12.12 3,174,538.90
MetLife Aggressive Strategy Investment Division (formerly MetLife
Aggressive Allocation Investment Division) (Class B) (5/1/2005).. 2005 9.99 11.16 306,141.65
2006 11.16 12.74 1,484,809.90
2007 12.74 13.00 2,807,072.03
2008 13.00 7.64 3,137,332.27
2009 7.64 9.92 3,269,816.84
2010 9.92 11.34 3,262,852.24
2011 11.34 12.30 0.00
MetLife Balanced Plus Investment Division (Class B) (4/30/2012).... 2012 10.01 10.49 85,936,719.25
MetLife Conservative Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2005)....................................................... 2005 9.99 10.31 578,943.02
2006 10.31 10.88 1,938,160.76
2007 10.88 11.34 5,674,741.59
2008 11.34 9.59 10,836,517.50
2009 9.59 11.41 17,602,835.04
2010 11.41 12.41 23,163,874.60
2011 12.41 12.65 26,465,409.52
2012 12.65 13.64 27,845,228.02
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (5/1/2005)............................................. 2005 9.99 10.52 2,293,499.61
2006 10.52 11.37 10,459,920.40
2007 11.37 11.77 24,715,462.78
2008 11.77 9.11 36,347,326.24
2009 9.11 11.13 49,865,699.83
2010 11.13 12.26 62,047,149.36
2011 12.26 12.24 69,578,602.61
2012 12.24 13.47 68,625,951.23
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division (Class E).......... 2003 8.68 11.55 2,466,067.51
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division (Class B).......... 2004 11.72 13.13 728,656.68
2005 13.13 14.53 2,195,285.87
2006 14.53 15.76 3,611,990.93
2007 15.76 16.74 4,712,683.58
2008 16.74 10.51 5,825,162.10
2009 10.51 14.20 6,981,447.54
2010 14.20 17.67 7,442,901.10
2011 17.67 17.07 8,144,543.01
2012 17.07 19.78 7,896,397.33
MetLife Moderate Allocation Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2005)....................................................... 2005 9.99 10.75 3,641,353.32
2006 10.75 11.88 22,508,484.97
2007 11.88 12.24 62,197,203.38
2008 12.24 8.63 94,830,810.05
2009 8.63 10.78 131,317,908.56
2010 10.78 12.05 168,769,081.52
2011 12.05 11.74 186,589,260.69
2012 11.74 13.12 179,133,091.06
175
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Investment Division
(Class B) (5/1/2005)............................................. 2005 $ 9.99 $10.98 2,829,696.46
2006 10.98 12.39 17,897,969.38
2007 12.39 12.70 54,331,986.81
2008 12.70 8.14 81,663,563.59
2009 8.14 10.38 94,187,888.95
2010 10.38 11.75 89,964,106.50
2011 11.75 11.17 86,864,544.96
2012 11.17 12.73 80,829,336.58
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 28.06 35.46 2,189,805.85
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class B).................. 2004 34.63 37.56 1,750,875.84
2005 37.56 38.72 5,047,439.87
2006 38.72 44.05 7,044,246.68
2007 44.05 45.66 8,542,859.25
2008 45.66 28.29 10,548,323.10
2009 28.29 35.18 12,672,183.55
2010 35.18 39.78 13,968,745.16
2011 39.78 39.93 14,624,119.22
2012 39.93 45.51 13,800,270.63
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 7.31 9.54 378,131.36
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division (Class B)........ 2004 9.79 11.25 141,755.48
2005 11.25 12.94 604,819.44
2006 12.94 16.17 2,068,708.66
2007 16.17 18.09 3,262,143.43
2008 18.09 10.30 5,451,172.86
2009 10.30 13.38 6,574,559.75
2010 13.38 14.72 6,633,116.35
2011 14.72 12.98 6,669,158.46
2012 12.98 14.96 6,199,776.38
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2004)....... 2004 37.71 41.05 119,277.39
2005 41.05 41.69 328,191.42
2006 41.69 46.09 465,431.08
2007 46.09 47.39 692,542.07
2008 47.39 36.34 626,555.67
2009 36.34 42.46 734,187.61
2010 42.46 46.04 800,296.85
2011 46.04 46.45 826,082.65
2012 46.45 51.06 805,689.47
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)......................... 2003 9.77 12.09 2,688,090.95
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class B)......................... 2004 12.23 13.21 1,304,722.64
2005 13.21 12.83 3,878,821.73
2006 12.83 14.93 5,009,373.07
2007 14.93 14.15 5,535,834.88
2008 14.15 9.26 5,163,417.72
2009 9.26 11.03 5,869,418.70
2010 11.03 12.12 7,052,289.57
2011 12.12 12.04 7,522,386.23
2012 12.04 13.83 7,315,037.13
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division (formerly Lazard Mid Cap
Investment Division) (Class E)................................... 2003 9.69 12.09 396,340.58
176
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division (formerly Lazard Mid Cap
Investment Division) (Class B)................................... 2004 $12.61 $13.63 145,014.30
2005 13.63 14.54 369,364.09
2006 14.54 16.47 693,216.68
2007 16.47 15.83 1,336,971.62
2008 15.83 9.64 1,227,543.36
2009 9.64 13.02 1,384,640.85
2010 13.02 15.80 1,392,901.19
2011 15.80 14.78 1,486,644.47
2012 14.78 15.37 1,344,367.91
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division (formerly Morgan Stanley
EAFE(R) Index Investment Division) (Class E)..................... 2003 7.12 9.65 3,114,501.40
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division (formerly Morgan Stanley
EAFE(R) Index Investment Division) (Class B)..................... 2004 9.64 11.22 1,310,419.46
2005 11.22 12.51 3,920,106.79
2006 12.51 15.51 5,695,313.60
2007 15.51 16.92 7,382,320.70
2008 16.92 9.66 9,419,926.46
2009 9.66 12.24 11,163,950.75
2010 12.24 13.04 12,685,686.41
2011 13.04 11.25 14,595,718.30
2012 11.25 13.11 14,435,971.24
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)........ 2010 13.13 15.26 2,487,134.48
2011 15.26 14.03 2,843,297.98
2012 14.03 15.14 2,692,713.11
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (formerly FI Mid
Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class B))................. 2004 14.81 16.69 195,292.90
2005 16.69 17.58 550,747.76
2006 17.58 19.37 1,043,827.16
2007 19.37 20.68 1,436,202.13
2008 20.68 9.10 1,753,470.54
2009 9.10 12.00 2,335,775.65
2010 12.00 12.99 0.00
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (formerly FI Mid
Cap Opportunities Investment Division (Class E))................. 2003 11.04 14.68 490,905.38
2004 14.68 16.96 1,349,674.49
2005 16.96 17.87 1,259,761.54
2006 17.87 19.71 1,190,252.12
2007 19.71 21.06 1,052,899.12
2008 21.06 9.27 980,681.78
2009 9.27 12.25 929,395.27
2010 12.25 13.27 0.00
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class B)............. 2004 16.20 18.24 1,029,329.75
2005 18.24 18.72 2,350,319.89
2006 18.72 21.53 3,429,455.89
2007 21.53 20.48 3,851,949.52
2008 20.48 12.42 3,625,580.48
2009 12.42 13.84 3,679,793.07
2010 13.84 16.59 3,382,746.43
2011 16.59 17.29 3,242,629.17
2012 17.29 18.74 3,027,293.41
177
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E)............ 2003 $10.17 $13.10 406,709.15
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class B)............ 2004 12.89 14.88 105,601.25
2005 14.88 17.04 579,290.68
2006 17.04 19.59 1,334,400.29
2007 19.59 20.55 1,761,289.24
2008 20.55 12.06 1,967,019.42
2009 12.06 16.66 2,530,763.05
2010 16.66 19.07 3,078,106.91
2011 19.07 17.25 3,539,470.40
2012 17.25 20.64 3,291,982.18
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Investment Division (Class B)
(5/1/2006)....................................................... 2006 11.04 11.16 595,123.74
2007 11.16 12.21 1,865,528.17
2008 12.21 11.23 8,801,830.82
2009 11.23 13.09 14,097,736.84
2010 13.09 13.93 18,853,712.18
2011 13.93 15.29 22,060,834.54
2012 15.29 16.48 23,103,607.27
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)................... 2003 11.29 11.65 4,544,053.32
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class B)................... 2004 11.72 12.16 1,912,529.08
2005 12.16 12.28 6,758,354.02
2006 12.28 12.67 9,627,248.36
2007 12.67 13.46 11,407,084.04
2008 13.46 13.35 13,686,460.81
2009 13.35 15.56 21,012,926.60
2010 15.56 16.62 29,547,685.64
2011 16.62 16.94 32,720,206.08
2012 16.94 18.28 33,459,538.47
Pyramis(R) Government Income Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 10.78 10.96 32,068,305.21
RCM Technology Investment Division (Class E)....................... 2003 2.97 4.62 1,637,949.51
RCM Technology Investment Division (Class B)....................... 2004 4.18 4.36 327,216.18
2005 4.36 4.78 700,834.84
2006 4.78 4.98 1,303,161.54
2007 4.98 6.46 3,643,893.87
2008 6.46 3.54 3,951,772.02
2009 3.54 5.57 6,605,032.05
2010 5.57 7.02 7,452,605.10
2011 7.02 6.25 8,293,969.11
2012 6.25 6.92 7,942,344.23
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 9.43 13.60 1,535,666.47
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class B)................ 2004 13.58 15.56 523,546.85
2005 15.56 16.03 1,502,294.21
2006 16.03 18.61 2,585,775.71
2007 18.61 18.07 3,079,763.14
2008 18.07 11.83 3,245,644.32
2009 11.83 14.69 3,896,039.18
2010 14.69 18.36 4,040,992.74
2011 18.36 17.36 4,329,427.86
2012 17.36 19.89 4,195,443.26
Schroders Global Multi-Asset Investment Division (Class B)
(4/30/2012)...................................................... 2012 1.01 1.06 67,974,801.15
178
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ -------------
SSgA Growth ETF Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006)........... 2006 $10.71 $11.43 139,058.25
2007 11.43 11.92 536,203.16
2008 11.92 7.89 377,748.91
2009 7.89 10.06 3,058,162.85
2010 10.06 11.35 4,291,610.98
2011 11.35 10.97 4,758,320.83
2012 10.97 12.46 5,212,125.54
SSgA Growth and Income ETF Investment Division (Class B) (5/1/2006) 2006 10.52 11.18 94,584.11
2007 11.18 11.63 196,239.06
2008 11.63 8.61 564,644.37
2009 8.61 10.62 9,979,215.54
2010 10.62 11.77 27,821,570.04
2011 11.77 11.75 39,524,198.83
2012 11.75 13.09 40,225,522.76
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 8.76 11.30 794,026.43
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2004 11.25 12.21 551,747.60
2005 12.21 12.82 1,706,948.80
2006 12.82 14.29 2,574,599.46
2007 14.29 15.41 3,515,295.61
2008 15.41 8.82 3,604,235.54
2009 8.82 12.46 3,970,534.93
2010 12.46 14.37 3,678,828.63
2011 14.37 14.00 3,523,915.22
2012 14.00 16.41 3,395,403.28
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 4.56 6.17 921,458.24
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)......... 2004 6.30 7.15 529,644.79
2005 7.15 8.10 1,695,381.23
2006 8.10 8.49 3,268,219.53
2007 8.49 9.86 5,090,130.40
2008 9.86 5.87 6,860,173.97
2009 5.87 8.43 8,896,812.31
2010 8.43 10.63 10,543,521.65
2011 10.63 10.33 11,726,128.73
2012 10.33 11.60 11,397,693.54
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 8.80 12.22 500,675.63
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class B)....... 2004 12.51 13.35 169,438.00
2005 13.35 14.60 639,929.00
2006 14.60 14.94 1,140,830.69
2007 14.94 16.16 1,319,130.58
2008 16.16 10.16 1,553,144.93
2009 10.16 13.92 1,973,633.33
2010 13.92 18.51 2,914,342.13
2011 18.51 18.54 3,448,513.28
2012 18.54 21.23 3,334,995.65
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Investment
Division (Class E)............................................... 2003 17.34 19.26 1,097,298.95
179
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Investment
Division (Class B)............................................... 2004 $ 18.92 $ 20.08 516,840.38
2005 20.08 20.34 2,362,619.16
2006 20.34 21.06 4,193,499.21
2007 21.06 21.56 5,163,420.43
2008 21.56 18.05 4,354,047.28
2009 18.05 23.51 4,288,945.49
2010 23.51 26.12 4,249,228.87
2011 26.12 27.30 3,809,961.74
2012 27.30 30.00 3,545,424.51
Western Asset Management U.S. Government Investment Division
(Class E)........................................................ 2003 15.87 15.91 1,650,276.43
Western Asset Management U.S. Government Investment Division
(Class B)........................................................ 2004 15.64 16.03 792,980.55
2005 16.03 16.05 2,828,550.05
2006 16.05 16.47 4,232,158.83
2007 16.47 16.92 5,021,955.31
2008 16.92 16.62 4,769,314.77
2009 16.62 17.08 5,880,515.48
2010 17.08 17.80 6,431,005.46
2011 17.80 18.50 6,310,303.78
2012 18.50 18.83 6,276,242.56
At 1.50 Separate Account Charge:
American Funds Bond Investment Division (Class 2)(k)............... 2006 14.69 15.41 1,384,257.31
2007 15.41 15.68 4,872,016.01
2008 15.68 14.00 4,398,070.70
2009 14.00 15.53 4,993,122.00
2010 15.53 16.29 4,748,102.21
2011 16.29 17.03 4,256,384.37
2012 17.03 17.67 3,985,089.74
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Division
(Class 2)........................................................ 2004 16.28 19.38 559,036.42
2005 19.38 23.94 1,993,369.67
2006 23.94 29.25 3,865,644.25
2007 29.25 34.99 5,518,755.68
2008 34.99 16.02 6,340,014.81
2009 16.02 25.46 7,376,589.98
2010 25.46 30.70 7,743,762.55
2011 30.70 24.45 8,041,761.60
2012 24.45 28.46 7,363,012.38
American Funds Growth Investment Division (Class 2)................ 2004 113.13 125.36 321,875.82
2005 125.36 143.50 1,076,810.53
2006 143.50 155.82 1,897,452.19
2007 155.82 172.44 2,357,806.14
2008 172.44 95.17 2,786,511.47
2009 95.17 130.70 2,969,105.42
2010 130.70 152.81 2,777,826.76
2011 152.81 144.10 2,598,642.84
2012 144.10 167.34 2,346,742.21
180
Beginning of Number of
Year End of Year Accumulation
Accumulation Accumulation Units End of
Investment Division Year Unit Value Unit Value Year
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division (Class 2)......... 2004 $ 88.04 $ 95.72 337,328.74
2005 95.72 99.80 1,024,224.45
2006 99.80 113.26 1,585,446.89
2007 113.26 117.20 1,989,561.74
2008 117.20 71.75 2,053,174.67
2009 71.75 92.76 2,337,384.35
2010 92.76 101.82 2,535,035.68
2011 101.82 98.48 2,636,733.23
2012 98.48 113.96 2,481,403.31
-----------
The assets of the Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Investment Division of the
Met Investors Fund were merged into the Jennison Growth Investment Division
of the Metropolitan Fund on April 30, 2012. Accumulation Unit Values prior to
April 30, 2012 are those of the Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Investment
Division.
The assets of the Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (formerly the
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Division) of the Metropolitan Fund were merged
into the Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division of the Met Investors
Fund on April 30, 2012. Accumulation Unit Values prior to April 30, 2012 are
those of the Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund.
The assets of Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division of the Met
Investors Fund were merged into the Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth
Investment Division of the Met Investors Fund on May 2, 2011. Accumulation
Unit Values prior to May 2, 2011 are those of the Legg Mason Value Equity
Investment Division.
The assets of MetLife Aggressive Allocation Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund were merged into the MetLife Aggressive Strategy Investment
Division of the Met Investors Fund on May 2, 2011. Accumulation Unit Values
prior to May 2, 2011 are those of the MetLife Aggressive Allocation
Investment Division.
The assets of FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund were merged into the Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth
Investment Division of the Met Investors Fund on May 3, 2010. Accumulation
Unit Values prior to May 3, 2010 are those of FI Mid Cap Opportunities
Investment Division.
The assets of FI Large Cap Investment Division of the Metropolitan Fund were
merged into the BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund on May 1, 2009. Accumulation Unit Values prior to May 1,
2009 are those of the FI Large Cap Investment Division.
The assets of BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (formerly BlackRock
Investment Trust Investment Division) of the Metropolitan Fund were merged
into the BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division of the Met Investors
Fund on April 30, 2007. Accumulation Unit Values prior to April 30, 2007 are
those of the BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division.
The assets of the MFS(R) Investors Trust Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund were merged into the Legg Mason Value Equity Investment
Division of the Met Investors Fund prior to the opening of business on May 1,
2006. Accumulation Unit Values prior to May 1, 2006 are those of MFS(R)
Investors Trust Investment Division.
The assets in Met/Putnam Voyager Investment Division of the Metropolitan Fund
were merged into Jennison Growth Investment Division of the Metropolitan Fund
prior to the opening of business on May 2, 2005. The Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division is no longer available.
The Investment Division of the Metropolitan Fund with the name FI Mid Cap
Opportunities was merged into the Janus Mid Cap Investment Division of the
Metropolitan Fund prior to the opening of business on May 3, 2004 and was
renamed FI Mid Cap Opportunities. The Investment Division with the name FI
Mid Cap Opportunities on April 30, 2004 ceased to exist. The Accumulation
Unit Values history prior to May 1, 2004 is that of the Janus Mid Cap
Investment Division.
The assets of the Janus Growth Investment Division of the Metropolitan Fund
were merged into the Janus Aggressive Growth Investment Division of the Met
Investors Fund on April 28, 2003. Accumulation Unit Values prior to April 28,
2003 are those of Janus Growth Investment Division.
* We are waiving a portion of the Separate Account charge for the Investment
Division investing in the BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio.
+ The Accumulation Unit Values for this American Funds(R) Investment Division
are calculated with an additional .15% Separate Account charge which was in
effect prior to May 1, 2004
Please see the Table of Expenses for more information.
181
APPENDIX C
PORTFOLIO LEGAL NAMES AND MARKETING NAMES
SERIES FUND/TRUST LEGAL NAME OF PORTFOLIO SERIES MARKETING NAME
American Funds Insurance Series(R) Bond Fund American Funds Bond Fund
American Funds Insurance Series(R) Global Small Capitalization Fund American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund
American Funds Insurance Series(R) Growth - Income Fund American Funds Growth-Income Fund
American Funds Insurance Series(R) Growth Fund American Funds Growth Fund
182
APPENDIX D
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE PORTFOLIOS
The Portfolios below were subject to a merger or name change. The chart
identifies the former name and new name of each of these Portfolios.
PORTFOLIO MERGERS
FORMER PORTFOLIO NEW PORTFOLIO
---------------- -------------
MET INVESTORS FUND MET INVESTORS FUND
Met/Franklin Loomis Sayles
Income Portfolio Global Markets
Portfolio
Met/Franklin MetLife Growth
Templeton Strategy Portfolio
Founding Strategy
Portfolio
Met/Templeton Oppenheimer
Growth Portfolio Global Equity
Portfolio
METROPOLITAN FUND METROPOLITAN FUND
FI Value MFS(R) Value
Leaders Portfolio Portfolio
MET INVESTORS FUND METROPOLITAN FUND
Met/Franklin MFS(R) Value
Mutual Shares Portfolio
Portfolio
MLA Mid Cap Neuberger
Portfolio Berman Genesis
Portfolio
RCM Technology T. Rowe Price
Portfolio Large Cap Growth
Portfolio
METROPOLITAN FUND MET INVESTORS FUND
Oppenheimer Oppenheimer
Global Equity Global Equity
Portfolio Portfolio
PORTFOLIO NAME CHANGES
FORMER PORTFOLIO NEW PORTFOLIO
---------------- -------------
MET INVESTORS FUND MET INVESTORS FUND
Lazard Mid Cap MLA Mid Cap Portfolio
Portfolio
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Portfolio
ClearBridge
Aggressive Growth
Portfolio
METROPOLITAN FUND METROPOLITAN FUND
Barclays Barclays Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio
Capital Aggregate
Bond Index
Portfolio
BlackRock Frontier Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Aggressive Growth
Portfolio
BlackRock BlackRock Capital Appreciation Portfolio
Legacy Large Cap
Growth Portfolio
183
Request For a Statement of
Additional Information/Change of Address
If You would like any of the following Statements of Additional Information, or
have changed your address, please check the appropriate box below and return to
the address below.
[_] Metropolitan Life Separate Account E
[_] Metropolitan Series Fund
[_] Met Investors Series Trust
[_] American Funds Insurance Series(R)
[_] I have changed my address. My current address is:
_________________ Name _______________________________________________________
(Contract Number)
Address ____________________________________________________
_________________ _____________________________________________________
(Signature) zip
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
Attn: Fulfillment Unit - PPS
P.O. Box 10342
Des Moines, IA 50306-0342
184
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT E
PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT(R) VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FORM N-4 PART B
April 29, 2013
This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus but contains
information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the
Prospectus for Preference Plus Select Deferred Variable Annuities dated April
29, 2013 and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus. Copies of the
Prospectus may be obtained from Metropolitan Life insurance Company, Attn:
Fulfillment Unit-PPS, P.O. Box 10342, Des Moines, IA 50306-0342.
A Statement of Additional Information for the Metropolitan Series Fund
("Metropolitan Fund"), the Met Investors Series Trust ("Met Investors Fund")
and the American Funds Insurance Series(R) ("American Funds(R)") are attached
at the end of this Statement of Additional Information.
Unless otherwise indicated, the Statement of Additional Information
continues the use of certain terms as set forth in the section entitled
"Important Terms You Should Know" of the Prospectus for Preference Plus Select
Contracts dated April 29, 2013.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm..... 2
Principal Underwriter............................. 2
Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. 2
Experience Factor................................. 2
Variable Income Payments.......................... 3
Calculating the Annuity Unit Value................ 5
Advertisement of the Separate Account............. 6
Voting Rights..................................... 9
ERISA............................................. 10
Taxes--SIMPLE IRAs Eligibility and Contributions.. 11
Withdrawals....................................... 11
Accumulation Unit Values Tables................... 12
Financial Statements of Separate Account.......... 1
Financial Statements of MetLife................... F-1
1
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The financial statements and financial highlights comprising each of the
Investment Divisions of Metropolitan Life Separate Account E included in this
Statement of Additional Information, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their
report appearing herein. Such financial statements and financial highlights are
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
and subsidiaries (the "Company"), included in this Statement of Additional
Information, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors,
as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an
unmodified opinion and includes an emphasis-of-matter paragraph referring to
changes in the Company's method of accounting for deferred policy acquisition
costs as required by accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2012 and the
Company's reorganization of its segments in 2012). Such financial statements
are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The principal business address of Deloitte & Touche LLP is Two World
Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1414.
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
MetLife Investors Distribution Company ("MLIDC") serves as principal
underwriter for the Separate Account and the Contracts. The offering is
continuous. MLIDC's principal executive offices are located at 5 Park Plaza,
Suite 1900, Irvine, CA 92614. MLIDC is affiliated with the Company and the
Separate Account.
DISTRIBUTION AND PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
Information about the distribution of the Contracts is contained in the
Prospectus (see "Who Sells the Deferred Annuities"). Additional information is
provided below.
Under the terms of the Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement
among the Separate Account, MLIDC and the Company, MLIDC acts as agent for the
distribution of the Contracts and as principal underwriter for the Contracts.
The Company reimburses MLIDC for certain sales and overhead expenses connected
with sales functions.
The following table shows the amount of commissions paid to and the amount
of commissions retained by the Distributor and Principal Underwriter over the
past three years.
UNDERWRITING COMMISSIONS
UNDERWRITING COMMISSIONS PAID AMOUNT OF UNDERWRITING
TO THE DISTRIBUTOR BY THE COMMISSIONS RETAINED BY THE
YEAR COMPANY DISTRIBUTOR
---- ----------------------------- ---------------------------
2012...... $201,775,422 $0
2011...... $222,177,300 $0
2010...... $173,815,499 $0
EXPERIENCE FACTOR
We use the term "experience factor" to describe the investment performance
for an Investment Division. We calculate Accumulation Unit Values once a day on
every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. We call the time
between two consecutive Accumulation Unit Value calculations the "Valuation
Period". We
2
have the right to change the basis for the Valuation Period, on 30 days'
notice, as long as it is consistent with law. All purchase payments and
transfers are valued as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the
transaction occurred. The experience factor changes from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period to reflect the upward or downward performance of the assets in
the underlying Portfolios. The experience factor is calculated as of the end of
each Valuation Period using the net asset value per share of the underlying
Portfolio. The net asset value includes the per share amount of any dividend or
capital gain distribution paid by the Portfolio during the current Valuation
Period, and subtracts any per share charges for taxes and reserve for taxes. We
then divide that amount by the net asset value per share as of the end of the
last Valuation Period to obtain a factor that reflects investment performance.
We then subtract a charge for each day in the Valuation Period which is the
daily equivalent of the Separate Account charge. This charge varies, depending
on the class of the Deferred Annuity. Below is a chart of the daily factors for
each class of the Deferred Annuity and the various death benefits and Earnings
Preservation Benefit:
Separate Account charges for all Investment Divisions except American Funds
Growth-Income, American Funds Growth and American Funds Global Small
Capitalization (Daily Factor)
BONUS CLASS
B CLASS (YEARS 1-7)* C CLASS L CLASS
----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
Basic Death Benefit............................. 0.000034247 0.000046575 0.000045205 0.000041096
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.................... 0.000039726 0.000052055 0.000050685 0.000046575
Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase
Death Benefit................................. 0.000043836 0.000056164 0.000054795 0.000050685
Additional Charge for Earnings Preservation
Benefit....................................... 0.000006849 0.000006849 0.000006849 0.000006849
--------
* Applies only for the first seven years; Separate Account charges are reduced
after seven years to those of B Class.
Separate Account charges for the American Funds Growth-Income, American
Funds Growth and American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment
Divisions (Daily Factor)
BONUS CLASS
B CLASS (YEARS 1-7)* C CLASS L CLASS
----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
Basic Death Benefit............................. 0.000041096 0.000053425 0.000052055 0.000047945
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.................... 0.000046575 0.000058904 0.000057534 0.000053425
Greater of Annual Step-Up or 5% Annual Increase
Death Benefit................................. 0.000050685 0.000063014 0.000061644 0.000057534
Additional Charge for Earnings Preservation
Benefit....................................... 0.000006849 0.000006849 0.000006849 0.000006849
--------
* Applies only for the first seven years; Separate Account charges are reduced
after seven years to those of B Class.
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR)
The following discussion concerning the amount of variable income payments
is based on an Assumed Investment Return of 4% per year. It should not be
inferred that such rates will bear any relationship to the actual net
investment experience of the Separate Account.
AMOUNT OF INCOME PAYMENTS
The cash You receive periodically from an Investment Division (after Your
first payment if paid within 10 days of the issue date) will depend upon the
number of annuity units held in that Investment Division (described below) and
the Annuity Unit Value (described later) as of the 10th day prior to a payment
date.
3
The Deferred Annuity specifies the dollar amount of the initial variable
income payment for each Investment Division (this equals the first payment
amount if paid within 10 days of the issue date). This initial variable income
payment is computed based on the amount of the purchase payment applied to the
specific Investment Division (net any applicable premium tax owed or Contract
charge), the AIR, the age and/or sex of the measuring lives and the income
payment type selected. The initial payment amount is then divided by the
Annuity Unit Value for the Investment Division to determine the number of
annuity units held in that Investment Division. The number of annuity units
held remains fixed for the duration of the Contract if no reallocating are made.
The dollar amount of subsequent variable income payments will vary with the
amount by which investment performance is greater or lesser than the AIR and
Separate Account charges.
Each Deferred Annuity provides that, when a pay-out option is chosen, the
payment will not be less than the payment produced by the then current Fixed
Income Option purchase rates for that Contract class. The purpose of this
provision is to assure the owner that, at retirement, if the Fixed Income
Option purchase rates for new contracts are significantly more favorable than
the rates guaranteed by a Deferred Annuity of the same class, the owner will be
given the benefit of the higher rates. Although guaranteed annuity rates for
the Bonus Class are the same as for the other classes of the Deferred Annuity,
current rates for the Bonus Class may be lower than the other classes of the
Deferred Annuity and may be less than the currently issued Contract rates.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE
The Annuity Unit Value is calculated at the same time that the Accumulation
Unit Value for Deferred Annuities is calculated and is based on the same change
in investment performance in the Separate Account. (See "The Value of Your
Income Payments" in the Prospectus.)
REALLOCATION PRIVILEGE
The annuity purchase rate is the dollar amount You would need when You
annuitize Your Deferred Annuity to receive $1 per payment period. For example,
if it would cost $50 to buy an annuity that pays You $1 a month for the rest of
Your life, then the annuity purchase rate for that life income annuity is $50.
The annuity purchase rate is based on the annuity income payment type You
choose, an interest rate, and Your age, sex (where permitted) and number of
payments remaining. The annuity purchase rate is reset each valuation date to
reflect any changes in these components. The reset annuity purchase rate
represents the cost You would incur if You were choosing the same income option
You have in light of this updated information.
When You request a reallocation from an Investment Division to the Fixed
Income Option, the payment amount will be adjusted at the time of reallocation.
Your payment may either increase or decrease due to this adjustment. The
adjusted payment will be calculated in the following manner.
. First, We update the income payment amount to be reallocated from the
Investment Division based upon the applicable Annuity Unit Value at the
time of the reallocation;
. Second, We use the AIR to calculate an updated annuity purchase rate
based upon Your age, if applicable, and expected future income payments
at the time of the reallocation;
. Third, We calculate another updated annuity purchase rate using Our
current annuity purchase rates for the Fixed Income Option on the date of
Your reallocation;
. Finally, We determine the adjusted payment amount by multiplying the
updated income amount determined in the first step by the ratio of the
annuity purchase rate determined in the second step divided by the
annuity purchase rate determined in the third step.
4
When You request a reallocation from one Investment Division to another,
annuity units in one Investment Division are liquidated and annuity units in
the other Investment Division are credited to You. There is no adjustment to
the income payment amount. Future income payment amounts will be determined
based on the Annuity Unit Value for the Investment Division to which You have
reallocated.
You generally may make a reallocation on any day the Exchange is open. At a
future date We may limit the number of reallocations You may make, but never to
fewer than one a month. If We do so, We will give You advance written notice.
We may limit a Beneficiary's ability to make a reallocation.
Here are examples of the effect of a reallocation on the income payment:
. Suppose You choose to reallocate 40% of Your income payment supported by
Investment Division A to the Fixed Income Option and the recalculated
income payment supported by Investment Division A is $100. Assume that
the updated annuity purchase rate based on the AIR is $125, while the
updated annuity purchase rate based on fixed income annuity pricing is
$100. In that case, Your income payment from the Fixed Income Option will
be increased by $40 x ($125/$100) or $50, and Your income payment
supported by Investment Division A will be decreased by $40. (The number
of annuity units in Investment Division A will be decreased as well.)
. Suppose You choose to reallocate 40% of Your income payment supported by
Investment Division A to Investment Division B and the recalculated
income payment supported by Investment Division A is $100. Then, Your
income payment supported by Investment Division B will be increased by
$40 and Your income payment supported by Investment Division A will be
decreased by $40. (Changes will also be made to the number of annuity
units in both Investment Divisions as well.)
CALCULATING THE ANNUITY UNIT VALUE
We calculate Annuity Unit Values once a day on every day the New York Stock
Exchange is open for trading. We call the time between two consecutive Annuity
Unit Value calculations the "Valuation Period." We have the right to change the
basis for the Valuation Period, on 30 days' notice, as long as it is consistent
with the law. All purchase payments and reallocations are valued as of the end
of the Valuation Period during which the transaction occurred. The Annuity Unit
Values can increase or decrease, based on the investment performance of the
corresponding underlying Portfolios. If the investment performance is positive,
after payment of Separate Account expenses and the deduction for the AIR,
Annuity Unit Values will go up. Conversely, if the investment performance is
negative, after payment of Separate Account expenses and the deduction for the
AIR, Annuity Unit Values will go down.
To calculate an Annuity Unit Value, We first multiply the experience factor
for the period by a factor based on the AIR and the number of days in the
Valuation Period. For an AIR of 4% and a one day Valuation Period, the factor
is .99989255, which is the daily discount factor for an effective annual rate
of 4%. (The AIR may be in the range of 3% to 6%, as defined in Your Deferred
Annuity and the laws in Your state.) The resulting number is then multiplied by
the last previously calculated Annuity Unit Value to produce the new Annuity
Unit Value.
The following illustrations show, by use of hypothetical examples, the
method of determining the Annuity Unit Value and the amount of variable income
payments upon annuitization.
ILLUSTRATION OF CALCULATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUE
1. Annuity Unit Value, beginning of period........... $ 10.20000
2. "Experience factor" for period.................... 1.023558
3. Daily adjustment for 4% Assumed Investment Return. .99989255
4. (2) X (3)......................................... 1.023448
5. Annuity Unit Value, end of period (1) X (4)....... $ 10.43917
5
ILLUSTRATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
(ASSUMES THE FIRST MONTHLY PAYMENT IS MADE WITHIN 10 DAYS OF THE ISSUE DATE OF
THE INCOME ANNUITY)
ANNUITANT AGE 65, LIFE ANNUITY WITH 120 PAYMENTS GUARANTEED
1. Number of Accumulation Units as of Annuity Date.................................... 1,500.00
2. Accumulation Unit Value............................................................ $ 11.80000
3. Accumulation Unit Value of the Deferred Annuity (1) X (2).......................... $17,700.00
4. First monthly income payment per $1,000 of Accumulation Value...................... $ 5.63
5. First monthly income payment (3) X (4) / 1,000..................................... $ 99.65
6. Assume Annuity Unit Value as of Annuity Date equal to.............................. $ 10.80000
7. Number of Annuity Units (5) / (6).................................................. 9.2269
8. Assume Annuity Unit Value for the second month equal to (10 days prior to payment). $ 10.97000
9. Second monthly Annuity Payment (7) X (8)........................................... $ 101.22
10. Assume Annuity Unit Value for third month equal to................................ $ 10.52684
11. Next monthly Annuity Payment (7) X (10)........................................... $ 97.13
DETERMINING THE VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENT
Variable income payments can go up or down based upon the investment
performance of the Investment Divisions in the Separate Account. AIR is the
rate used to determine the first variable income payment and serves as a
benchmark against which the investment performance of the Investment Divisions
is compared. The higher the AIR, the higher the first variable income payment
will be. Subsequent variable income payments increase only to the extent that
the investment performance of the Investment Divisions exceeds the AIR (and
Separate Account charges). Variable income payments will decline if the
investment performance of the Separate Account does not exceed the AIR (and
Separate Account charges). A lower AIR will result in a lower first variable
income payment, but variable income payments will increase more rapidly or
decline more slowly due to investment performance of the Investment Divisions.
ADVERTISEMENT OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
From time to time We advertise the performance of various Separate Account
Investment Divisions. For the Investment Divisions, this performance will be
stated in terms of either "yield", "change in Accumulation Unit Value," "change
in Annuity Unit Value" or "average annual total return" or some combination of
the foregoing. Yield, change in Accumulation Unit Value, change in Annuity Unit
Value and average annual total return figures are based on historical earnings
and are not intended to indicate future performance. Yield figures quoted in
advertisements state the net income generated by an investment in a particular
Investment Division for a thirty-day period or month, which is specified in the
advertisement, and then expressed as a percentage yield of that investment.
Yield is calculated by dividing the net investment income per share earned
during the period by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of
the period, according to this formula 2[(a-b/cd+1)/6/-1], where "a" represents
dividends and interest earned during the period; "b" represents expenses
accrued for the period (net of reimbursements); "c" represents the average
daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to
receive dividends; and "d" represents the maximum offering price per share on
the last day of the period. This percentage yield is then compounded
semiannually. For the money market Investment Division, We state yield for a
seven day period. Change in Accumulation Unit Value or Annuity Unit Value
("Non-Standard Performance") refers to the comparison between values of
accumulation units or annuity units over specified periods in which an
Investment Division has been in operation, expressed as a percentages and may
also be expressed as an annualized figure. In addition, change in Accumulation
Unit Value or Annuity Unit Value may be used to illustrate performance for a
hypothetical investment (such as $10,000) over the time period specified.
Change in Accumulation Unit Value is expressed by this formula [UV\1\/UV\0\
(annualization factor)]-1, where UV\1\ represents the current unit value and
UV\0\ represents the prior unit value. The annualization factor can be
6
either (1/number of years) or (365/number of days). Yield and change in
Accumulation Unit Value figures do not reflect the possible imposition of a
withdrawal charge for the Deferred Annuities, of up to 9% of the amount
withdrawn attributable to a purchase payment, which may result in a lower
figure being experienced by the investor. Average annual total return
("Standard Performance") differs from the change in Accumulation Unit Value and
Annuity Unit Value because it assumes a steady rate of return and reflects all
expenses and applicable withdrawal charges. Average annual total return is
calculated by finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the
1-, 5-, and 10-year periods that would equate the initial amount invested to
the ending redeemable value, according to this formula P(1+T)/n/=ERV, where "P"
represents a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000; "T" represents average
annual total return; "n" represents number of years; and "ERV" represents
ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning
of 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5-, or 10- year period (or
fractional portion). Performance figures will vary among the various classes of
the Deferred Annuities and the Investment Divisions as a result of different
Separate Account charges and withdrawal charges since the Investment Division
inception date, which is the date the corresponding Portfolio or predecessor
Portfolio was first offered under the Separate Account that funds the Deferred
Annuity.
Performance may be calculated based upon historical performance of the
underlying Portfolios of the Metropolitan Fund, Met Investors Fund, and
American Funds and may assume that the Deferred Annuities were in existence
prior to their inception date. After the inception date, actual accumulation
unit or annuity unit data is used.
Historical performance information should not be relied on as a guarantee of
future performance results.
Advertisements regarding the Separate Account may contain comparisons of
hypothetical after-tax returns of currently taxable investments versus returns
of tax deferred investments. From time to time, the Separate Account may
compare the performance of its Investment Divisions with the performance of
common stocks, long-term government bonds, long-term corporate bonds,
intermediate-term government bonds, Treasury Bills, certificates of deposit and
savings accounts. The Separate Account may use the Consumer Price Index in its
advertisements as a measure of inflation for comparison purposes. From time to
time, the Separate Account may advertise its performance ranking among similar
investments or compare its performance to averages as compiled by independent
organizations, such as Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar, Inc.,
VARDS(R) and The Wall Street Journal. The Separate Account may also advertise
its performance in comparison to appropriate indices, such as the Standard &
Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index, the Standard & Poor's Mid Cap 400
Index, the Standard & Poor's North American Technology Sector Index, the
Standard & Poor's North American Natural Resources Sector Index, the S&P/LSTA
Leveraged Loan Index, the Russell 3000 Growth Index, the Russell 3000 Value
Index, the Russell 2000(R) Index, the Russell MidCap Index, the Russell MidCap
Growth Index, the Russell MidCap Value Index, the Russell 2000(R) Growth Index,
the Russell 2000(R) Value Index, the Russell 1000 Index, the Russell 1000
Growth Index, the Russell 1000 Value Index, the NASDAQ Composite Index, the
MSCI World Index, the MSCI All Country World Index, the MSCI All Country World
ex-U.S. Index, the MSCI World ex-U.S. Small Cap Index, the MSCI All Country
World Small Cap Index, the MSCI U.S. Small Cap Growth Index, the MSCI Emerging
Markets Index, the MSCI EAFE(R) Index, the Lipper Intermediate Investment Grade
Debt Funds Average, the Lipper Global Small-Cap Funds Average, the Lipper
Capital Appreciation Funds Index, the Lipper Growth Funds Index, the Lipper
Growth & Income Funds Index, the Dow Jones Moderate Index, the Dow Jones
Moderately Aggressive Index, the Dow Jones Moderately Conservative Index, the
Dow Jones Aggressive Index, the Dow Jones Conservative Index, the Dow Jones
U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index, the Citigroup World Government Bond
Index, the Citigroup World Government Bond Index (WGBI) ex-U.S., the Barclays
U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, the Barclays U.S. Credit Index, the Barclays U.S.
Government/Credit 1-3 Year Index, the Barclays U.S. TIPS Index, the Barclays
U.S. Universal Index, the Barclays U.S. Government Bond Index, the Barclays
U.S. Intermediate Government Bond Index, the Bank of America Merrill Lynch High
Yield Master II Constrained Index and Hybrid Index and the Bank of America
Merrill Lynch 3-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index.
Performance may be shown for certain investment strategies that are made
available under the Deferred Annuities. The first is the "Equity Generator(R)."
7
Under the "Equity Generator(R)," an amount equal to the interest earned
during a specified interval (i.e., monthly, quarterly) in the Fixed Account is
transferred to an Investment Division. The second strategy is the "Index
Selector(R)". Under this strategy, once during a specified period (i.e.,
quarterly, annually) transfers are made among the Lehman Brothers(R) Aggregate
Bond Index, MetLife Stock Index, MSCI EAFE(R) Index, Russell 2000(R) Index and
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Divisions and the Fixed Account (or the BlackRock
Money Market Investment Division for the C Class Deferred Annuity or a Deferred
Annuity, when available, with an optional GMIB issued in New York State) in
order to bring the percentage of the total Account Balance in each of these
Investment Divisions and Fixed Account (or Money Market Investment Division)
back to the current allocation of Your choice of one of several asset
allocation models. The elements which form the basis of the models are provided
by MetLife which may rely on a third party for its expertise in creating
appropriate allocations. The models are designed to correlate to various risk
tolerance levels associated with investing and are subject to change from time
to time.
An "Equity Generator Return" or "Index Selector Return" for a model will be
calculated by presuming a certain dollar value at the beginning of a period and
comparing this dollar value with the dollar value, based on historical
performance, at the end of the period, expressed as a percentage. The "Return"
in each case will assume that no withdrawals have occurred other or unrelated
transactions. We assume the Separate Account charge reflects the Basic Death
Benefit. The information does not assume the charges for the Earnings
Preservation Benefit or GMIB. We may also show Index Selector investment
strategies using other Investment Divisions for which these strategies are made
available in the future. If We do so, performance will be calculated in the
same manner as described above, using the appropriate account and/or Investment
Divisions.
For purposes of presentation of Non-Standard Performance, We may assume the
Deferred Annuities were in existence prior to the inception date of the
Investment Divisions in the Separate Account that funds the Deferred Annuity.
In these cases, We calculate performance based on the historical performance of
the underlying Metropolitan Fund, Met Investors Fund and American Funds
Portfolios since the Portfolio inception date. We use the actual accumulation
unit or annuity unit data after the inception date. Any performance data that
includes all or a portion of the time between the Portfolio inception date and
the Investment Division inception date is hypothetical. Hypothetical returns
indicate what the performance data would have been if the Deferred Annuity had
been introduced as of the Portfolio inception date. We may also present average
annual total return calculations which reflect all Separate Account charges and
applicable withdrawal charges since the Portfolio inception date. We use the
actual accumulation unit or annuity unit data after the inception date. Any
performance data that includes all or a portion of the time between the
Portfolio inception date and the Investment Division inception date is
hypothetical. Hypothetical returns indicate what the performance data would
have been if the Deferred Annuities had been introduced as of the Portfolio
inception date.
Past performance is no guarantee of future results.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of Account Balances over a
specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios. These
presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate Account charge, the Annual
Contract Fee, if any, and the weighted average of investment-related charges
for all Portfolios to depict investment-related charges.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of Account Balances for a
specific Portfolio based upon the assumed rates of return previously described,
the deduction of the Separate Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if
any, and the investment-related charges for the specific Portfolio to depict
investment-related charges.
We may demonstrate the hypothetical historical value of each optional
benefit for a specified period based on historical net asset values of the
Portfolios and the annuity purchase rate, if applicable, either for an
individual for whom the illustration is to be produced or based upon certain
assumed factors (e.g., male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction
of the Separate Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if any, the
investment-related charge and the charge for the optional benefit being
illustrated.
8
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of each optional benefit over
a specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios, the
annuity purchase rate, if applicable, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if any, the weighted average of
investment-related charges for all Portfolios to depict investment-related
charges and the charge for the optional benefit being illustrated.
We may demonstrate hypothetical values of income payments over a specified
period based on historical net asset values of the Portfolios and the
applicable annuity purchase rate, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge, the investment-related charge and the Annual Contract Fee, if
any.
We may demonstrate hypothetical future values of income payments over a
specified period based on assumed rates of return (which will not exceed 12%
and which will include an assumption of 0% as well) for the Portfolios, the
applicable annuity purchase rate, either for an individual for whom the
illustration is to be produced or based upon certain assumed factors (e.g.,
male, age 65). These presentations reflect the deduction of the Separate
Account charge, the Annual Contract Fee, if any, and the weighted average of
investment-related charges for all Portfolios to depict investment-related
charges.
Any illustration should not be relied on as a guarantee of future results.
VOTING RIGHTS
In accordance with Our view of the present applicable law, We will vote the
shares of each of the Portfolios held by the Separate Account (which are deemed
attributable to all the Deferred Annuities described in the Prospectus) at
regular and special meetings of the shareholders of the Portfolio based on
instructions received from those having voting interests in corresponding
Investment Divisions of the Separate Account. However, if the 1940 Act or any
rules thereunder should be amended or if the present interpretation thereof
should change, and, as a result, We determine that We are permitted to vote the
shares of the Portfolios in Our own right, We may elect to do so.
Accordingly, You have voting interests under all the Deferred Annuities
described in the Prospectus. The number of shares held in each Separate Account
Investment Division deemed attributable to You is determined by dividing the
value of accumulation or annuity units attributable to You in that Investment
Division, if any, by the net asset value of one share in the Portfolio in which
the assets in that Separate Account Investment Division are invested.
Fractional votes will be counted. The number of shares for which You have the
right to give instructions will be determined as of the record date for the
meeting.
Portfolio shares held in each registered separate account of MetLife or any
affiliate that are or are not attributable to life insurance policies or
annuities (including all the Deferred Annuities described in the Prospectus)
and for which no timely instructions are received will be voted in the same
proportion as the shares for which voting instruction are received by that
separate account. Portfolio shares held in the general accounts or unregistered
separate accounts of MetLife or its affiliates will be voted in the same
proportion as the aggregate of (i) the shares for which voting instructions are
received and (ii) the shares that are voted in proportion to such voting
instructions. However, if We or an affiliate determine that We are permitted to
vote any such shares, in Our own right, We may elect to do so subject to the
then current interpretation of the 1940 Act or any rules thereunder.
Qualified retirement plans which invest directly in the Portfolios do not
have voting interests through life insurance or annuity contracts and do not
vote these interests based upon the number of shares held in the Separate
Account Investment Division deemed attributable to those qualified retirement
plans. Shares are held by the plans themselves and are voted directly; the
instruction process does not apply.
9
You will be entitled to give instructions regarding the votes attributable
to Your Deferred Annuity, in Your sole discretion.
You may give instructions regarding, among other things, the election of the
board of directors, ratification of the election of an independent registered
public accounting firm, and the approval of investment and sub-investment
managers.
DISREGARDING VOTING INSTRUCTIONS
MetLife may disregard voting instructions under the following circumstances
(1) to make or refrain from making any change in the investments or investment
policies for any Portfolio if required by any insurance regulatory authority;
(2) to refrain from making any change in the investment policies for any
investment manager or principal underwriter or any Portfolio which may be
initiated by those having voting interests or the Metropolitan Fund's or Met
Investors Fund's or American Funds(R)' boards of directors, provided MetLife's
disapproval of the change is reasonable and, in the case of a change in
investment policies or investment manager, based on a good faith determination
that such change would be contrary to state law or otherwise inappropriate in
light of the Portfolio's objective and purposes; or (3) to enter into or
refrain from entering into any advisory agreement or underwriting contract, if
required by any insurance regulatory authority.
In the event that MetLife does disregard voting instructions, a summary of
the action and the reasons for such action will be included in the next
semiannual report.
ERISA
If Your plan is subject to ERISA (the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974) and You are married, the income payments, withdrawal provisions
and methods of payment of the death benefit under Your Deferred Annuity or
Income Annuity may be subject to Your spouse's rights as described below.
Generally, the spouse must give qualified consent whenever You elect to:
a. choose income payments other than on a qualified joint and survivor
annuity basis ("QJSA") (one under which We make payments to You during Your
lifetime and them make payments reduced by no more than 50% to Your spouse
for his or her remaining life, if any); or choose to waive the qualified
pre-retirement survivor annuity benefit ("QPSA") (the benefit payable to the
surviving spouse of a participant who dies with a vested interest in an
accrued retirement benefit under the plan before payment of the benefit has
begun);
b. make certain withdrawals under plans for which a qualified consent is
required;
c. name someone other than the spouse as Your Beneficiary;
d. use Your accrued benefit as security for a loan exceeding $5,000.
Generally, there is no limit to the number of Your elections as long as a
qualified consent is given each time. The consent to waive the QJSA must meet
certain requirements, including that it be in writing, that it acknowledges the
identity of the designated Beneficiary and the form of benefit selected, dated,
signed by Your spouse, witnessed by a notary public or plan representative, and
that it be in a form satisfactory to Us. The waiver of a QJSA generally must be
executed during the 180-day period (90-day period for certain loans) ending on
the date on which income payments are to commence, or the withdrawal or the
loan is to be made, as the case may be. If You die before benefits commence,
Your surviving spouse will be Your Beneficiary unless he or she has given a
qualified consent otherwise. The qualified consent to waive the QPSA benefit
and the Beneficiary designation must be made in writing that acknowledges the
designated Beneficiary, dated, signed by Your spouse, witnessed by a notary
public or plan representative and in a form satisfactory to Us. Generally,
there is
10
no limit to the number of Beneficiary designations as long as a qualified
consent accompanies each designation. The waiver of and the qualified consent
for the QPSA benefit generally may not be given until the plan year in which
You attain age 35. The waiver period for the QPSA ends on the date of Your
death.
If the present value of Your benefit is worth $5,000 or less, Your plan
generally may provide for distribution of Your entire interest in a lump sum
without spousal consent.
TAXES-SIMPLE IRAS
ELIGIBILITY AND CONTRIBUTIONS
To be eligible to establish a SIMPLE IRA plan, Your employer must have no
more than 100 employees and the SIMPLE IRA must be the only tax qualified
retirement plan maintained by Your employer. Many of the same tax rules that
apply to Traditional IRAs also apply to SIMPLE IRAs. However, the contribution
limits, premature distribution rules, and rules applicable to eligible
rollovers and transfers differ as explained below.
If You are participating in a SIMPLE IRA plan You may generally make
contributions which are excluded from Your gross income under a qualified
salary reduction arrangement on a pre-tax basis of up to the limits in the
table shown below.
FOR TAX YEARS CONTRIBUTION LIMIT FOR CATCH-UP FOR TAXPAYERS
BEGINNING IN TAXPAYERS UNDER AGE 50 AGE 50 AND OLDER
------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
2013 $12,000 $2,500
Note: the Contribution limit above will be adjusted for inflation.
These contributions, not including the age 50+catch-up, (as well as any
other salary reduction contributions to qualified plans of an employer), are
also subject to the aggregate annual limitation under section 402 (g) of the
Internal Revenue Code as shown below.
FOR TAXABLE YEARS
BEGINNING IN CALENDAR YEAR APPLICABLE DOLLAR LIMIT
-------------------------- -----------------------
2013 $17,500
You may also make rollovers and direct transfers into Your SIMPLE IRA
annuity contract from another SIMPLE IRA annuity contract or account. No other
contributions, rollovers or transfers can be made to Your SIMPLE IRA.
You may not make Traditional IRA contributions or Roth IRA contributions to
Your SIMPLE IRA. You may not make eligible rollover contributions from other
types of qualified retirement plans.
WITHDRAWALS
We will normally pay withdrawal proceeds within seven days after receipt of
a request for a withdrawal at Your Administrative Office, but We may delay
payment as permitted by law, under certain circumstances. (See " Valuation --
Suspension of Payments" in the Prospectus). We reserve the right to defer
payment for a partial withdrawal, withdrawal or transfer from the Fixed Account
for the period permitted by law, but for not more than six months.
11
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES TABLES
These tables show fluctuations in the Accumulation Unit Values for the
possible mixes offered in the Deferred Annuity for each Investment Division
from year-end to year-end (except the highest possible and lowest possible mix
which are in the Prospectus).
TABLES GROUP I
METROPOLITAN FUND AND MET INVESTORS FUND SHARE CLASS E PORTFOLIOS
AND
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2 PORTFOLIOS
Share Class E of the Metropolitan Fund and Met Investors Fund Portfolios was
available prior to May 1, 2004. Lower Separate Account charges for the American
Funds Divisions were in effect prior to May 1, 2004. The Accumulation Unit
Values prior to May 1, 2004 reflect the lower Separate Account charges for the
American Funds Investment Divisions then in effect. The Accumulation Unit
Values for the Metropolitan Fund and Met Investors Fund Share Class E
Portfolios reflect lower 12b-1 Plan fees which were available prior to May 1,
2004. In addition, different charges for certain optional benefits were in
effect prior to May 1, 2003. Accumulation Unit Values prior to May 1, 2003, for
Deferred Annuities with these optional benefits reflect the lower charges then
in effect. Values after April 30, 2003, reflect the higher charges currently in
place. The information in these tables has been derived from the Separate
Account's full financial statements or other reports (such as the annual
report). Charges for all versions of the Optional Guaranteed Income Benefits,
Optional Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits, and the Optional Guaranteed Minimum
Accumulation Benefit are made by canceling accumulation units and, therefore,
these charges are not reflected in the Accumulation Unit Value. However,
purchasing these options with an optional death benefit and the Earnings
Preservation Benefit will result in a higher overall charge.
TABLES GROUP II
METROPOLITAN FUND AND MET INVESTORS FUND SHARE CLASS B PORTFOLIOS
AND
AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2 PORTFOLIOS
Lower charges for the GMIB Plus II, Enhanced Death Benefit and LWG II were
in effect prior to February 24, 2009 and/or May 4, 2009. Share Class B of the
Metropolitan Fund and Met Investors Fund Portfolios was made available May 1,
2004. The accumulation unit values for the Deferred Annuity with the
Metropolitan Fund and Met Investors Fund Share Class B Portfolios reflect 12b-1
Plan fees currently in place. The information in these tables has been derived
from the Separate Account's full financial statements or other reports (such as
the annual report). Charges for all versions of the Optional Guaranteed Income
Benefits, Optional Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits, and the Optional Guaranteed
Minimum Accumulation Benefit are made by canceling accumulation units and,
therefore, these charges are not reflected in the Accumulation Unit Value.
However, purchasing these options with an optional death benefit and Earnings
Preservation Benefit will result in a higher overall charge.
12
GROUP I--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
E SHARE AND AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2
1.25 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2) (5/1/2006)........................ 2006 $ 14.82 $ 15.56 365,887.51
2007 15.56 15.85 768,194.65
2008 15.85 14.17 554,431.26
2009 14.17 15.73 461,528.53
2010 15.73 16.51 417,970.90
2011 16.51 17.28 297,207.79
2012 17.28 17.95 249,373.50
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment Division+ (Class 2)............ 2003 10.81 16.37 793,521.46
2004 16.37 19.51 1,684,630.59
2005 19.51 24.12 1,942,621.89
2006 24.12 29.51 2,014,130.80
2007 29.51 35.33 2,066,061.06
2008 35.33 16.19 1,676,113.20
2009 16.19 25.75 1,627,893.35
2010 25.75 31.09 1,542,372.20
2011 31.09 24.79 1,329,857.31
2012 24.79 28.89 1,090,983.82
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ ( Class 2)................................ 2003 85.50 115.34 484,308.87
2004 115.34 127.95 832,307.70
2005 127.95 146.61 850,455.08
2006 146.61 159.35 855,979.03
2007 159.35 176.52 789,249.89
2008 176.52 97.52 685,332.95
2009 97.52 134.07 644,152.88
2010 134.07 156.90 606,411.59
2011 156.90 148.11 516,594.10
2012 148.11 172.17 436,720.84
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+ (Class 2).......................... 2003 68.74 89.76 634,858.72
2004 89.76 97.69 1,040,319.53
2005 97.69 101.96 992,089.03
2006 101.96 115.83 915,468.87
2007 115.83 119.97 847,614.09
2008 119.97 73.52 701,937.54
2009 73.52 95.15 648,730.37
2010 95.15 104.55 616,925.22
2011 104.55 101.21 542,332.49
2012 101.21 117.25 459,521.06
13
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division (formerly Artio
International Stock Investment Division) (Class E)................................. 2003 $ 9.47 $11.96 635,794.86
2004 11.96 13.94 771,378.37
2005 13.94 16.22 827,888.50
2006 16.22 18.63 907,739.12
2007 18.63 20.27 880,696.65
2008 20.27 11.17 847,225.14
2009 11.17 13.45 752,316.11
2010 13.45 14.22 666,139.55
2011 14.22 11.24 585,142.31
2012 11.24 13.25 508,699.78
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division (Class E).................. 2003 12.45 12.72 5,134,183.52
2004 12.72 13.06 8,999,457.29
2005 13.06 13.16 8,533,403.02
2006 13.16 13.50 7,766,369.61
2007 13.50 14.23 7,336,307.44
2008 14.23 14.86 5,087,134.64
2009 14.86 15.43 4,915,624.93
2010 15.43 16.12 4,581,401.14
2011 16.12 17.10 3,706,072.30
2012 17.10 17.51 3,497,230.39
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class E)............................ 2003 25.16 34.93 154,691.04
2004 34.93 38.91 216,073.56
2005 38.91 42.48 199,283.86
2006 42.48 44.70 181,091.10
2007 44.70 53.14 209,017.66
2008 53.14 28.45 229,470.97
2009 28.45 41.92 217,890.63
2010 41.92 47.69 189,927.99
2011 47.69 45.60 169,405.57
2012 45.60 49.90 142,893.87
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E).................................. 2003 46.31 48.33 536,896.98
2004 48.33 49.77 757,818.00
2005 49.77 50.26 745,485.37
2006 50.26 51.76 667,510.62
2007 51.76 54.24 621,942.99
2008 54.24 51.66 497,045.94
2009 51.66 55.76 435,708.70
2010 55.76 59.57 405,795.97
2011 59.57 62.60 337,071.88
2012 62.60 66.39 296,935.29
14
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E).................................. 2003 $31.50 $37.46 752,001.31
2004 37.46 40.06 1,234,083.04
2005 40.06 40.73 1,155,328.40
2006 40.73 44.38 1,030,051.46
2007 44.38 46.32 922,793.71
2008 46.32 34.37 774,407.42
2009 34.37 39.76 699,129.64
2010 39.76 42.98 656,088.90
2011 42.98 44.00 575,295.96
2012 44.00 48.74 512,683.90
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class E).............................. 2007 82.87 83.74 302,267.47
2008 83.74 51.89 270,904.98
2009 51.89 61.13 256,594.16
2010 61.13 68.02 257,683.76
2011 68.02 67.37 235,318.67
2012 67.37 75.58 205,789.39
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E).................................... 2003 49.33 63.36 303,829.18
2004 63.36 69.27 418,586.06
2005 69.27 70.77 379,976.69
2006 70.77 79.62 328,519.67
2007 79.62 83.57 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E).............................. 2003 7.93 10.60 462,050.50
2004 10.60 11.87 908,349.10
2005 11.87 12.39 886,967.70
2006 12.39 14.58 1,484,705.08
2007 14.58 14.87 1,474,670.98
2008 14.87 9.54 1,234,224.28
2009 9.54 10.47 1,133,767.10
2010 10.47 11.28 929,831.85
2011 11.28 11.37 807,151.50
2012 11.37 12.82 696,355.00
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E) (5/1/2003)...................... 2003 23.28 23.18 24,871.02
2004 23.18 23.09 191,283.32
2005 23.09 23.42 142,355.22
2006 23.42 24.21 128,028.43
2007 24.21 25.09 123,075.12
2008 25.09 25.44 114,354.28
2009 25.44 25.20 117,409.50
2010 25.20 24.89 132,366.88
2011 24.89 24.58 162,293.97
2012 24.58 24.27 231,136.28
15
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E).................................... 2003 $22.03 $28.44 448,782.09
2004 28.44 31.50 943,883.17
2005 31.50 34.26 1,082,320.11
2006 34.26 38.71 1,196,386.84
2007 38.71 39.92 1,116,886.34
2008 39.92 23.87 971,602.54
2009 23.87 31.07 878,683.91
2010 31.07 34.32 851,866.91
2011 34.32 32.47 714,663.59
2012 32.47 36.14 607,884.50
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)....................................... 2003 18.98 23.76 129,119.95
2004 23.76 26.65 223,572.04
2005 26.65 29.09 282,379.76
2006 29.09 32.11 341,023.72
2007 32.11 32.99 287,935.09
2008 32.99 19.86 229,972.81
2009 19.86 23.87 210,768.04
2010 23.87 26.96 202,718.99
2011 26.96 24.95 166,685.80
2012 24.95 28.48 140,107.59
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division (Class E)........................... 2003 8.85 11.81 324,128.40
2004 11.81 14.08 967,386.26
2005 14.08 15.89 1,339,210.21
2006 15.89 20.24 1,642,308.17
2007 20.24 19.79 1,481,049.15
2008 19.79 11.56 1,020,887.92
2009 11.56 17.73 1,105,351.34
2010 17.73 20.40 1,133,631.19
2011 20.40 17.31 1,017,541.20
2012 17.31 22.09 866,508.28
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)............................... 2003 8.50 11.68 213,981.76
2004 11.68 12.29 362,439.31
2005 12.29 13.16 348,954.53
2006 13.16 14.85 303,360.64
2007 14.85 16.31 329,554.00
2008 16.31 9.87 260,774.54
2009 9.87 13.06 248,020.52
2010 13.06 16.30 204,583.13
2011 16.30 15.93 194,071.83
2012 15.93 18.62 168,166.10
16
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E)........................................ 2005 $ 4.10 $ 4.94 723,683.86
2006 4.94 5.00 782,230.91
2007 5.00 5.51 703,362.38
2008 5.51 3.45 571,518.60
2009 3.45 4.77 665,421.46
2010 4.77 5.25 709,982.11
2011 5.25 5.20 648,169.28
2012 5.20 5.93 751,819.62
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E) (formerly Met/Putnam Voyager
Investment Division)............................................................... 2003 3.46 4.29 639,387.86
2004 4.29 4.44 731,995.26
2005 4.44 4.06 736,052.17
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class E)............... 2003 5.57 6.80 310,403.07
2004 6.80 7.30 392,106.14
2005 7.30 8.19 417,097.50
2006 8.19 7.96 425,337.52
2007 7.96 8.04 351,434.02
2008 8.04 4.84 316,321.07
2009 4.84 6.37 310,061.14
2010 6.37 7.79 299,287.50
2011 7.79 7.97 627,224.84
2012 7.97 9.33 578,817.09
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment Division (Class E)............... 2006 9.53 10.23 539,621.68
2007 10.23 9.51 472,613.07
2008 9.51 4.26 420,513.03
2009 4.26 5.81 415,275.83
2010 5.81 6.16 425,887.76
2011 6.16 6.56 0.00
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division (formerly Janus Growth
Investment Division) (Class E)..................................................... 2003 5.30 5.57 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (Class E) (formerly MFS(R) Investors
Trust Investment Division)......................................................... 2003 6.56 7.87 308,442.38
2004 7.87 8.65 519,685.45
2005 8.65 9.15 543,667.98
2006 9.15 9.57 546,915.66
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division (Class E)........................... 2003 17.58 23.67 113,829.25
2004 23.67 27.16 178,336.28
2005 27.16 28.64 236,648.77
2006 28.64 32.96 300,736.30
2007 32.96 36.36 334,916.98
2008 36.36 22.98 298,154.20
2009 22.98 29.52 296,251.97
2010 29.52 37.13 255,742.33
2011 37.13 36.83 206,050.30
2012 36.83 41.60 176,691.45
17
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)......................... 2003 $ 6.27 $ 8.96 528,179.62
2004 8.96 9.84 750,510.25
2005 9.84 10.16 695,707.18
2006 10.16 11.02 655,570.12
2007 11.02 11.37 615,476.46
2008 11.37 6.58 506,871.53
2009 6.58 8.45 503,973.95
2010 8.45 10.97 492,535.61
2011 10.97 11.15 458,438.67
2012 11.15 12.22 379,173.49
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division (Class E)............................. 2003 10.57 12.45 906,935.62
2004 12.45 13.31 1,418,152.43
2005 13.31 13.36 1,404,653.05
2006 13.36 14.41 1,362,497.98
2007 14.41 15.18 1,342,220.52
2008 15.18 12.22 1,101,945.72
2009 12.22 16.52 1,192,438.70
2010 16.52 18.44 1,067,948.01
2011 18.44 19.06 881,347.15
2012 19.06 21.27 765,558.82
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E).............................. 2012 26.26 27.03 977,900.79
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E) (formerly Neuberger Berman
Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E))....................................... 2003 13.49 18.18 832,486.66
2004 18.18 22.04 1,810,459.47
2005 22.04 24.40 2,105,952.17
2006 24.40 26.81 1,858,433.89
2007 26.81 27.34 1,697,807.19
2008 27.34 14.20 1,410,908.34
2009 14.20 20.74 1,308,520.72
2010 20.74 25.83 1,298,857.26
2011 25.83 23.84 1,146,629.41
2012 23.84 26.39 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E).............................. 2003 23.93 31.30 1,040,971.04
2004 31.30 33.93 1,617,109.79
2005 33.93 36.80 1,628,972.80
2006 36.80 40.81 1,384,163.75
2007 40.81 37.48 1,176,615.51
2008 37.48 19.96 981,992.16
2009 19.96 27.86 887,769.83
2010 27.86 31.60 817,677.78
2011 31.60 33.27 720,275.11
2012 33.27 36.70 612,241.28
18
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division (Class E)............................ 2003 $ 8.68 $11.55 2,466,067.51
2004 11.55 13.22 2,674,970.32
2005 13.22 14.64 2,583,753.41
2006 14.64 15.89 2,589,233.99
2007 15.89 16.89 2,460,352.19
2008 16.89 10.62 2,153,959.35
2009 10.62 14.36 1,928,352.50
2010 14.36 17.89 1,789,146.56
2011 17.89 17.29 1,552,824.37
2012 17.29 20.06 1,348,936.20
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E).................................... 2003 28.06 35.46 2,189,805.85
2004 35.46 38.66 4,375,880.34
2005 38.66 39.89 4,174,789.79
2006 39.89 45.42 3,779,370.21
2007 45.42 47.12 3,532,996.55
2008 47.12 29.23 3,363,124.91
2009 29.23 36.40 3,214,351.33
2010 36.40 41.19 2,999,322.26
2011 41.19 41.38 2,563,168.87
2012 41.38 47.21 2,274,902.54
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division (Class E).......................... 2003 7.31 9.54 378,131.36
2004 9.54 11.28 529,237.61
2005 11.28 12.98 577,046.26
2006 12.98 16.25 865,604.95
2007 16.25 18.19 1,013,541.82
2008 18.19 10.36 1,042,044.09
2009 10.36 13.48 861,825.44
2010 13.48 14.85 798,397.96
2011 14.85 13.11 679,755.24
2012 13.11 15.12 563,754.77
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class E) (5/1/2004)......................... 2004 37.71 41.05 119,277.39
2005 41.05 41.69 328,191.42
2006 41.69 46.09 465,431.08
2007 46.09 47.39 692,542.07
2008 47.39 36.34 626,555.67
2009 36.34 42.46 734,187.61
2010 42.46 46.04 800,296.85
2011 46.04 46.45 826,082.65
2012 46.45 51.06 805,689.47
19
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)........................................... 2003 $ 9.77 $12.09 2,688,090.95
2004 12.09 13.29 4,009,979.73
2005 13.29 12.92 3,945,338.48
2006 12.92 15.05 3,372,387.00
2007 15.05 14.28 3,032,426.90
2008 14.28 9.36 2,697,027.11
2009 9.36 11.16 2,414,788.75
2010 11.16 12.26 2,268,806.25
2011 12.26 12.20 1,997,880.31
2012 12.20 14.03 1,706,215.37
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division (formerly Lazard Mid Cap Investment Division)
(Class E).......................................................................... 2003 9.69 12.09 396,340.58
2004 12.09 13.67 619,345.68
2005 13.67 14.61 587,800.90
2006 14.61 16.56 568,404.89
2007 16.56 15.92 602,867.37
2008 15.92 9.71 487,589.04
2009 9.71 13.13 438,892.62
2010 13.13 15.96 409,786.71
2011 15.96 14.93 343,785.37
2012 14.93 15.54 279,366.88
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division (formerly Morgan Stanley EAFE(R) Index
Investment Division) (Class E)..................................................... 2003 7.12 9.65 3,114,501.40
2004 9.65 11.39 3,602,166.40
2005 11.39 12.71 3,317,221.36
2006 12.71 15.77 3,031,757.31
2007 15.77 17.22 2,877,630.78
2008 17.22 9.83 2,796,815.99
2009 9.83 12.48 2,548,424.84
2010 12.48 13.31 2,428,332.98
2011 13.31 11.49 2,164,337.60
2012 11.49 13.41 1,950,514.12
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E).......................... 2010 13.41 15.60 897,116.60
2011 15.60 14.35 808,530.80
2012 14.35 15.51 731,297.08
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (formerly FI Mid Cap Opportunities
Investment Division (Class E))..................................................... 2003 11.04 14.68 490,905.38
2004 14.68 16.96 1,349,674.49
2005 16.96 17.87 1,259,761.54
2006 17.87 19.71 1,190,252.12
2007 19.71 21.06 1,052,899.12
2008 21.06 9.27 980,681.78
2009 9.27 12.25 929,395.27
2010 12.25 13.27 0.00
20
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class E)............................... 2003 $10.86 $16.08 2,552,703.05
2004 16.08 18.29 4,104,591.02
2005 18.29 18.78 3,853,381.72
2006 18.78 21.63 3,399,477.64
2007 21.63 20.60 3,003,297.27
2008 20.60 12.51 2,468,118.32
2009 12.51 13.95 2,320,727.08
2010 13.95 16.73 2,136,441.91
2011 16.73 17.44 1,890,831.67
2012 17.44 18.93 1,617,301.01
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E).............................. 2003 10.17 13.10 406,709.15
2004 13.10 15.03 550,723.24
2005 15.03 17.23 651,568.46
2006 17.23 19.83 666,634.22
2007 19.83 20.81 653,391.71
2008 20.81 12.23 490,373.02
2009 12.23 16.92 494,739.96
2010 16.92 19.40 488,519.80
2011 19.40 17.55 437,137.02
2012 17.55 21.03 369,967.89
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)..................................... 2003 11.29 11.65 4,544,053.32
2004 11.65 12.08 5,804,502.80
2005 12.08 12.21 5,682,275.41
2006 12.21 12.63 4,865,688.64
2007 12.63 13.42 4,559,147.92
2008 13.42 13.31 3,873,609.12
2009 13.31 15.54 3,834,269.93
2010 15.54 16.62 3,824,498.04
2011 16.62 16.96 3,201,024.00
2012 16.96 18.30 2,763,402.91
RCM Tecnology Investment Division (Class E).......................................... 2003 2.97 4.62 1,637,949.51
2004 4.62 4.37 2,443,480.52
2005 4.37 4.80 2,087,513.19
2006 4.80 4.99 1,893,822.84
2007 4.99 6.50 2,352,962.18
2008 6.50 3.56 1,898,680.91
2009 3.56 5.61 2,150,461.87
2010 5.61 7.08 1,935,175.92
2011 7.08 6.30 1,724,396.10
2012 6.30 6.99 1,381,672.91
21
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E).................................. 2003 $ 9.43 $13.60 1,535,666.47
2004 13.60 15.78 1,766,547.81
2005 15.78 16.27 1,664,179.07
2006 16.27 18.92 1,638,621.46
2007 18.92 18.37 1,484,310.60
2008 18.37 12.05 1,281,282.96
2009 12.05 14.98 1,272,032.31
2010 14.98 18.73 1,220,889.34
2011 18.73 17.73 1,048,535.01
2012 17.73 20.33 938,439.78
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)......................... 2003 8.76 11.30 794,026.43
2004 11.30 12.25 1,219,617.60
2005 12.25 12.88 1,225,277.14
2006 12.88 14.37 1,166,910.77
2007 14.37 15.51 1,195,546.39
2008 15.51 8.89 1,003,023.65
2009 8.89 12.57 988,715.18
2010 12.57 14.51 939,617.23
2011 14.51 14.15 769,194.39
2012 14.15 16.61 696,606.07
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)........................... 2003 4.56 6.17 921,458.24
2004 6.17 7.19 1,640,762.91
2005 7.19 8.14 1,659,153.46
2006 8.14 8.55 1,649,785.51
2007 8.55 9.93 2,050,018.89
2008 9.93 5.92 1,658,057.16
2009 5.92 8.50 1,565,075.06
2010 8.50 10.75 1,516,446.19
2011 10.75 10.44 1,223,170.26
2012 10.44 11.74 1,034,742.08
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E)......................... 2003 8.80 12.22 500,675.63
2004 12.22 13.40 771,778.83
2005 13.40 14.66 761,468.45
2006 14.66 15.01 704,955.38
2007 15.01 16.26 616,681.57
2008 16.26 10.24 608,516.37
2009 10.24 14.03 549,368.36
2010 14.03 18.66 600,453.62
2011 18.66 18.72 557,109.13
2012 18.72 21.45 496,534.37
22
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Investment Division (Class E).. 2003 $17.34 $19.26 1,097,298.95
2004 19.26 20.26 1,832,959.07
2005 20.26 20.54 1,977,911.29
2006 20.54 21.27 1,760,927.58
2007 21.27 21.82 1,620,353.39
2008 21.82 18.29 1,202,776.44
2009 18.29 23.84 1,134,413.67
2010 23.84 26.52 1,095,111.42
2011 26.52 27.74 904,734.62
2012 27.74 30.49 795,004.40
Western Asset Management U.S Government Investment Division (Class E)................ 2003 15.87 15.91 1,650,276.43
2004 15.91 16.16 1,751,365.92
2005 16.16 16.21 1,688,272.27
2006 16.21 16.65 1,448,834.33
2007 16.65 17.12 1,288,550.95
2008 17.12 16.83 1,078,581.67
2009 16.83 17.32 982,343.16
2010 17.32 18.07 906,793.11
2011 18.07 18.79 714,175.41
2012 18.79 19.14 617,667.00
23
GROUP I--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
E SHARE AND AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2
1.35 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2)
(5/1/2006).......................................... 2006 $ 14.69 $ 15.41 18,359.10
2007 15.41 15.68 128,590.78
2008 15.68 14.00 61,824.03
2009 14.00 15.53 46,093.67
2010 15.53 16.29 41,169.04
2011 16.29 17.03 27,150.49
2012 17.03 17.67 22,899.42
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment
Division+ (Class 2)................................. 2003 10.76 16.28 112,324.42
2004 16.28 19.38 0.00
2005 19.38 23.94 176,130.69
2006 23.94 29.25 166,426.72
2007 29.25 34.99 172,388.70
2008 34.99 16.02 153,163.94
2009 16.02 25.45 160,067.87
2010 25.45 30.70 137,631.02
2011 30.70 24.45 110,201.31
2012 24.45 28.46 91,424.63
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ ( Class 2). 2003 83.90 113.07 76,886.54
2004 113.07 125.30 0.00
2005 125.30 143.43 81,958.32
2006 143.43 155.74 82,960.99
2007 155.74 172.35 77,590.70
2008 172.35 95.12 68,051.02
2009 95.12 130.64 68,654.45
2010 130.64 152.74 69,361.66
2011 152.74 144.03 57,155.17
2012 144.03 167.26 50,776.06
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+
(Class 2)........................................... 2003 67.45 87.99 98,731.01
2004 87.99 95.67 0.00
2005 95.67 99.75 100,353.40
2006 99.75 113.21 95,626.75
2007 113.21 117.14 84,725.44
2008 117.14 71.71 72,996.66
2009 71.71 92.72 73,629.35
2010 92.72 101.77 70,271.24
2011 101.77 98.43 58,293.68
2012 98.43 113.91 51,030.89
24
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division
(formerly Artio International Stock Investment Division)
(Class E)................................................ 2003 $ 9.36 $11.81 106,128.64
2004 11.81 13.75 105,876.06
2005 13.75 15.99 129,756.72
2006 15.99 18.34 102,227.92
2007 18.34 19.94 100,988.36
2008 19.94 10.97 97,167.07
2009 10.97 13.20 94,877.18
2010 13.20 13.94 82,353.11
2011 13.94 11.01 63,414.05
2012 11.01 12.97 58,133.54
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 12.40 12.66 874,135.59
2004 12.66 12.98 1,032,562.73
2005 12.98 13.06 920,216.74
2006 13.06 13.39 848,528.30
2007 13.39 14.10 799,006.81
2008 14.10 14.71 593,066.93
2009 14.71 15.26 616,172.99
2010 15.26 15.93 546,751.17
2011 15.93 16.87 431,816.90
2012 16.87 17.26 373,251.57
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 24.79 34.39 24,452.47
2004 34.39 38.26 22,934.30
2005 38.26 41.73 17,352.17
2006 41.73 43.87 16,678.26
2007 43.87 52.10 16,010.84
2008 52.10 27.87 13,734.18
2009 27.87 41.02 16,529.25
2010 41.02 46.62 15,486.04
2011 46.62 44.53 10,997.88
2012 44.53 48.68 10,169.36
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 45.41 47.35 80,135.60
2004 47.35 48.71 77,023.59
2005 48.71 49.14 71,138.99
2006 49.14 50.55 66,530.41
2007 50.55 52.93 59,097.00
2008 52.93 50.35 44,379.74
2009 50.35 54.30 56,093.21
2010 54.30 57.95 49,071.33
2011 57.95 60.84 38,035.46
2012 60.84 64.45 35,114.63
25
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E)..... 2003 $30.98 $36.81 126,613.75
2004 36.81 39.32 110,693.31
2005 39.32 39.94 102,872.09
2006 39.94 43.48 85,131.07
2007 43.48 45.34 76,257.70
2008 45.34 33.60 62,219.81
2009 33.60 38.83 59,318.76
2010 38.83 41.94 53,569.28
2011 41.94 42.89 46,708.58
2012 42.89 47.47 40,291.50
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class E). 2007 80.92 81.71 26,345.77
2008 81.71 50.58 21,368.12
2009 50.58 59.53 21,677.47
2010 59.53 66.17 20,041.55
2011 66.17 65.48 15,147.62
2012 65.48 73.38 12,535.79
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 48.38 62.07 54,067.88
2004 62.07 67.79 44,561.24
2005 67.79 69.19 37,120.79
2006 69.19 77.77 29,819.58
2007 77.77 81.60 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 7.92 10.58 114,758.59
2004 10.58 11.83 124,616.77
2005 11.83 12.34 132,351.74
2006 12.34 14.51 144,939.13
2007 14.51 14.79 180,099.46
2008 14.79 9.48 166,205.79
2009 9.48 10.39 170,380.03
2010 10.39 11.18 140,269.58
2011 11.18 11.26 111,276.47
2012 11.26 12.68 101,893.69
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2003)............................................ 2003 22.83 22.72 0.00
2004 22.72 22.60 24,745.68
2005 22.60 22.91 15,864.88
2006 22.91 23.65 12,085.62
2007 23.65 24.48 9,760.24
2008 24.48 24.80 12,590.37
2009 24.80 24.55 8,442.58
2010 24.55 24.22 8,073.82
2011 24.22 23.89 11,534.43
2012 23.89 23.57 7,106.96
26
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E)...... 2003 $21.85 $28.18 79,580.31
2004 28.18 31.18 86,014.48
2005 31.18 33.88 100,194.76
2006 33.88 38.24 113,046.24
2007 38.24 39.40 120,101.76
2008 39.40 23.53 107,824.93
2009 23.53 30.61 108,187.72
2010 30.61 33.77 114,348.85
2011 33.77 31.92 95,076.13
2012 31.92 35.49 86,464.99
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 18.80 23.51 19,216.51
2004 23.51 26.34 18,013.62
2005 26.34 28.73 25,281.89
2006 28.73 31.68 29,139.19
2007 31.68 32.51 16,035.93
2008 32.51 19.55 15,150.00
2009 19.55 23.47 16,288.50
2010 23.47 26.49 12,429.91
2011 26.49 24.49 11,080.57
2012 24.49 27.93 9,340.35
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division
(Class E)............................................ 2003 8.84 11.79 23,574.96
2004 11.79 14.03 50,647.63
2005 14.03 15.82 63,311.72
2006 15.82 20.14 108,757.14
2007 20.14 19.67 94,536.00
2008 19.67 11.48 66,791.15
2009 11.48 17.59 79,107.89
2010 17.59 20.22 74,037.00
2011 20.22 17.13 63,926.28
2012 17.13 21.85 49,296.12
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E). 2003 8.49 11.65 47,269.92
2004 11.65 12.25 55,942.48
2005 12.25 13.11 46,250.06
2006 13.11 14.78 36,783.40
2007 14.78 16.21 28,401.51
2008 16.21 9.80 24,227.64
2009 9.80 12.95 23,603.80
2010 12.95 16.15 22,679.56
2011 16.15 15.77 19,668.02
2012 15.77 18.41 18,431.89
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E).......... 2005 4.08 4.91 102,688.22
2006 4.91 4.97 99,855.74
2007 4.97 5.47 81,812.76
2008 5.47 3.42 72,686.78
2009 3.42 4.72 95,325.91
2010 4.72 5.19 87,924.66
2011 5.19 5.14 62,569.18
2012 5.14 5.86 73,911.01
27
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Met/Putnam Voyager Investment Division)....... 2003 $ 3.45 $ 4.28 117,550.11
2004 4.28 4.42 106,948.60
2005 4.42 4.04 104,559.88
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2003 5.56 6.79 53,677.30
2004 6.79 7.27 49,505.32
2005 7.27 8.15 40,695.65
2006 8.15 7.92 43,978.73
2007 7.92 7.99 40,458.90
2008 7.99 4.80 37,312.34
2009 4.80 6.32 34,985.73
2010 6.32 7.72 27,960.33
2011 7.72 7.88 139,846.48
2012 7.88 9.22 125,731.40
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2006 9.46 10.15 75,180.02
2007 10.15 9.43 74,100.02
2008 9.43 4.22 76,677.91
2009 4.22 5.75 77,841.22
2010 5.75 6.09 166,424.04
2011 6.09 6.48 0.00
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Janus Growth Investment Division) (Class E)... 2003 5.29 5.56 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly MFS(R) Investors Trust Investment Division)... 2003 6.53 7.83 58,898.39
2004 7.83 8.60 71,228.93
2005 8.60 9.09 79,832.46
2006 9.09 9.50 76,700.37
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division
(Class E)............................................... 2003 17.43 23.44 14,865.07
2004 23.44 26.87 15,772.24
2005 26.87 28.31 15,889.83
2006 28.31 32.54 19,152.06
2007 32.54 35.87 26,665.14
2008 35.87 22.65 26,970.19
2009 22.65 29.06 26,685.45
2010 29.06 36.51 23,639.02
2011 36.51 36.18 21,834.26
2012 36.18 40.83 20,644.54
28
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 $ 6.26 $ 8.94 129,883.22
2004 8.94 9.81 110,100.66
2005 9.81 10.11 100,061.07
2006 10.11 10.96 87,697.00
2007 10.96 11.29 74,865.08
2008 11.29 6.53 58,518.43
2009 6.53 8.38 55,781.76
2010 8.38 10.86 54,042.20
2011 10.86 11.03 43,274.51
2012 11.03 12.08 37,478.17
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 10.50 12.37 135,998.74
2004 12.37 13.21 144,063.98
2005 13.21 13.24 145,272.09
2006 13.24 14.27 161,155.36
2007 14.27 15.02 160,667.78
2008 15.02 12.07 121,621.17
2009 12.07 16.31 118,111.75
2010 16.31 18.18 93,359.17
2011 18.18 18.78 77,135.20
2012 18.78 20.94 67,313.82
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2012 25.91 26.65 125,008.99
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment
Division (Class E))................................... 2003 13.44 18.08 153,070.93
2004 18.08 21.90 192,494.69
2005 21.90 24.22 185,948.75
2006 24.22 26.59 180,858.46
2007 26.59 27.09 161,904.13
2008 27.09 14.06 149,029.06
2009 14.06 20.51 155,727.90
2010 20.51 25.52 169,297.13
2011 25.52 23.53 141,671.75
2012 23.53 26.03 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 23.69 30.96 197,310.42
2004 30.96 33.53 187,826.49
2005 33.53 36.33 173,904.88
2006 36.33 40.25 156,465.27
2007 40.25 36.94 135,918.88
2008 36.94 19.65 117,493.11
2009 19.65 27.40 107,747.93
2010 27.40 31.05 117,053.96
2011 31.05 32.66 97,334.73
2012 32.66 35.98 87,220.71
29
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 $ 8.66 $11.51 419,021.80
2004 11.51 13.16 327,734.49
2005 13.16 14.56 295,468.66
2006 14.56 15.78 290,033.92
2007 15.78 16.76 247,215.23
2008 16.76 10.53 220,927.02
2009 10.53 14.23 202,584.39
2010 14.23 17.70 178,483.20
2011 17.70 17.09 137,102.72
2012 17.09 19.81 121,643.66
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 27.70 34.98 344,851.84
2004 34.98 38.10 429,636.65
2005 38.10 39.27 376,059.33
2006 39.27 44.67 350,967.63
2007 44.67 46.30 349,602.19
2008 46.30 28.69 320,956.17
2009 28.69 35.69 319,506.79
2010 35.69 40.35 285,741.00
2011 40.35 40.49 219,638.21
2012 40.49 46.16 185,182.91
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 7.30 9.51 106,300.23
2004 9.51 11.23 93,438.81
2005 11.23 12.91 118,584.13
2006 12.91 16.15 114,284.28
2007 16.15 18.07 101,274.88
2008 18.07 10.28 95,326.07
2009 10.28 13.36 96,825.76
2010 13.36 14.70 88,667.75
2011 14.70 12.97 73,941.46
2012 12.97 14.94 64,485.37
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2004)...................................... 2004 37.07 40.33 5,015.22
2005 40.33 40.92 12,188.95
2006 40.92 45.19 8,094.43
2007 45.19 46.42 9,651.68
2008 46.42 35.56 6,885.97
2009 35.56 41.51 7,610.74
2010 41.51 44.96 14,324.60
2011 44.96 45.32 19,864.37
2012 45.32 49.76 23,721.16
30
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)............... 2003 $ 9.73 $12.03 531,019.92
2004 12.03 13.21 500,901.37
2005 13.21 12.83 471,804.15
2006 12.83 14.93 394,769.18
2007 14.93 14.15 341,495.09
2008 14.15 9.27 295,292.49
2009 9.27 11.03 283,411.78
2010 11.03 12.11 289,533.62
2011 12.11 12.04 242,528.97
2012 12.04 13.83 222,056.24
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division
(formerly Lazard Mid Cap Investment Division)
(Class E).............................................. 2003 9.68 12.07 101,179.91
2004 12.07 13.63 103,651.12
2005 13.63 14.55 105,505.48
2006 14.55 16.47 102,185.95
2007 16.47 15.82 101,304.19
2008 15.82 9.64 84,884.81
2009 9.64 13.02 84,533.17
2010 13.02 15.81 79,809.73
2011 15.81 14.78 67,223.16
2012 14.78 15.37 63,219.07
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division
(formerly Morgan Stanley EAFE(R) Index Investment
Division) (Class E).................................... 2003 7.09 9.60 490,202.46
2004 9.60 11.32 400,427.76
2005 11.32 12.62 340,743.12
2006 12.62 15.64 316,971.29
2007 15.64 17.07 271,023.80
2008 17.07 9.74 263,092.91
2009 9.74 12.34 251,890.00
2010 12.34 13.15 232,457.65
2011 13.15 11.34 192,807.50
2012 11.34 13.22 165,952.91
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E).............................................. 2010 13.24 15.39 67,276.91
2011 15.39 14.14 51,242.15
2012 14.14 15.27 43,704.89
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(formerly FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division
(Class E))............................................. 2003 10.98 14.58 79,667.48
2004 14.58 16.82 117,857.25
2005 16.82 17.72 99,136.78
2006 17.72 19.52 88,442.15
2007 19.52 20.83 81,596.15
2008 20.83 9.17 70,188.23
2009 9.17 12.10 72,550.40
2010 12.10 13.09 0.00
31
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class E).. 2003 $10.83 $16.02 505,050.18
2004 16.02 18.21 506,824.52
2005 18.21 18.67 467,174.61
2006 18.67 21.49 402,430.01
2007 21.49 20.44 342,620.13
2008 20.44 12.40 289,251.46
2009 12.40 13.82 303,310.28
2010 13.82 16.56 268,256.95
2011 16.56 17.24 212,936.13
2012 17.24 18.69 195,697.43
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E). 2003 10.11 13.01 87,598.04
2004 13.01 14.91 88,437.03
2005 14.91 17.08 104,706.65
2006 17.08 19.63 108,321.55
2007 19.63 20.59 110,568.99
2008 20.59 12.09 96,957.57
2009 12.09 16.70 88,015.88
2010 16.70 19.13 76,118.37
2011 19.13 17.29 68,551.25
2012 17.29 20.70 64,585.92
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 11.27 11.61 785,206.99
2004 11.61 12.04 736,011.39
2005 12.04 12.15 770,230.72
2006 12.15 12.55 658,455.77
2007 12.55 13.33 632,285.69
2008 13.33 13.21 551,168.53
2009 13.21 15.41 539,423.74
2010 15.41 16.45 476,973.24
2011 16.45 16.78 365,137.99
2012 16.78 18.09 324,529.81
RCM Tecnology Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 2.97 4.61 282,985.19
2004 4.61 4.35 254,320.32
2005 4.35 4.78 215,482.66
2006 4.78 4.96 212,426.40
2007 4.96 6.46 228,396.00
2008 6.46 3.53 163,805.22
2009 3.53 5.56 189,385.96
2010 5.56 7.01 157,794.46
2011 7.01 6.23 130,440.91
2012 6.23 6.91 115,998.03
32
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 $ 9.39 $13.53 283,477.35
2004 13.53 15.68 231,061.72
2005 15.68 16.16 188,559.84
2006 16.16 18.77 182,618.66
2007 18.77 18.21 157,487.90
2008 18.21 11.93 131,895.91
2009 11.93 14.81 131,889.16
2010 14.81 18.51 111,720.63
2011 18.51 17.50 89,027.03
2012 17.50 20.04 77,278.02
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.73 11.24 134,850.44
2004 11.24 12.18 140,086.68
2005 12.18 12.79 150,140.67
2006 12.79 14.26 135,896.81
2007 14.26 15.37 133,360.19
2008 15.37 8.80 127,217.51
2009 8.80 12.43 135,973.72
2010 12.43 14.34 115,196.38
2011 14.34 13.97 91,160.37
2012 13.97 16.37 77,481.33
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 4.56 6.15 157,205.97
2004 6.15 7.16 167,613.18
2005 7.16 8.10 198,655.45
2006 8.10 8.50 152,035.22
2007 8.50 9.86 177,985.78
2008 9.86 5.87 141,257.92
2009 5.87 8.43 153,547.79
2010 8.43 10.64 147,269.01
2011 10.64 10.33 123,061.49
2012 10.33 11.60 108,864.47
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.74 12.13 69,711.26
2004 12.13 13.29 76,684.45
2005 13.29 14.53 89,028.74
2006 14.53 14.87 81,884.92
2007 14.87 16.09 71,559.81
2008 16.09 10.11 62,293.86
2009 10.11 13.85 61,037.74
2010 13.85 18.41 51,946.98
2011 18.41 18.44 42,573.15
2012 18.44 21.12 37,434.11
33
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities
Investment Division (Class E)....................... 2003 $17.20 $19.09 196,359.24
2004 19.09 20.05 189,299.59
2005 20.05 20.31 196,410.28
2006 20.31 21.01 179,284.01
2007 21.01 21.54 158,276.17
2008 21.54 18.04 110,058.56
2009 18.04 23.49 107,449.76
2010 23.49 26.10 88,240.41
2011 26.10 27.27 74,270.53
2012 27.27 29.95 65,314.81
Western Asset Management U.S Government Investment
Division (Class E).................................. 2003 15.74 15.77 313,395.25
2004 15.77 15.99 264,335.59
2005 15.99 16.03 242,161.56
2006 16.03 16.44 189,943.46
2007 16.44 16.89 166,280.80
2008 16.89 16.59 117,835.37
2009 16.59 17.06 107,529.64
2010 17.06 17.78 89,346.73
2011 17.78 18.47 68,683.61
2012 18.47 18.80 62,680.78
34
GROUP I--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
E SHARE AND AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2
1.45 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2)
(5/1/2006).......................................... 2006 $ 14.56 $ 15.26 28,569.70
2007 15.26 15.52 149,814.19
2008 15.52 13.84 47,001.89
2009 13.84 15.34 44,475.29
2010 15.34 16.07 36,490.00
2011 16.07 16.78 22,553.70
2012 16.78 17.40 17,940.74
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment
Division+ (Class 2)................................. 2003 10.71 16.18 107,784.55
2004 16.18 19.25 281,007.79
2005 19.25 23.75 313,233.26
2006 23.75 29.00 270,716.25
2007 29.00 34.66 293,038.02
2008 34.66 15.85 229,143.49
2009 15.85 25.16 215,741.06
2010 25.16 30.31 201,537.32
2011 30.31 24.12 184,596.10
2012 24.12 28.05 148,646.50
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ ( Class 2). 2003 82.36 110.90 46,696.36
2004 110.90 122.77 112,711.09
2005 122.77 140.39 113,022.31
2006 140.39 152.29 108,746.95
2007 152.29 168.36 99,935.58
2008 168.36 92.82 86,140.60
2009 92.82 127.36 76,883.79
2010 127.36 148.75 76,604.81
2011 148.75 140.13 68,947.90
2012 140.13 162.57 57,125.17
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+
(Class 2)........................................... 2003 66.22 86.30 59,813.89
2004 86.30 93.74 130,811.15
2005 93.74 97.64 124,289.21
2006 97.64 110.70 117,188.16
2007 110.70 114.43 111,462.86
2008 114.43 69.98 96,246.95
2009 69.98 90.39 83,532.89
2010 90.39 99.12 87,048.37
2011 99.12 95.76 75,148.47
2012 95.76 110.71 62,226.93
35
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division
(formerly Artio International Stock Investment Division)
(Class E)................................................ 2003 $ 9.25 $11.66 34,399.87
2004 11.66 13.57 71,716.66
2005 13.57 15.75 113,878.43
2006 15.75 18.05 90,369.13
2007 18.05 19.61 88,675.07
2008 19.61 10.78 105,754.35
2009 10.78 12.96 70,220.48
2010 12.96 13.67 60,031.52
2011 13.67 10.78 53,813.66
2012 10.78 12.69 43,343.72
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 12.35 12.59 337,928.72
2004 12.59 12.90 909,684.24
2005 12.90 12.97 875,676.07
2006 12.97 13.28 858,763.61
2007 13.28 13.97 784,444.17
2008 13.97 14.56 611,234.70
2009 14.56 15.09 561,315.35
2010 15.09 15.74 557,184.80
2011 15.74 16.65 526,466.51
2012 16.65 17.02 495,850.80
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 24.43 33.85 24,635.07
2004 33.85 37.63 47,882.75
2005 37.63 41.00 45,689.14
2006 41.00 43.06 41,297.69
2007 43.06 51.09 33,398.73
2008 51.09 27.30 30,633.92
2009 27.30 40.14 28,257.84
2010 40.14 45.57 29,826.93
2011 45.57 43.49 31,374.80
2012 43.49 47.49 26,978.74
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 44.53 46.39 35,414.49
2004 46.39 47.68 70,112.32
2005 47.68 48.05 74,904.06
2006 48.05 49.38 70,579.02
2007 49.38 51.65 61,959.21
2008 51.65 49.08 54,310.84
2009 49.08 52.87 50,740.38
2010 52.87 56.38 48,958.84
2011 56.38 59.13 43,628.61
2012 59.13 62.58 36,753.17
36
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E)..... 2003 $30.48 $36.17 63,226.55
2004 36.17 38.60 136,889.73
2005 38.60 39.17 133,601.49
2006 39.17 42.59 114,791.83
2007 42.59 44.37 101,862.26
2008 44.37 32.85 84,562.68
2009 32.85 37.93 75,807.44
2010 37.93 40.92 79,478.47
2011 40.92 41.81 72,159.84
2012 41.81 46.23 65,154.43
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class E). 2007 79.01 79.73 31,043.42
2008 79.73 49.30 25,395.96
2009 49.30 57.97 21,433.11
2010 57.97 64.37 21,059.10
2011 64.37 63.63 22,793.06
2012 63.63 71.24 20,441.72
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 47.44 60.81 21,946.12
2004 60.81 66.35 43,113.60
2005 66.35 67.65 37,748.49
2006 67.65 75.96 33,784.59
2007 75.96 79.67 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 7.92 10.57 95,061.21
2004 10.57 11.80 180,805.09
2005 11.80 12.30 160,449.56
2006 12.30 14.45 248,401.80
2007 14.45 14.70 214,750.95
2008 14.70 9.41 176,299.11
2009 9.41 10.31 157,172.75
2010 10.31 11.08 154,701.67
2011 11.08 11.15 164,401.88
2012 11.15 12.55 136,108.94
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2003)............................................ 2003 22.39 22.26 6,556.58
2004 22.26 22.12 28,818.00
2005 22.12 22.40 25,847.59
2006 22.40 23.11 27,458.21
2007 23.11 23.89 20,371.08
2008 23.89 24.18 21,668.65
2009 24.18 23.91 24,492.61
2010 23.91 23.56 25,839.23
2011 23.56 23.23 39,400.96
2012 23.23 22.89 53,419.72
37
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E)...... 2003 $21.67 $27.93 30,312.18
2004 27.93 30.86 103,247.87
2005 30.86 33.51 107,349.44
2006 33.51 37.78 124,574.98
2007 37.78 38.89 111,810.22
2008 38.89 23.20 102,623.60
2009 23.20 30.15 99,637.92
2010 30.15 33.22 106,090.66
2011 33.22 31.38 85,935.22
2012 31.38 34.85 69,523.35
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 18.62 23.26 7,003.77
2004 23.26 26.04 28,986.63
2005 26.04 28.37 40,391.30
2006 28.37 31.25 45,430.52
2007 31.25 32.04 38,146.64
2008 32.04 19.25 26,036.40
2009 19.25 23.08 25,886.75
2010 23.08 26.03 22,399.41
2011 26.03 24.04 17,640.68
2012 24.04 27.38 15,937.58
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division
(Class E)............................................ 2003 8.83 11.76 23,418.79
2004 11.76 13.99 157,295.51
2005 13.99 15.76 151,139.31
2006 15.76 20.03 199,502.16
2007 20.03 19.55 166,704.72
2008 19.55 11.40 113,224.07
2009 11.40 17.44 120,742.26
2010 17.44 20.03 122,495.56
2011 20.03 16.96 115,617.83
2012 16.96 21.60 99,692.23
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E). 2003 8.48 11.62 28,663.89
2004 11.62 12.21 62,374.40
2005 12.21 13.05 55,127.15
2006 13.05 14.70 57,454.91
2007 14.70 16.11 43,624.65
2008 16.11 9.73 38,730.93
2009 9.73 12.85 37,766.16
2010 12.85 16.00 34,734.59
2011 16.00 15.61 35,797.11
2012 15.61 18.21 20,941.80
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E).......... 2005 4.06 4.88 52,167.37
2006 4.88 4.93 44,932.37
2007 4.93 5.42 51,308.46
2008 5.42 3.39 38,907.86
2009 3.39 4.67 121,161.49
2010 4.67 5.13 183,683.71
2011 5.13 5.08 143,034.43
2012 5.08 5.78 170,483.54
38
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Met/Putnam Voyager Investment Division)....... 2003 $ 3.44 $ 4.26 32,610.52
2004 4.26 4.40 57,580.19
2005 4.40 4.02 57,550.47
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2003 5.55 6.77 12,502.92
2004 6.77 7.24 26,758.73
2005 7.24 8.12 39,423.38
2006 8.12 7.87 31,402.39
2007 7.87 7.94 27,818.16
2008 7.94 4.77 29,274.29
2009 4.77 6.26 29,473.07
2010 6.26 7.64 33,435.09
2011 7.64 7.80 73,277.21
2012 7.80 9.11 62,411.36
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2006 9.39 10.07 82,047.02
2007 10.07 9.35 66,897.73
2008 9.35 4.18 60,822.85
2009 4.18 5.69 57,470.75
2010 5.69 6.02 57,199.36
2011 6.02 6.40 0.00
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Janus Growth Investment Division) (Class E)... 2003 5.29 5.55 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly MFS(R) Investors Trust Investment Division)... 2003 6.51 7.79 14,467.31
2004 7.79 8.55 47,907.97
2005 8.55 9.02 86,692.72
2006 9.02 9.43 81,123.38
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division
(Class E)............................................... 2003 17.28 23.21 9,515.41
2004 23.21 26.59 23,017.07
2005 26.59 27.98 25,835.24
2006 27.98 32.13 38,371.35
2007 32.13 35.38 52,045.85
2008 35.38 22.32 38,880.19
2009 22.32 28.61 32,210.94
2010 28.61 35.91 31,834.00
2011 35.91 35.55 32,054.41
2012 35.55 40.07 23,462.87
39
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 $ 6.25 $ 8.91 63,963.08
2004 8.91 9.77 106,338.31
2005 9.77 10.06 78,553.10
2006 10.06 10.90 80,982.19
2007 10.90 11.22 70,074.75
2008 11.22 6.48 62,494.20
2009 6.48 8.31 58,776.47
2010 8.31 10.76 53,322.41
2011 10.76 10.92 48,775.80
2012 10.92 11.94 40,780.40
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 10.44 12.29 109,251.70
2004 12.29 13.11 186,732.76
2005 13.11 13.13 175,765.80
2006 13.13 14.13 174,705.35
2007 14.13 14.86 161,552.42
2008 14.86 11.93 134,259.20
2009 11.93 16.10 163,917.40
2010 16.10 17.93 175,369.31
2011 17.93 18.51 135,149.44
2012 18.51 20.61 123,514.91
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2012 25.56 26.28 124,227.02
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment
Division (Class E))................................... 2003 13.38 17.99 76,319.02
2004 17.99 21.77 251,133.28
2005 21.77 24.05 281,027.93
2006 24.05 26.38 220,656.00
2007 26.38 26.85 202,718.14
2008 26.85 13.92 172,510.66
2009 13.92 20.28 151,503.58
2010 20.28 25.21 163,109.82
2011 25.21 23.22 150,580.47
2012 23.22 25.69 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 23.47 30.64 95,044.25
2004 30.64 33.14 185,134.88
2005 33.14 35.88 173,787.79
2006 35.88 39.71 154,485.29
2007 39.71 36.40 130,818.69
2008 36.40 19.34 121,899.38
2009 19.34 26.94 110,240.29
2010 26.94 30.51 100,223.20
2011 30.51 32.05 98,243.83
2012 32.05 35.28 78,245.59
40
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 $ 8.63 $11.47 178,510.90
2004 11.47 13.10 300,664.65
2005 13.10 14.48 294,439.06
2006 14.48 15.68 276,322.43
2007 15.68 16.64 270,365.66
2008 16.64 10.44 236,119.79
2009 10.44 14.09 208,005.06
2010 14.09 17.51 201,564.42
2011 17.51 16.90 179,219.32
2012 16.90 19.56 156,891.56
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 27.35 34.51 162,077.32
2004 34.51 37.54 465,903.25
2005 37.54 38.66 440,477.42
2006 38.66 43.93 396,989.41
2007 43.93 45.49 370,813.44
2008 45.49 28.16 363,473.21
2009 28.16 34.99 327,666.89
2010 34.99 39.52 339,490.00
2011 39.52 39.62 315,180.82
2012 39.62 45.12 276,819.86
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 7.30 9.50 25,599.56
2004 9.50 11.21 70,828.12
2005 11.21 12.87 94,222.73
2006 12.87 16.09 120,925.48
2007 16.09 17.98 119,243.99
2008 17.98 10.21 123,987.72
2009 10.21 13.26 88,263.14
2010 13.26 14.58 75,610.22
2011 14.58 12.85 79,543.76
2012 12.85 14.79 51,312.77
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2004)...................................... 2004 36.45 39.62 17,149.94
2005 39.62 40.16 50,509.77
2006 40.16 44.31 71,124.70
2007 44.31 45.47 114,974.67
2008 45.47 34.80 86,913.95
2009 34.80 40.57 110,222.67
2010 40.57 43.91 119,511.53
2011 43.91 44.21 126,149.10
2012 44.21 48.50 116,717.03
41
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)............... 2003 $ 9.69 $11.97 214,996.50
2004 11.97 13.13 448,372.16
2005 13.13 12.74 452,608.06
2006 12.74 14.81 372,921.00
2007 14.81 14.02 332,206.15
2008 14.02 9.17 335,654.65
2009 9.17 10.91 288,597.58
2010 10.91 11.96 249,220.98
2011 11.96 11.89 242,494.32
2012 11.89 13.64 204,551.67
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division
(formerly Lazard Mid Cap Investment Division)
(Class E).............................................. 2003 9.67 12.04 58,322.52
2004 12.04 13.58 98,196.55
2005 13.58 14.49 94,316.75
2006 14.49 16.39 96,748.96
2007 16.39 15.72 104,909.86
2008 15.72 9.57 93,543.74
2009 9.57 12.91 78,251.09
2010 12.91 15.66 66,775.02
2011 15.66 14.63 60,757.51
2012 14.63 15.20 56,619.15
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division
(formerly Morgan Stanley EAFE(R) Index Investment
Division) (Class E).................................... 2003 7.06 9.55 213,668.04
2004 9.55 11.25 429,594.36
2005 11.25 12.53 414,334.00
2006 12.53 15.52 363,187.49
2007 15.52 16.91 316,096.12
2008 16.91 9.64 321,287.17
2009 9.64 12.21 284,306.48
2010 12.21 12.99 293,691.09
2011 12.99 11.19 305,943.64
2012 11.19 13.03 261,681.60
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E).............................................. 2010 13.07 15.17 146,891.87
2011 15.17 13.93 121,850.86
2012 13.93 15.03 107,856.82
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(formerly FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division
(Class E))............................................. 2003 10.91 14.48 27,218.83
2004 14.48 16.69 144,473.15
2005 16.69 17.56 136,671.29
2006 17.56 19.33 135,654.97
2007 19.33 20.61 120,949.07
2008 20.61 9.06 135,907.25
2009 9.06 11.94 138,421.91
2010 11.94 12.92 0.00
42
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class E).. 2003 $10.80 $15.97 251,687.65
2004 15.97 18.12 499,178.98
2005 18.12 18.57 449,154.44
2006 18.57 21.35 410,979.23
2007 21.35 20.29 359,946.92
2008 20.29 12.30 302,138.46
2009 12.30 13.68 283,371.27
2010 13.68 16.38 272,466.07
2011 16.38 17.04 266,777.20
2012 17.04 18.46 220,537.32
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E). 2003 10.06 12.92 32,601.95
2004 12.92 14.79 59,343.76
2005 14.79 16.93 65,372.72
2006 16.93 19.44 62,930.90
2007 19.44 20.37 61,234.70
2008 20.37 11.94 46,221.82
2009 11.94 16.49 44,343.71
2010 16.49 18.87 45,184.46
2011 18.87 17.04 39,095.89
2012 17.04 20.38 33,675.93
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 11.25 11.58 384,622.02
2004 11.58 11.99 650,652.49
2005 11.99 12.09 722,177.32
2006 12.09 12.48 548,420.10
2007 12.48 13.24 679,792.80
2008 13.24 13.11 426,006.69
2009 13.11 15.27 447,407.93
2010 15.27 16.29 536,217.64
2011 16.29 16.60 435,815.68
2012 16.60 17.87 381,839.06
RCM Tecnology Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 2.96 4.60 222,773.97
2004 4.60 4.34 334,452.62
2005 4.34 4.75 289,437.15
2006 4.75 4.94 226,227.02
2007 4.94 6.41 391,805.49
2008 6.41 3.51 248,780.83
2009 3.51 5.51 303,452.40
2010 5.51 6.94 330,488.74
2011 6.94 6.16 290,045.67
2012 6.16 6.83 242,474.54
43
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 $ 9.35 $13.46 119,112.34
2004 13.46 15.59 225,634.05
2005 15.59 16.04 207,349.65
2006 16.04 18.61 191,942.00
2007 18.61 18.04 171,927.11
2008 18.04 11.81 138,761.89
2009 11.81 14.65 130,087.10
2010 14.65 18.28 128,817.75
2011 18.28 17.27 117,133.58
2012 17.27 19.76 98,952.39
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.69 11.19 69,718.44
2004 11.19 12.11 127,519.84
2005 12.11 12.70 128,655.91
2006 12.70 14.14 117,337.97
2007 14.14 15.23 116,866.38
2008 15.23 8.71 112,491.80
2009 8.71 12.29 103,365.41
2010 12.29 14.16 97,287.97
2011 14.16 13.78 89,692.65
2012 13.78 16.14 65,764.77
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 4.55 6.13 47,071.94
2004 6.13 7.14 192,193.87
2005 7.14 8.06 243,026.42
2006 8.06 8.45 190,725.55
2007 8.45 9.79 397,174.12
2008 9.79 5.83 273,492.99
2009 5.83 8.35 234,942.57
2010 8.35 10.54 212,869.74
2011 10.54 10.22 175,942.65
2012 10.22 11.46 145,428.02
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.69 12.05 37,571.37
2004 12.05 13.19 72,976.35
2005 13.19 14.41 82,879.59
2006 14.41 14.72 82,048.16
2007 14.72 15.91 68,985.23
2008 15.91 10.00 85,639.95
2009 10.00 13.67 78,540.36
2010 13.67 18.15 79,183.45
2011 18.15 18.17 74,367.43
2012 18.17 20.79 52,990.95
44
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities
Investment Division (Class E)....................... 2003 $17.06 $18.91 88,203.94
2004 18.91 19.85 253,519.43
2005 19.85 20.09 288,847.54
2006 20.09 20.76 261,032.48
2007 20.76 21.26 178,702.82
2008 21.26 17.78 140,983.01
2009 17.78 23.13 122,810.74
2010 23.13 25.68 143,803.41
2011 25.68 26.81 125,299.78
2012 26.81 29.41 108,320.81
Western Asset Management U.S Government Investment
Division (Class E).................................. 2003 15.61 15.63 57,331.18
2004 15.63 15.83 142,372.65
2005 15.83 15.85 165,505.99
2006 15.85 16.24 129,658.26
2007 16.24 16.67 112,248.93
2008 16.67 16.36 98,909.76
2009 16.36 16.80 90,882.37
2010 16.80 17.50 86,161.04
2011 17.50 18.16 70,161.01
2012 18.16 18.46 59,181.32
45
GROUP I--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
E SHARE AND AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2
1.50 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
American Funds Bond Investment Division+ (Class 2)
(5/1/2006).......................................... 2006 $ 14.49 $ 15.19 9,855.83
2007 15.19 15.43 68,169.42
2008 15.43 13.76 16,239.77
2009 13.76 15.24 16,416.12
2010 15.24 15.96 24,364.59
2011 15.96 16.66 11,030.42
2012 16.66 17.26 9,151.52
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Investment
Division+ (Class 2)................................. 2003 10.68 16.14 85,398.57
2004 16.14 19.19 128,270.84
2005 19.19 23.66 149,896.21
2006 23.66 28.88 146,893.34
2007 28.88 34.49 141,939.77
2008 34.49 15.76 93,838.28
2009 15.76 25.01 86,284.29
2010 25.01 30.12 83,769.53
2011 30.12 23.95 71,867.34
2012 23.95 27.84 63,194.97
American Funds Growth Investment Division+ ( Class 2). 2003 81.55 109.74 58,503.83
2004 109.74 121.43 69,240.32
2005 121.43 138.80 68,272.08
2006 138.80 150.48 63,238.49
2007 150.48 166.28 54,048.73
2008 166.28 91.63 42,147.59
2009 91.63 125.66 38,086.04
2010 125.66 146.69 36,750.77
2011 146.69 138.13 30,896.19
2012 138.13 160.16 26,764.62
American Funds Growth-Income Investment Division+
(Class 2)........................................... 2003 65.56 85.41 68,725.41
2004 85.41 92.72 96,552.45
2005 92.72 96.53 87,866.03
2006 96.53 109.39 82,701.17
2007 109.39 113.01 69,156.14
2008 113.01 69.08 55,948.52
2009 69.08 89.18 53,241.27
2010 89.18 97.75 51,024.07
2011 97.75 94.39 41,759.75
2012 94.39 109.07 34,875.77
46
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Baillie Gifford International Stock Investment Division
(formerly Artio International Stock Investment Division)
(Class E)................................................ 2003 $ 9.20 $11.59 83,923.39
2004 11.59 13.47 80,449.46
2005 13.47 15.64 74,019.49
2006 15.64 17.91 58,927.42
2007 17.91 19.44 41,579.91
2008 19.44 10.69 44,634.46
2009 10.69 12.84 35,121.97
2010 12.84 13.54 27,396.75
2011 13.54 10.67 21,754.69
2012 10.67 12.55 22,425.41
Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 12.32 12.56 489,599.55
2004 12.56 12.86 655,019.23
2005 12.86 12.92 602,654.35
2006 12.92 13.23 568,967.74
2007 13.23 13.90 504,058.33
2008 13.90 14.49 331,765.98
2009 14.49 15.00 308,551.57
2010 15.00 15.64 266,297.97
2011 15.64 16.55 205,511.61
2012 16.55 16.90 190,653.61
BlackRock Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(Class E)................................................ 2003 24.25 33.59 13,521.08
2004 33.59 37.32 13,940.22
2005 37.32 40.64 13,270.58
2006 40.64 42.66 12,514.16
2007 42.66 50.59 12,156.89
2008 50.59 27.02 10,590.38
2009 27.02 39.70 10,383.46
2010 39.70 45.06 10,222.74
2011 45.06 42.97 9,839.03
2012 42.97 46.91 8,972.48
BlackRock Bond Income Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 44.10 45.92 73,820.33
2004 45.92 47.17 75,491.45
2005 47.17 47.51 62,562.45
2006 47.51 48.80 51,457.60
2007 48.80 51.02 39,380.69
2008 51.02 48.46 30,754.13
2009 48.46 52.18 26,751.59
2010 52.18 55.61 25,334.02
2011 55.61 58.29 21,116.16
2012 58.29 61.66 19,067.97
47
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
BlackRock Diversified Investment Division (Class E)..... 2003 $30.23 $35.85 86,986.27
2004 35.85 38.25 81,027.13
2005 38.25 38.79 67,148.30
2006 38.79 42.16 60,729.08
2007 42.16 43.90 55,172.11
2008 43.90 32.49 43,769.76
2009 32.49 37.49 43,715.81
2010 37.49 40.42 40,112.99
2011 40.42 41.28 37,810.08
2012 41.28 45.62 33,080.01
BlackRock Large Cap Core Investment Division* (Class E). 2007 78.07 78.75 21,837.96
2008 78.75 48.68 20,064.90
2009 48.68 57.21 18,375.14
2010 57.21 63.49 16,024.53
2011 63.49 62.73 13,131.95
2012 62.73 70.20 10,820.40
BlackRock Large Cap Investment Division (Class E)....... 2003 46.98 60.19 36,210.83
2004 60.19 65.64 37,496.53
2005 65.64 66.89 30,776.69
2006 66.89 75.07 25,465.88
2007 75.07 78.73 0.00
BlackRock Large Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 7.91 10.56 38,323.74
2004 10.56 11.79 74,675.57
2005 11.79 12.27 63,527.67
2006 12.27 14.41 98,182.02
2007 14.41 14.66 99,140.93
2008 14.66 9.38 57,156.94
2009 9.38 10.27 52,277.20
2010 10.27 11.03 37,119.03
2011 11.03 11.10 35,490.67
2012 11.10 12.48 28,910.91
BlackRock Money Market Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2003)............................................ 2003 22.17 22.03 0.29
2004 22.03 21.88 0.00
2005 21.88 22.15 0.00
2006 22.15 22.84 0.00
2007 22.84 23.60 0.00
2008 23.60 23.88 660.36
2009 23.88 23.60 0.00
2010 23.60 23.24 3.74
2011 23.24 22.90 0.00
2012 22.90 22.56 0.00
48
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Davis Venture Value Investment Division (Class E)...... 2003 $21.58 $27.80 67,574.71
2004 27.80 30.71 88,324.73
2005 30.71 33.32 93,290.01
2006 33.32 37.55 85,709.13
2007 37.55 38.63 73,834.53
2008 38.63 23.04 64,479.49
2009 23.04 29.92 58,711.45
2010 29.92 32.96 47,245.65
2011 32.96 31.11 36,642.55
2012 31.11 34.54 31,777.81
FI Value Leaders Investment Division (Class E)......... 2003 18.53 23.14 13,791.50
2004 23.14 25.88 13,941.77
2005 25.88 28.18 20,535.34
2006 28.18 31.03 23,927.32
2007 31.03 31.81 21,344.57
2008 31.81 19.10 9,222.86
2009 19.10 22.89 7,547.38
2010 22.89 25.80 3,722.53
2011 25.80 23.81 3,379.25
2012 23.81 27.11 3,184.20
Harris Oakmark International Investment Division
(Class E)............................................ 2003 8.82 11.75 22,986.28
2004 11.75 13.97 64,678.33
2005 13.97 15.72 90,841.07
2006 15.72 19.98 105,485.85
2007 19.98 19.49 76,795.16
2008 19.49 11.36 56,722.39
2009 11.36 17.37 46,165.40
2010 17.37 19.94 42,650.81
2011 19.94 16.87 46,799.33
2012 16.87 21.48 41,306.64
Invesco Small Cap Growth Investment Division (Class E). 2003 8.48 11.61 21,224.05
2004 11.61 12.19 25,847.06
2005 12.19 13.03 21,235.25
2006 13.03 14.66 23,324.10
2007 14.66 16.06 13,171.09
2008 16.06 9.70 11,955.41
2009 9.70 12.79 8,420.43
2010 12.79 15.92 7,432.77
2011 15.92 15.53 7,181.60
2012 15.53 18.10 6,274.75
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E).......... 2005 4.05 4.87 66,299.15
2006 4.87 4.92 52,029.23
2007 4.92 5.40 47,576.81
2008 5.40 3.37 26,859.49
2009 3.37 4.65 36,039.71
2010 4.65 5.11 52,675.51
2011 5.11 5.05 43,829.91
2012 5.05 5.75 52,879.88
49
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Jennison Growth Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Met/Putnam Voyager Investment Division)....... 2003 $ 3.43 $ 4.25 79,960.85
2004 4.25 4.39 75,497.51
2005 4.39 4.01 69,047.11
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2003 5.55 6.76 13,831.86
2004 6.76 7.23 14,051.04
2005 7.23 8.10 11,590.10
2006 8.10 7.85 15,611.50
2007 7.85 7.91 12,187.90
2008 7.91 4.75 8,626.43
2009 4.75 6.24 10,442.02
2010 6.24 7.61 11,399.45
2011 7.61 7.76 23,185.99
2012 7.76 9.06 13,735.26
Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Investment
Division (Class E)...................................... 2006 9.36 10.03 47,818.28
2007 10.03 9.31 47,245.59
2008 9.31 4.16 42,413.08
2009 4.16 5.66 48,083.73
2010 5.66 5.99 34,050.83
2011 5.99 6.36 0.00
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Investment Division
(formerly Janus Growth Investment Division) (Class E)... 2003 5.28 5.55 0.00
Legg Mason Value Equity Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly MFS(R) Investors Trust Investment Division)... 2003 6.50 7.78 49,778.26
2004 7.78 8.52 63,412.17
2005 8.52 8.99 48,904.31
2006 8.99 9.40 47,933.82
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Core Investment Division
(Class E)............................................... 2003 17.21 23.10 13,258.14
2004 23.10 26.45 22,106.95
2005 26.45 27.82 22,775.37
2006 27.82 31.93 24,849.16
2007 31.93 35.14 24,753.05
2008 35.14 22.15 18,218.89
2009 22.15 28.38 17,520.05
2010 28.38 35.61 10,143.68
2011 35.61 35.23 8,861.93
2012 35.23 39.70 7,801.51
50
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Loomis Sayles Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 $ 6.25 $ 8.90 40,149.06
2004 8.90 9.75 46,339.50
2005 9.75 10.04 35,241.03
2006 10.04 10.86 27,964.36
2007 10.86 11.18 22,600.94
2008 11.18 6.46 13,470.51
2009 6.46 8.27 14,355.56
2010 8.27 10.71 13,044.72
2011 10.71 10.86 10,584.12
2012 10.86 11.87 10,141.94
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Investment Division
(Class E)............................................. 2003 10.41 12.24 162,905.90
2004 12.24 13.06 169,809.79
2005 13.06 13.07 145,143.27
2006 13.07 14.06 138,459.15
2007 14.06 14.78 132,329.97
2008 14.78 11.86 94,722.60
2009 11.86 16.00 81,223.65
2010 16.00 17.81 72,087.06
2011 17.81 18.37 62,623.63
2012 18.37 20.45 55,746.24
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2012 25.39 26.09 44,636.22
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E)
(formerly Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Investment
Division (Class E))................................... 2003 13.35 17.94 98,355.96
2004 17.94 21.70 139,529.27
2005 21.70 23.96 162,780.19
2006 23.96 26.27 130,877.69
2007 26.27 26.72 110,625.45
2008 26.72 13.85 89,005.48
2009 13.85 20.17 81,459.34
2010 20.17 25.06 70,064.94
2011 25.06 23.07 56,505.82
2012 23.07 25.51 0.00
Met/Artisan Mid Cap Value Investment Division (Class E). 2003 23.35 30.47 126,748.23
2004 30.47 32.95 142,365.16
2005 32.95 35.65 132,410.14
2006 35.65 39.43 108,633.17
2007 39.43 36.13 89,156.62
2008 36.13 19.19 66,805.26
2009 19.19 26.72 59,589.70
2010 26.72 30.24 51,376.34
2011 30.24 31.75 42,015.39
2012 31.75 34.94 36,978.56
51
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 $ 8.62 $11.45 223,014.58
2004 11.45 13.07 190,838.70
2005 13.07 14.44 176,794.28
2006 14.44 15.63 153,807.28
2007 15.63 16.58 142,204.00
2008 16.58 10.40 119,921.71
2009 10.40 14.03 105,445.78
2010 14.03 17.42 87,932.09
2011 17.42 16.80 68,907.72
2012 16.80 19.44 54,776.76
MetLife Stock Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 27.18 34.27 232,487.84
2004 34.27 37.27 334,555.05
2005 37.27 38.36 301,810.28
2006 38.36 43.57 276,481.35
2007 43.57 45.09 236,025.99
2008 45.09 27.90 224,173.71
2009 27.90 34.65 216,413.47
2010 34.65 39.12 190,476.27
2011 39.12 39.20 163,517.41
2012 39.20 44.61 130,826.63
MFS(R) Research International Investment Division
(Class E)....................................... 2003 7.28 9.47 40,564.90
2004 9.47 11.17 40,356.36
2005 11.17 12.82 50,325.80
2006 12.82 16.01 65,068.38
2007 16.01 17.88 67,475.24
2008 17.88 10.16 63,115.75
2009 10.16 13.18 44,920.19
2010 13.18 14.49 37,353.66
2011 14.49 12.76 26,061.17
2012 12.76 14.68 20,283.01
MFS(R) Total Return Investment Division (Class E)
(5/1/2004)...................................... 2004 36.14 39.27 3,841.22
2005 39.27 39.79 19,800.66
2006 39.79 43.88 18,561.86
2007 43.88 45.00 26,133.41
2008 45.00 34.42 19,043.01
2009 34.42 40.12 17,976.77
2010 40.12 43.39 18,152.54
2011 43.39 43.67 20,510.69
2012 43.67 47.88 22,811.63
52
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
MFS(R) Value Investment Division (Class E)............... 2003 $ 9.67 $11.94 374,576.28
2004 11.94 13.09 381,446.78
2005 13.09 12.69 370,944.59
2006 12.69 14.75 311,742.01
2007 14.75 13.96 252,505.10
2008 13.96 9.13 187,770.96
2009 9.13 10.85 162,561.67
2010 10.85 11.89 153,133.05
2011 11.89 11.81 115,870.87
2012 11.81 13.54 98,543.53
MLA Mid Cap Investment Division
(formerly Lazard Mid Cap Investment Division)
(Class E).............................................. 2003 9.66 12.03 33,152.01
2004 12.03 13.56 31,103.06
2005 13.56 14.46 22,140.83
2006 14.46 16.34 18,497.85
2007 16.34 15.67 24,229.79
2008 15.67 9.53 12,214.19
2009 9.53 12.86 10,153.85
2010 12.86 15.59 8,579.14
2011 15.59 14.55 7,347.21
2012 14.55 15.11 6,625.45
MSCI EAFE(R) Index Investment Division
(formerly Morgan Stanley EAFE(R) Index Investment
Division) (Class E).................................... 2003 7.04 9.53 300,308.08
2004 9.53 11.21 279,646.40
2005 11.21 12.49 240,656.92
2006 12.49 15.45 203,566.38
2007 15.45 16.83 189,661.67
2008 16.83 9.59 177,187.70
2009 9.59 12.14 151,261.63
2010 12.14 12.92 130,578.26
2011 12.92 11.12 118,268.87
2012 11.12 12.94 95,341.21
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E).............................................. 2010 12.98 15.07 42,126.01
2011 15.07 13.82 36,928.28
2012 13.82 14.91 35,160.57
Morgan Stanley Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(formerly FI Mid Cap Opportunities Investment Division
(Class E))............................................. 2003 10.88 14.43 52,317.71
2004 14.43 16.63 121,218.28
2005 16.63 17.48 104,969.16
2006 17.48 19.23 87,624.88
2007 19.23 20.50 63,408.93
2008 20.50 9.00 56,222.49
2009 9.00 11.87 50,201.63
2010 11.87 12.84 0.00
53
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Neuberger Berman Genesis Investment Division (Class E).. 2003 $10.79 $15.94 281,458.32
2004 15.94 18.08 324,910.05
2005 18.08 18.52 276,821.58
2006 18.52 21.28 230,814.40
2007 21.28 20.21 182,013.02
2008 20.21 12.24 144,165.58
2009 12.24 13.62 137,806.90
2010 13.62 16.30 119,636.44
2011 16.30 16.95 89,165.64
2012 16.95 18.35 74,529.71
Oppenheimer Global Equity Investment Division (Class E). 2003 10.03 12.88 48,580.88
2004 12.88 14.73 50,623.96
2005 14.73 16.85 84,323.91
2006 16.85 19.35 69,770.52
2007 19.35 20.26 53,041.19
2008 20.26 11.87 36,168.26
2009 11.87 16.38 32,550.37
2010 16.38 18.74 30,138.87
2011 18.74 16.91 27,518.07
2012 16.91 20.21 18,800.69
PIMCO Total Return Investment Division (Class E)........ 2003 11.24 11.56 457,793.39
2004 11.56 11.97 448,711.92
2005 11.97 12.06 437,621.91
2006 12.06 12.44 339,991.43
2007 12.44 13.19 320,435.69
2008 13.19 13.05 241,963.04
2009 13.05 15.20 226,772.03
2010 15.20 16.21 226,976.66
2011 16.21 16.51 176,707.69
2012 16.51 17.77 159,558.60
RCM Tecnology Investment Division (Class E)............. 2003 2.96 4.59 204,467.46
2004 4.59 4.33 218,860.34
2005 4.33 4.74 183,127.85
2006 4.74 4.92 114,166.50
2007 4.92 6.39 164,987.80
2008 6.39 3.49 93,495.91
2009 3.49 5.48 130,339.87
2010 5.48 6.91 117,028.59
2011 6.91 6.13 101,790.50
2012 6.13 6.79 89,655.03
54
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Russell 2000(R) Index Investment Division (Class E). 2003 $ 9.33 $13.42 152,903.89
2004 13.42 15.54 159,019.77
2005 15.54 15.99 134,767.43
2006 15.99 18.54 124,440.52
2007 18.54 17.96 99,969.76
2008 17.96 11.75 78,538.42
2009 11.75 14.57 80,783.32
2010 14.57 18.17 65,651.52
2011 18.17 17.16 50,355.40
2012 17.16 19.62 43,831.00
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.67 11.16 112,546.54
2004 11.16 12.07 145,216.04
2005 12.07 12.65 127,320.85
2006 12.65 14.08 108,699.39
2007 14.08 15.16 88,159.23
2008 15.16 8.67 78,559.71
2009 8.67 12.22 69,000.95
2010 12.22 14.08 62,644.41
2011 14.08 13.69 52,849.24
2012 13.69 16.03 49,134.36
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 4.54 6.12 95,673.83
2004 6.12 7.12 149,231.13
2005 7.12 8.04 151,849.44
2006 8.04 8.42 146,926.10
2007 8.42 9.76 152,151.38
2008 9.76 5.80 88,627.46
2009 5.80 8.32 80,658.56
2010 8.32 10.49 79,755.13
2011 10.49 10.16 60,992.10
2012 10.16 11.40 58,460.14
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Investment Division
(Class E)......................................... 2003 8.67 12.01 65,089.51
2004 12.01 13.14 90,183.89
2005 13.14 14.34 86,962.24
2006 14.34 14.65 55,763.37
2007 14.65 15.83 36,639.92
2008 15.83 9.94 35,351.76
2009 9.94 13.59 37,564.51
2010 13.59 18.03 37,940.89
2011 18.03 18.04 31,834.95
2012 18.04 20.62 28,918.95
55
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities
Investment Division (Class E)....................... 2003 $16.99 $18.83 135,043.24
2004 18.83 19.75 134,643.80
2005 19.75 19.98 156,504.38
2006 19.98 20.63 119,427.82
2007 20.63 21.12 97,149.91
2008 21.12 17.66 63,131.20
2009 17.66 22.96 58,766.06
2010 22.96 25.47 60,990.98
2011 25.47 26.58 43,858.29
2012 26.58 29.14 41,324.00
Western Asset Management U.S Government Investment
Division (Class E).................................. 2003 15.55 15.55 181,326.65
2004 15.55 15.75 166,629.20
2005 15.75 15.76 164,780.37
2006 15.76 16.15 123,813.46
2007 16.15 16.56 109,662.08
2008 16.56 16.24 78,800.63
2009 16.24 16.67 80,364.54
2010 16.67 17.36 84,377.04
2011 17.36 18.00 70,187.35
2012 18.00 18.29 63,969.82
56
GROUP I--PREFERENCE PLUS SELECT
E SHARE AND AMERICAN FUNDS(R) CLASS 2
1.60 SEPARATE ACCOUNT CHARGE
BEGINNING OF NUMBER OF
YEAR END OF YEAR ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS END OF
INVESTMENT DIVISION YEAR UNIT VALUE UNIT VALUE YEAR
------------------- ---- ------------ ------------ ------------